Introduction

Welcome to Adventures in the Story of Hope (ATSOH). It is our great pleasure to introduce you to the
greatest story ever told. The Bible contains over 500 different stories. In the lesson plans, we will introduce
you to forty of those stories. Lesson plans for these stories have been prepared by children’s teachers and
leaders. In these lesson plans, you will find memory verses, crafts, ways to tell each story, activities, and a
unique way for children to tell the story to their friends and family. We call it “My Story of Hope.”

It is our desire that these stories from the Bible, twenty from the Old Testament and twenty from the New
Testament, will be told to children around the world. These lessons have been provided to you free of
charge. However, we ask that these pictures, artwork, lesson plans, and related materials not be re-
sold or used for profit in any fashion. Our purpose is simple: we want to provide for children’s teachers
around the world a plan to teach the one story of God. When children hear these stories, they will know
the truths from the Word of God; specifically, the truth that God had one plan to redeem men and women,
boys and girls to Himself from the beginning of time. All the stories have redemptive value, that is, they
point to the person and work of Jesus Christ. The Bible was written by about 40 authors over 2000 years.
Yet, the central truth in the Scriptures point to a unified story of hope. Those who have worked on Adven-
tures in the Story of Hope (ATSOH) are praying that you tell the story well, tell it often, and that those who
follow you will tell the story to their friends.

John Walsh, a master storyteller, has donated the use of his Bible telling tips which are adapted in the next
section.

Kelly Craig has worked diligently on questions, review helps, and the “My Story of Hope” sections.

Jan Ruff and Denise Thomas did research tirelessly to find crafts that would match the intent of the lesson.

Denise Thomas created and developed memory techniques for the Scripture memory.

Gil Thomas wrote all the “Tell the Story” parts of the lesson and has poured his heart into Good Soil mate-
rials for a long time.

My wife, Susan, has written all the activities for the lessons and helped me a great deal by evaluating each
step of the work.

To all of you: a big THANK YOU from kids around the world!

Introduction Adventures in the Story of Hope

Page 2 ©Copyright 2012 Sow and Harvest International Teacher Guide
Optional

Resources to
Adventures in The Story of Hope
Te a c h C h i l d r e n The teacher’s guide is divided into five key segments. Each part of the
teaching process is important and all five should be followed for effective
The Story of Hope teaching.

• Website: [Link]. Study the Lesson (before class)

com
Several day before the class begins, pray and ask God
• Teaching Pictures (full for ability to communicate His truth. Then, study the lesson so
color pictures of each you know what the Scriptures teach.
event)
• Adult guide for The Story
of Hope Begin the Lesson
• Adult guide for The Way A good teacher will want to get the attention of
to Joy his or her students with something that makes them eager to
learn this lesson. This will help the students grasp what you
• Adult guide for The Roots
of Faith are about to teach them.

• Training provided by Good

Soil instructors Te a c h t h e L e s s o n
• Gaining Ground with Good Various learning methods for children will be
Soil by Gil Thomas
used. The teacher will want to focus on “what the Bible says.”
• WWQT (Worldwide Quiet Telling the Bible story, crafts, songs, Scripture memory, and
Time) Journal by Jim Cook other activities will reinforce the lesson.

Review and Close

Seven key questions will be asked for each lesson.
To obtain any of these optional Then, many of these questions will be asked for the next four
resources, contact Good Soil at lessons. So, review of each lesson will happen at the end of that
the above website and we will particular lesson and then for the next four lessons.
be happy to provide whatever
training and materials at a
nominal cost. All materials Apply the Lesson
in this children’s version are to
Good teaching will seek to make each lesson personal
be used for ministry purposes
to your students. The goal of “apply the lesson” is to hear AND do
only and are not to be copied what the passage teaches. Eight essential truths will emerge from the
or duplicated for profit or story of the Bible. They are: God, man, sin, death, Christ, cross, faith,
redistribution. and life.

Adventures in the Story of Hope Introduction

Teacher Guide ©Copyright 2012 Sow and Harvest International Page 3
 Table of Contents
Section Page

Table of Contents 4
Teacher Tips 6
Lesson 1: The Eternal God 12
Lesson 2: Creation of the Earth 18
Lesson 3: Creation of People 26
Lesson 4: Fall of Satan 35
Lesson 5: Beginning of Human Sin 43
Lesson 6: Origin of Death 52
Lesson 7: Promise of a Victor Over Satan 60
Lesson 8: Provision of Clothes 69
Lesson 9: Expelled from the Garden of Eden 77
Lesson 10: The Great Flood 84
Lesson 11: Promises to Abraham 94
Lesson 12: The Lord Provides 103
Lesson 13: Moses Leads His People 111
Lesson 14: The Plagues and the Passover 121
Lesson 15: The Israelites Leave Egypt 130
Lesson 16: The Ten Commandments 138
Lesson 17: Worship in the Wilderness 147
Lesson 18: Bronze Snake 156
Lesson 19: Reign of King David 164
Lesson 20: Prophecies of a Coming Messiah 172
Lesson 21: The Birth of Jesus Christ 179
Lesson 22: Temptations by Satan 187

Table of Contents Adventures in the Story of Hope

Page 4 ©Copyright 2012 Sow and Harvest International Teacher Guide
Section Page

Lesson 23: Announcement by John the Baptist 195

Lesson 24: Jesus Meets a Religious Leader 203
Lesson 25: Jesus Meets an Unreligious Woman 211
Lesson 26: Jesus Claims To Be One with God 219
Lesson 27: Teachings About Hell 228
Lesson 28: Miracles of Jesus 236
Lesson 29: Betrayal of Jesus 246
Lesson 30: Jesus Appears Before Unfair Judges 254
Lesson 31: The Crucifixion of Jesus 262
Lesson 32: A Repentant Dying Thief 270
Lesson 33: The Resurrection of Jesus 279
Lesson 34: The Ascension of Jesus 289
Lesson 35: Peter Proclaims the Good News 298
Lesson 36: The Return of Jesus for Believers 306
Lesson 37: The Return of Jesus as King 314
Lesson 38: The Final Doom of Satan 322
Lesson 39: Eternal Punishment for Unbelievers 330
Lesson 40: Eternal Happiness for Believers 337
Lessons 41-48: Summary Lessons 346
Appendices
Songs 408
Memory Verses 456
Themes 461
Templates for Crafts 462

Adventures in the Story of Hope Table of Contents

Teacher Guide ©Copyright 2012 Sow and Harvest International Page 5
 HOW TO TELL THE STORY BETTER
God has given us tools we can use to be more effective in our storytelling which we carry around with us
all the time. Take advantage of these tools by using them properly.

1. Feet. Plant them! Stand still unless there is purpose in your movement. (For example, if you want to
show how Abraham travelled for three days to Mount Moriah, start on one side of the room and move to
the other as you tell the story. Otherwise, don’t move about, forward and backward, jittery.

2. Face. Let your face communicate the emotions of the story. Be happy! Be sad! Be confused, etc.

3. Eyes. Yes, you want to have eye contact with your students; look right at them, not at the walls. But
your eyes can also help you tell the story. If you are telling about the Tree of the Knowledge of Good and
Evil, look up at it—but be sure that you don’t move it! (Always look in the same place.) If one character is
talking to another, look over to the side, or have a mother look down at the child, or a child up at a parent.
Done well, this makes the story come alive.

4. Hands. Keep your hands at your sides and still (not in your pockets) unless the movement has a pur-
pose. If you are telling about building an altar or carrying the fire, etc., let your hands do that. But don’t
wave your hands around without purpose—it distracts.

5. Voice. Use inflection, higher voices for children and lower voices for adults/God. Just as your face com-
municates emotion etc., so does your voice. Speak softly and loudly—and everything in between—when
appropriate.

6. Your body (using all of the above) can help you with memory hooks, also. Memory hooks are natural
places in a story that repeat. It might be a single phrase repeated several times throughout a story, or ac-
tions that are repeated several times. Children love memory hooks and enjoy being drawn into the story.
As you use your body (hands, etc.) to illustrate the story and emphasize memory hooks, ask them to do
the motions with you.

Learning/Remembering a Story

1. Read the Bible passage in one or more modern-language versions.

2. Read the “Study the Lesson” found at the beginning of each lesson.

3. Read “Tell the Story” several times out loud. Then, put your notes aside and try to tell the story without
looking at your notes.

4. Check the Bible text to see what you left out or added inadvertently.

5. Record yourself telling the story.

6. Listen to yourself telling the story.

Teacher Tips Adventures in the Story of Hope

Page 6 ©Copyright 2012 Sow and Harvest International Teacher Guide
7. Picture the drama unfolding through the characters. (Imagine you’re watching a movie.)

8. Plot out the action of the story—actions make a story live.

9. Imagine what the various characters are doing, thinking, seeing, hearing, and feeling.

10. Ask yourself, “How are they interacting with the other characters?”

11. Think of the locations in the story and how you can move around on an imaginary stage.

12. Finally, add any gestures you think will help communicate the story.

TEACHING ACTIVITIES
As you teach the forty stories from the ATSOH, two of the main goals will be to help the students remem-
ber the stories and to encourage them to tell them to others. Children will remember best if you can in-
volve as many of the senses (seeing, hearing, smelling, feeling, tasting) as possible. In each lesson we have
included many ideas to help you accomplish this (questions, games, songs, crafts, drama and Bible activites
and visuals)

1. Questions

Children will learn and remember the stories best using this review sequence:

1. Recall learned facts immediately

2. Recall them frequently in the next few lessons

3. Recall them again every few weeks

Each lesson has seven questions from the story. All seven will be reviewed immediately. Then the ques-
tions will be covered again in the next four lessons. After that, only the most important questions will be
reviewed. Some questions are more difficult. Be sure to encourage the children when they give answers
and help lead them to the correct answer when they are close. You will want to make sure you answer the
question completely each time to help the children learn from this kind of review. As the stories progress,
there will be a maximum of eleven questions over previous stories.

2. Games

Children of all ages love to play games. Many games are suggested here, but feel free to make up your own
games or substitute ones you know.

Game Number 1: Who Am I?

Write the names of all the Bible characters that have been studied thus far on small pieces of paper and

Adventures in the Story of Hope Teacher Tips

Teacher Guide ©Copyright 2012 Sow and Harvest International Page 7
place them in a basket. Ask one child to draw a piece of paper and, pretending to be that person, state one
fact about him/her. The child continues giving facts until someone guesses correctly. Where Am I? and
What Am I? can be played in a similar manner by changing the names to places or objects.

Example: Who Am I?

• I am a man from the Old Testament.

• I had an older brother and sister.

• I worked as a shepherd in Midian. (Moses)

Game Number 2: 20 Questions

Using the names, objects and places from the previous game (place them all in the basket) ask one child to
draw a piece of paper. He will then tell the class he has drawn a person, place or thing. Children will then
take turns asking yes or no questions to try to identify the answer. If after 20 questions no one has guessed
the correct answer, the student tells the answer.

Example: “thing”

• Is it in the Old Testament? (yes)

• Did Adam see it? (no)

• Did Moses see it? (yes)

• Was he a boy when he saw it? (no)

• Did Moses touch it? (no)

• Was it as big as a house? (no)

• Was it in Egypt? (no)

• Was it in Midian? (yes)

• Was it the burning bush? (yes)

Game Number 3: Bible Charades

Ask one child to choose a Bible story (or part of a story) and act it out while the other children try to guess
which story it is.

Game Number 4: Yes or No

Teacher Tips Adventures in the Story of Hope

Page 8 ©Copyright 2012 Sow and Harvest International Teacher Guide
Give each child a card that says ‘yes’ on one side and ‘no’ on the other. The teacher will then state a Bible
story fact (sometimes you will insert wrong information). You can use the review questions to form your
Bible story facts. The children will then hold up either the ‘yes’ card (if they think it is correct) or the ‘no’
side (if they think it is wrong).

Example:

• The angel guarded the Garden of Eden entrance on the west side. (no)

• Jesus rose from the dead after three days. (yes)

Game Number 5: Fill in the Letters/Jumbled Word

Print Bible story words on a white board or large paper leaving out one or more letters.

Let children guess the missing letters until the word is complete. Or write Bible story words arranging the
letters incorrectly. Let the children guess the word.

Example:

Jer_s_lem slemjerua

M_ry yram

Game Number 6: Chronological Order

Give the children the pictures and have them arrange them chronologically. Another option would be to
write the names of key characters on pieces of paper and have the children put them in the order that they
lived.

Game Number 7: Question Game

Write review questions (found at the end of each lesson) on note cards. On the back of each card assign the
question a point value from 1 to 5 with 1 being the easiest and 5 being the most difficult. Place the cards
in their 5 respective piles. The child chooses which kind of question he would like to answer. If he gets it
correct, he keeps the card. If he answers incorrectly, he places it at the bottom of the pile. The child with
the most points in his hand at the end wins. This game could also be done with teams.

Game Number 8: Bible A, B, C’s

First child says ‘A’ and names a person, place, or thing that begins with A, and tells one fact from the Bible
lesson. The next child says ’B’ and names something that begins with ‘B’ and tells one fact about it. Con-
tinue until all children have had a turn.

Example:

Adventures in the Story of Hope Teacher Tips

Teacher Guide ©Copyright 2012 Sow and Harvest International Page 9
‘A’ – Adam: He was the first man

‘B’ – Bronze Serpent: Moses lifted it up in the wilderness and when the people looked at it, they were
healed.

Game Number 9: Tell the Story Facts

Draw 2 to 6 pictures or words on a note card. Then ask a child to tell a Bible story using all the pictures/
words on the card.

Example:

Draw a crown of thorns, whip, cross and lamb

Write the words “woman, well, water jar, Jesus, disciples”.

Game Number 10: Cooperative Story

One child begins telling a story. When the teacher says ‘next’ the next person must pick up where the first
person left off. Change the time intervals between students to keep them guessing!

Game Number 11: Ball Toss

Toss a ball to a child who then answers a question. If he answers it correctly, he can choose who to toss it
to next. If he answers wrong, he throws it back to the teacher.

Game Number 12: Bible Tic-Tac-Toe

Draw a large tic-tac-toe on the board or large paper. Divide the class into two teams (‘X’ and ‘O’). Ask the
first student on Team ‘X’ a question. If he answers it correctly, he gets to choose where to put the ‘X’. Then
ask the first child on Team ‘O’ a question. If a question is missed the opposite team gets to choose where to
put the other child’s letter.

Game Number 13: Move to the Head of the Class

Children sit in chairs or on the floor all facing the same direction. If the child answers a question correctly
he moves up one position. If he answers wrong he goes to back of the row.

3. Songs

Music makes the Bible memorable. We encourage you to sing with your children every day “singing and
making melody with your heart to the Lord.” We have included twelve new songs written for ATSOH.
These are excellent to help students recall important people, the sequence of the stories, and Biblical events.
Feel free to substitute songs you know or make up your own!

Teacher Tips Adventures in the Story of Hope

Page 10 ©Copyright 2012 Sow and Harvest International Teacher Guide
4. Crafts

Crafts are a great way to involve all the senses, but not every story lends itself to a craft. Use the ones
which will work for your children, use craft ideas from other sources, or create your own.

5. Drama and Bible Activities

As you tell the stories, you will have many opportunities to help the children visualize them through
drama and Bible activities. Be sure to take advantage of these when they are presented (and add your own
as well). Drama will help students recall the stories long after leaving the class.

6. My Story of Hope Book

Using simple stick figures, the children will recreate their own story board. Sample pictures are included
for each lesson. Older students can be encouraged to draw their own stories; younger ones may like to
copy the sample. This will be a wonderful tool in helping the children to recall the key events of the story
when they tell it to their friends and family members. After the children tell the story to someone, they
will ask him/her to sign the back of the paper. You may want to have your students report back to you
and the class that they have told the story. Encourage the students to tell the story many times. They will
become excellent story tellers! These pictures will then be compiled into their own “My Story of Hope”
book. Your children will want to keep these books for years to come.

Adventures in the Story of Hope Teacher Tips

Teacher Guide ©Copyright 2012 Sow and Harvest International Page 11
1 The Eternal God
Genesis 1:1

THEME: God is very strong.

Teacher Notes
Study the Lesson (before class)
A beautiful full color picture of
the artwork above is available
• Genesis tells us the beginning of everything except God. for purchase as a set through
[Link]/resources.
• The Bible makes no attempt to prove that there is a God. It takes Look for the “40 Events” ver-
this fact as self-evident. sion. This picture can be used
as you tell the story. You may
• Thirty-two times in thirty-one verses in Genesis 1 God is men- also want to post the pictures
tioned by name. Eleven times, He is referred to by use of personal around your classroom to
pronouns. visually remind your class of
previous lessons as you teach
• Heaven and earth have not existed from all eternity, but had a ATSOH.
beginning; nor did they arise from a substance, but were created by
God. Read Genesis 1.
• God -- the name of the Supreme Being, signifying in Hebrew, If you do not have the visu-
“Strong,” “Mighty.” It is expressive of His omnipotent power. als, you will want to color this
picture and use it.
• God created -- not formed from any pre-existing materials, but
made out of nothing.

• The heavens and the earth -- the universe. This first verse is a gen-
eral introduction to the Bible, declaring the great and important
truth that all things had a beginning.

• Nothing throughout the wide extent of nature existed or originated

by chance.

• After Genesis 1:1, the rest of Genesis is confined to the earth.

Lesson Number 1 Adventures in the Story of Hope

Page 12 ©Copyright 2012 Sow and Harvest International Teacher Guide
 Teacher Notes

1 Begin the Lesson These cross references

are other verses that talk
about our eternal God.
God is real, even though you can’t see God. (Hold up a piece of fabric and
Psalm 19:1-4 - The heav-
have several kids together blow on the fabric to make it move.) Say: “What
ens tell of the glory of
made the cloth move?” (The air we blew out) “Could you see the air?”
God. The skies display his
(No) “How do you know there was air coming out?” (We saw the cloth
marvelous craftsmanship.
move, that is, we saw the result of the air) Say: “The same thing is true
Day after day they con-
of God. We can’t actually see God because He is a spirit, but we can see
tinue to speak; night after
what God has done; and we know that He is real.” Alternate method: Use
night they make Him
a piece of paper, a leaf, or anything that can be easily blown.
known. They speak with-
out a sound or a word;
Explain that we can’t fully understand eternity, but that is all right because
their voice is silent in the
our God is so great and powerful, He is bigger than anything we can com-
skies; yet their message
prehend. Part of this greatness is that He had no beginning, and He has no
has gone out to all the
end.
earth, and their words to
all the world.

2 Te a c h t h e L e s s o n Romans 1:20 - From the

time the world was cre-
ated, people have seen
the earth and sky and all
that God made. They can
clearly see His invisible
Te l l T h e S t o r y qualities -- His eternal
power and divine nature.
So they have no excuse
It’s hard for us to imagine, but at one time nothing existed. There was nothing whatsoever for not know-
to see or hear. That means you couldn’t go to the beach and swim, or climb a ing God.
mountain, hear the roar of a waterfall or even listen to a tiny bird sing. Noth-
ing existed and there was nothing to do. But no one minded, because there Isaiah 46:9-10 - And do
weren’t any people either! not forget the things I
have done throughout
Back then, before time began, only God existed. Imagine that—being the only history. For I am God
one around. No one to talk to—except yourself. No one with whom you can -- I alone! I am God, and
take a walk. No one to play games with—you are the only one! How would there is no one else like
you like that? Me. Only I can tell you
what is going to happen
Well, God didn’t mind. You see, He is self-sufficient. What does that mean? even before it happens.
It means that He didn’t (and He still doesn’t) need anyone. He is perfect and Everything I plan will
perfectly complete in Himself. He can be happy and fulfilled just by existing. come to pass, for I do
Now that is perfection. whatever I wish.

Adventures in the Story of Hope Lesson Number 1

Teacher Guide Page 13
God is also self-existent. Do you know what that means? It means no one Teacher Notes
created Him. We can’t say that about ourselves, can we? Without our moms Ask the children: “What
and dads, we wouldn’t be here. God existed without anyone else doing any- are some things you know
thing so He could live. He just was. He just…is. God has done that show
you He is real? (Possible
Who is this God? In the very beginning of the Bible we see that He is called answers: creation, healing
Elohim. Elohim means “God is strong.” There is no one anywhere stronger the sick, answered prayer,
than our God, because Elohim created everything, but no one created Him. any story from the Bible,
Only the one true God was there before anything was created. fulfilled prophecy)

As we continue to read the Bible, we see that He is spirit. He doesn’t have a

Show teaching visual #1.
body. Since He doesn’t have a body, He is not limited by time and space and
matter. Where do your grandparents live? Are you there now? Of course
not! It would take (x hours, minutes, days) to get there. Because we have
bodies, we are limited by time and space and matter—we can’t be in two
places at once. God can. He is here and with your grandparents…and mine.
He is everywhere.

In another part of the Bible we see—but wait. Let’s not get ahead of our-
selves. We want to learn God’s story starting from the beginning and going
right through to the end. Let’s learn more about God (Elohim) bit by bit as
He reveals Himself in the Bible. For now, we’ll be satisfied knowing that Elo-
him, powerful, self-existent, never-created God, was around before anything
else.
Let the kids know that the
Music stanzas all deal with a part
of the story, so next week
they will learn verse two
Go and Tell the Story. Teach the chorus to “Go and Tell the Story” first. The which will deal with event
chorus is catchy and fun while the verses have a hymn-like feel to them. two in our study. Also,
Have the kids sing the chorus a couple of times, then teach the first verse say, “The chorus (‘Go
(about God). Don’t teach the bridge yet (“Hope lost! Such cost...”). The song and tell the story…’) is a
is to be sung like this: chorus, verse, chorus. So finish this part by singing the reminder to us that we are
chorus, verse one, and then the chorus again. not learning God’s story
just to know it, but so that
we will go and tell it to
Bible Activity others. (This leads in well
to “My Story of Hope,” the
goal of which is to prepare
This activity helps to emphasize that God is eternal: Together with the class, the kids to tell the story
to parents, family, and
make a 2-sided list of things that have a beginning (examples: time, people,
friends.)
the earth, etc. one one side) and things with no beginning (only God on the
other side).

Lesson Number 1 Adventures in the Story of Hope

Page 14 Teacher Guide
 Teacher Notes
M e m o r y Ve r s e Bean Bag Toss Memory
Verse Activity
Genesis 1:1 - In the beginning God created the heavens and the earth. With masking tape, mark
off a large square on the
floor, about 36 inches.
Coloring Book Connect the opposite
corners inside the square
with tape to form an “X.” If
The artwork at the end of the lesson can be used for coloring, either by the you have space and many
teacher or by the student. Say: “The letters on this artwork read ‘Elohim’ students, make a second
in the language of the Bible. Elohim means ‘powerful creator.’ This is the square. Give each section
a number value (1,2,3,4).
word that is used for God in Genesis 1:1.”
A bit of a distance away,
put a line of tape to mark
where the student will
throw from. Divide into
My Story of Hope two teams. Each student
takes a turn throwing a
Beginning with lesson one the children will begin making their own “My
bean bag into one of the
Story of Hope” Book. Children love to draw pictures. Using simple stick
sections. (You may make a
figures they will recreate the stories as they unfold. Sample storyboards are bean bag by putting beans
included for each lesson. We have tried to use as few words as possible on in a sock and closing it
the storyboards, but children may want to add words or phrases (remem- tight with a rubber band.
ber to keep these very short!) where they would be helpful. Older children Take the long part of the
can be encouraged to create their own storyboards; younger ones may like sock and fold it over the
to copy the sample or you may just want to have them color the ATSOH bean section.)If they can
picture included with the lesson. This will be a wonderful tool to help the say the verse correctly,
children recall the key events of the story when they tell it to their friends their team scores the
and family members. After a child tells the story to someone, he/she will amount of the section
ask him/her to sign the back of the paper and return it to the teacher the where the bean bag was
following class period. You may want to make a chart where the children thrown.
receive a sticker for each time they bring back their signed paper or some
other kind of reward. Encourage the children to tell the story many times.
They will become excellent storytellers! These storyboards will then be
compiled into their own “My Story of Hope” book. Your children will want
to keep these books for years to come.

Adventures in the Story of Hope Lesson Number 1

Teacher Guide Page 15
 Teacher Notes

3 Review and Close

Questions

1. Who was the only one who existed before time began? (God)

2. Does God have a birthday? (No, God has always existed)

3. Can we see God? (No, God does not have a body. He is spirit.)

4. Where does God live? (God is everywhere; omnipresent)

5. What does God know? (God knows everything; omniscient)

6. Is anyone stronger than God? (No, God is the most powerful; omnipotent)

7. What is the name used for God at the very beginnning of the Bible? (Elo-
him – Hebrew word which means powerful one)

THEME: God is very strong.

Apply the Lesson

Tell children to go home and tell a friend or family member about the most
powerful person that they know. It could be somebody who lifts weights,
it could be somebody who exercises a lot, or it could be somebody who is
very big. Why did they choose that person? Now, have children tell a family
member that God is the most powerful Person in the world. He created the
whole universe; He has to be very powerful.

Tell children to draw a picture of God. What does He look like? Have them
explain their picture to you.

Eight essential truths emerge from the Bible’s Story of Hope. From this les-
son in the Bible, we learn that God is all-powerful.

Lesson Number 1 Adventures in the Story of Hope

Page 16 Teacher Guide
2 Creation of the Earth
Genesis 1:1-25

THEME: God made everything.

Teacher Notes
Study the Lesson (before class)
A beautiful full color pic-
ture of the artwork above
• On Day 1, God created light (Genesis 1:3). is available for purchase
as a set through www.
[Link]/resources.
• On Day 2, God created sky(1:6). Look for the “40 Events”
version. This picture
can be used as you tell
• On Day 3, God created land and vegetation (1:9). the story. You may also
want to post this picture
around your classroom
• On Day 4, God created the sun, moon and stars (1:14-18).
to visually remind your
class of previous lessons
as you teach ATSOH.
• On Day 5, God created the fish and birds (1:20-22).
ATSOH Visual #2
• On Day 6, God created animals (1:24) and humans (1:26).

• On Day 7, God rested.

Lesson Number 2 Adventures in the Story of Hope

Page 18 ©Copyright 2012 Sow and Harvest International Teacher Guide
 Teacher Notes

1 Begin the Lesson Review and Game

Suggestion: Ball Toss
Review Questions from Lesson 1: The Eternal God Toss a ball to a student
who then answers
1. Who was the only one who existed before time began? (God) a question. If he
answers it correctly,
2. Does God have a birthday? (No, God has always existed) he can choose who
to toss it to next. If
3. Can we see God? (No, God does not have a body. He is spirit.) he answers wrong, he
throws it back to the
4. Where does God live? (God is everywhere; omnipresent) teacher.
5. What does God know? (God knows everything; omniscient)

6. Is anyone stronger than God? (No, God is the most powerful; omnipo-
tent)

7. What was God called at the very beginning of the Bible? (Elohim – He-
brew word, which means “powerful one”) What was the earth like in its
beginning stages?

2 Te a c h t h e L e s s o n
Introduction to Lesson 2: Creation of the Earth Ask students, “Have you
ever made anything?
The power of God to speak the world into existence has to be incredible. Have you ever made
Discuss with your children that for God to create everything by just speak- something out of noth-
ing it into existence means that this God is very strong and very powerful. ing?”

Te l l T h e S t o r y

Do you remember how we learned last week (yesterday) that God existed
without the help of anyone before anything else was even around? Well, He
decided to create a beautiful world. God spoke:
(Change voice and inflection to be more ‘god-like.’) “Light!” And light

Adventures in the Story of Hope Lesson Number 2

Teacher Guide Page 19
appeared. God knew that the light was beneficial. That means that the light Teacher Notes
was good, helpful. He separated the light from the darkness. He gave a name
to the light: Day. And He gave a name to the darkness: Night. And there it
was: the first evening and the first morning—Day One of creation.
Then, (changing voice again) “Space!” God spoke again. (Keep special voice
whenever quoting God.) “Space, appear between the waters below and the
waters above.” That’s how God separated the waters on earth from waters
above the earth, and He gave a name to the space: Sky. And there it was: the
second evening and the second morning—Day Two of creation.
God spoke again. “Waters, come together. Dry land, appear.” And it
happened! God gave a name to the land: Earth, and a name to the waters:
Oceans, and He knew that they were beneficial. Then God said, “Grow
out of the ground, plants! All you seed-bearing plants, and all you fruit-
bearing trees with seeds, grow!” And up from the ground, breaking through
the soil came all kinds of beautiful plants with green leaves and all sorts of
colorful flowers. And growing right past the plants up into the sky grew
trees with fruit—so many different shapes and colors! God knew that these
were beneficial, they were good. That was the third evening and the third
morning—Day Three of creation.
Then God said, “Lights, appear! Shine in the sky above and separate Night
from Day. Mark seasons and days and years and give light to Earth.” And it
happened just as He said. God made two main lights—the greater to shine
throughout the day and the lesser to shine throughout the night with all the
shining, twinkling stars—millions and billions of bright stars. He placed
these lights in the heavenly sky to shine on Earth and to separate the light
from the dark. God knew that the lights were beneficial, and the fourth
evening and morning came to a close—Day Four of creation.
Then God said, “Ocean, be filled with fish and all kinds of sea creatures.
Birds, fly through Sky over Earth.” That’s how God created sea creatures—
large and small, and all kinds of birds. From huge whales to tiny plankton,
they appeared and began swimming through the water; some jumped
and splashed as they landed. Large birds and small of all different colors
appeared and began flying through the sky. God knew they were all
beneficial; and He blessed them, saying, “Prosper! Reproduce! Fill Ocean,
sea creatures! Birds, reproduce on Earth.” Evening passed and morning—
Day Five of creation.
Again God spoke: “Earth, generate life—all kinds—cattle and reptiles and
wild animals!” And just like the other times, it happened. Huge animals
and tiny creatures appeared and began moving about on the earth. Their
shapes were oh so different one from the other. And oh, the sounds they
created! Roaring and neighing and braying and barking and meowing and
elephants blowing their horns! [Why not ask the children, “What animal Show ATSOH Bible visual
neighs? (horse) What animal meows? (cat) etc.] What a symphony of praise #2.
to almighty God!

Lesson Number 2 Adventures in the Story of Hope

Page 20 Teacher Guide
God created every kind of wild animal and reptile and bug—large and tiny; Teacher Notes
and He saw that it was all beneficial.
Seven Days of Creation
Finger Craft

Craft Materials:

copy paper or card stock

crayons
scissors
tape

Directions:

Copy the Seven Days of

Creation template onto
the paper of choice. Let
the children color them
if time allows. Have
them cut the numbered
square and the corre-
sponding square beside
it together. Continue
to cut the remaining
days in the same man-
ner. Fold the two boxes,
back to back, so that the
number is on one side
and the image is on the
other side. In between
the paper, with enough
showing to hang on to
and tape together leav-
ing bottom open. Then
place on fingers.

If time allows, group the

kids into small groups to
retell the creation story.

Template (page 387)

Adventures in the Story of Hope Lesson Number 2

Teacher Guide Page 21
 Teacher Notes
Music
Go and Tell the Story
Review the chorus and first verse of “Go and Tell the Story,” and then teach
verse two which relates to the creation event the children learned in this
lesson. Then introduce the “hope lost ...” portion of the song saying, “In
many stories, something goes wrong; there is a crisis that must be solved.”
That is exactly what happened in the Garden, and only God can solve
the problem. Next week we will learn about that, but for now, let’s learn
another part of the song: “Hope lost, such cost, what can be done? Hope
found, grace abounds, God will send Someone!”
Bible Memory Activity:
M e m o r y Ve r s e Write each word for
the memory verse on
a balloon and then pin
Genesis 2:2 – And on the seventh day God ended His work which He had all the balloons with
done and He rested on the seventh day from all His work which He had done. memory verse words on
the wall or blackboard.
As children can say the
Coloring Book memory verse, pop each
balloon so that they rely
on their memory and not
the word on the balloon.
Artwork at the end of the lesson can be used for coloring, either by the teach-
er or by the student. Various parts of God’s creation are seen in this art-
work. How many can you name?

Ask the children to take

their pictures home and
My Story of Hope tell the story to fam-
ily and friends. Each
The man and woman are included in this picture. Be sure to tell the children person to whom they
that this will be covered in Lesson 3. (1) “Eternal God” is written at the top. tell the story will sign
The arrows going out on either side show that God has no beginning or end. the back of the picture.
(2) Each picture is numbered and shows what God created on that day. Days When the child brings
4, 5 and 6 show how God created the sun, moon, stars and planets as signs, the signed paper back
seasons, days and years; birds and fish to fill the sky and sea; and animals to class, he/she should
and people to fill the land. (3) Day 7 at the bottom of the page shows that receive a small prize as
God rested or ceased from creating. a reward. The teacher
will keep the pages to
Children will draw the whole picture and the teacher can explain that we will be completed for his/
talk about the creation of man and woman in the next lesson. her “My Story of Hope”
book.

Lesson Number 2 Adventures in the Story of Hope

Page 22 Teacher Guide
Adventures in the Story of Hope Lesson Number 2
Teacher Guide Page 23
 Teacher Notes

3 Review and Close

Questions

1. What did God use to create everything? (God made everything from nothing.
Teacher note: God used the dust of the earth to form the man and the man’s rib to
form the woman)

2. How did God create everything? (He spoke everything into existence. Teacher note:
God used the dust of the earth to form the man and the man’s rib to form the woman)

3. What did God put in the sky to separate day and night? (sun -day, moon and stars
–night)

4. What did God create to fill the sky and the oceans? (birds and fish)

5. What did God create to fill the land? (plants, animals and people introduced in
lesson 3)

6. How many days did God take to create the earth? (six days; on the seventh day he
rested)

7. What did God say about his creation after he had finished? (He called it ‘very
good’)

God’s creation is great and magnificent. He is very powerful because He spoke the
world into existence.

THEME: God made everything.

Apply the Lesson

Let children make their own creation. You can give them any materials that
you have close at hand or they can gather materials of their own. Tell them
to make their own creation, name their creation, then describe their own
creation to the rest of the class. From this lesson we learn that God is pow-
erful and creative.

Eight essential truths emerge from the Bible’s Story of Hope. From this story
in the Bible, we learn that God is the all-powerful Creator.

Lesson Number 2 Adventures in the Story of Hope

Page 24 Teacher Guide
3 Creation of People
Genesis 1:26-31;
2:7-25
THEME: God made man and
woman to be His special friends.
Teacher Notes
Study the Lesson (before class)
A beautiful full color pic-
ture of the artwork above
is available for purchase
• Man was the last creature that God created. He did not evolve, he was as a set through www.
created. [Link]/resources.
Look for the “40 Events”
• Man was not created in the image and likeness of the beasts. version. This picture
• No animal shows any desire to worship. can be used as you tell
the story. You may also
• No animal shows any consciousness of the judgment to come. want to post this picture
• No animal has the hope of immortality beyond the grave. around your classroom
to visually remind your
• No animal ever learned to read and write or admire a beautiful sunset.
class of previous lessons
• God describes the creation of man as “very good.” No other part of as you teach The Story of
creation was described as such. Hope.
• God’s image was given only to humans. No other part of creation
ATSOH Bible Visual #3
received the image of God. God does not have a human form. Being
created in His image means that humans can experience His nature
(like love, holiness, justice, truth, and wisdom).
• God’s purpose in creating human life was for him to rule over the
rest of creation (Gen. 1:26-28). Because man sinned, all things are
not under his rule, but instead are under the lordship of Jesus Christ
(Hebrews 2:5-8).
• When God breathed into the nostrils of Adam the breath of life (Gen-
esis 2:7), man became a living being. This made man a spiritual being
(different from the animals of creation) with abilities to fellowship
with God, know Him personally, and serve Him.

Lesson Number 3 Adventures in the Story of Hope

Page 26 ©Copyright 2012 Sow and Harvest International Teacher Guide
 Teacher Notes

1 Begin the Lesson

Review and Game Sug-
Review Questions from Lesson 1: The Eternal God gestion: Move to the
Head of the Class
Who was the only one who existed before time began? (God)
Students sit in chairs or
Does God have a birthday? (No, God has always existed) on the floor all facing the
same direction. If the
Can we see God? (No, God does not have a body. He is spirit.) student answers a ques-
tion correctly he moves
Where does God live? (God is everywhere; omnipresent) up one position. If he
answers wrong he goes to
Review Questions from Lesson 2: Creation of the Earth back of the row.

What did God use to create everything? (God made everything from
nothing. Teacher note: God used the dust of the earth to form the man and
the man’s rib to form the woman)
How did God create everything? (He spoke everything into existence.
Teacher note: God used the dust of the earth to form the man and the man’s
rib to form the woman)
What did God put in the sky to separate day and night? (sun -day, moon
and stars –night)

2 Te a c h t h e L e s s o n Ask students, “What is

the most beautiful place
you have ever been? Say
Introduction to Lesson 3: Creation of People one word of what you
The first place Adam and Eve lived was a beautiful place. When we read would think Paradise is
Genesis 2:8-9, what makes you think it was a beautiful place? like?”

Te l l T h e S t o r y

Last time we learned about what God made on each of the six days of cre-
ation. Do you remember what He created on the first day? (light, separated
darkness from light) Second? (separated waters above from waters below) Etc.
What did He create on day six? (all kinds of animals) But the sixth day was

Adventures in the Story of Hope Lesson Number 3

Teacher Guide Page 27
not over yet. God spoke again, this time to Himself. He said, “Let us make hu- Teacher Notes
man beings—male and female—in our image, reflecting our nature (what we
are like) and able to be responsible for the fish in Ocean, the birds in Sky, and
the cattle and all the animals moving about on Earth.”

So the eternal, self-existent, almighty God reached down (kneel down and act
out) and formed Man from the dirt of Earth; then He breathed into his nos-
trils the breath of life. At that moment, Man came alive—a living soul!

Then God planted a beautiful garden in the east with all kinds of trees and
placed Man in the garden to care for it, to work the ground, and to keep it in
order. Then God brought all the animals he made to Man so that he could
name them. Man gave names to all the animals and birds, but Man did not
find a suitable companion for himself.

God spoke again, saying, “It is not proper for Man to be alone. I will make
him a helper, a companion. (Remember that God had already planned to
make human beings—male and female.) So God put Man into a deep sleep.
As he slept, God removed one of Man’s ribs and closed up his flesh. Then God
built up around the rib a beautiful female and presented her to man. The man
said,

“Finally! One who was made from my bone. Is there a being like me? She
alone! Oh what shall I call this one at my hand? She shall be Woman; she was
taken from Man.”

The man and woman were totally at ease and comfortable with each other just
as God had made them. God placed these unique beings that were made in
His image in the garden and blessed them:

“Prosper! Reproduce! Fill Earth! Take charge! Be responsible for the fish in
the sea and the birds in the air and every living thing that moves on the earth.
Look! I have given you every plant and the fruit of all the trees to eat and gain
strength. All the animals shall also eat from all the plants that grow from the
ground.”

God knew that it was all beneficial and worthwhile. And there it was, evening
and morning—Day Six of creation.

The garden God had planted in the east was a beautiful, protected place called
Eden. The garden had all kinds of wonderful-looking (and tasting!) fruit
trees. Right in the middle of the garden God planted two special trees: the
Tree of Life and the Tree of the Knowledge of Good and Evil. The garden was
well-watered because a river bubbled up and flowed out of the garden, divid-
ing up into four rivers! Imagine the beautiful trees and plants and the crystal-

Lesson Number 3 Adventures in the Story of Hope

Page 28 Teacher Guide
clear water flowing through paradise. Wouldn’t it be wonderful to live there? Teacher Notes

God placed the man and woman He had made in that breath-taking, won-
derful paradise and told them to take care of it. They were in charge! He had
already told them to prosper, reproduce, and fill the earth, taking charge of
it. Now they also had the responsibility of caring for God’s beautiful, special
garden.

It’s hard to imagine what it was like or how beautiful the garden was. But
I’m sure that as the man and the woman walked around in the garden, they
were filled with wonder and awe, and their hearts and mouths were filled
with praise to God. I’m sure they enjoyed their work, too, as they took care
of this garden for their Creator.

When God placed man in the garden, He told him to eat of any and all of
the trees—except for one: the Tree of the Knowledge of Good and Evil.
God told him that if he would eat from that tree, he would die. But think
of it: apples, peaches, mangos, cherries, oranges, lemons, limes, pomegran-
ates, cashews, bananas—and many more—all at hand to enjoy as much as
he wanted! This Eden truly was a paradise. And to add to it, the man and
woman carried on a close, personal relationship with their Creator God.

Adventures in the Story of Hope Lesson Number 3

Teacher Guide Page 29
 Teacher Notes
Craft
Let Us Make Man Craft
(see template on the page)

God said Let Materials:

Printed template

Crayons

Scissors

Us make man
Directions:

On a separate page is the

template of the heads for
the verse in God’s Word
our which reads “God said,
in Let us make man in our
image own image.” Genesis 1:26.
Make enough for indi-
viduals or groups

Color the heads and cut

out and you can use them
for a game to learn the
verse to go along with

Genesis 1:26 your lesson. If possible,

use stronger paper; the
cards will hold up longer.
You may glue them onto
construction paper and
Music then cut them out.

Go and Tell the Story

Begin by having the children sing chorus, verse one, chorus, verse two,
chorus and bridge of “Go and Tell the Story.” Then teach the third verse
(about Man’s sin). Finally, sing the whole song from beginning to end. Do not
teach verses four and five. These will be reserved for later lessons (when they
learn of Jesus’ sacrifice and the need for us to respond in faith).

Lesson Number 3 Adventures in the Story of Hope

Page 30 Teacher Guide
 Teacher Notes
M e m o r y Ve r s e Bible Memory Activity

Prepare ahead of time

Genesis 1:27 - So God created man in His own image; in the image of God He yellow cards for each of
created him; male and female He created them. the kids. Explain to the
students that they will
be the referees to make
Bible Activity sure you write the verse
correctly. They are to rise,
hold up the yellow card
Give each child a piece of play dough about the size of an egg. Tell the chil- and say “foul” each time
dren to make a clay sculpture of an animal. Give them about 4-5 minutes that you write some-
to work on their project, then give a few children a chance to tell what their thing wrong in the verse.
project is. Ask them: “Is this alive?” (Kids laugh and say “Of course not!) Display the verse on the
Ask: “Well, have you ever seen a sculpture or statue that was VERY realistic board in the correct form.
looking? (Most will say yes) “Some artists are so talented; they can make a Have the students read
sculpture that looks EXACTLY like a certain person or animal. Only God the verse several times.
can create life. Not only that, but when people make sculptures or other art, Erase the verse. Begin
they have to start with all the materials. When God created the heavens and writing it again on the
the earth, He only SPOKE and it came into being. He is so great and power- board, but purposefully
ful, His WORDS make great things happen. When God created Adam, He incorrect. As soon as the
only used the dust of the earth. students detect an error,
No Fuss Play Dough they are to stand and hold
up their yellow card and
1 cup cold water call out, “foul!” Erase the
1 cup salt incorrect word and begin
2 teaspoons vegetable oil again. Continue going
2 cups flour through the verse several
times before you write it
2 tablespoons cornstarch
correctly. Have them all
Food coloring (optional) repeat it with you. Erase
In a large bowl, mix together water, salt, oil and a few drops of food coloring. it and say it together one
Mix flour and cornstarch and add 1/2 cup at a time, stirring constantly (you more time.
may need a little more or a little less than 2 cups flour so make sure you stir
until it is the right consistency). Knead for a few minutes with flour on your
hands.

Coloring Book
Artwork at the end of the lesson can be used for coloring, either by the teach-
er or by the student. Say, “Various parts of God’s creation are seen in this
artwork. How many can you name?

Adventures in the Story of Hope Lesson Number 3

Teacher Guide Page 31
 My Story of Hope

(1) God created man from the dust and breathed into him the breath of life. (2) God placed two trees in
the Garden of Eden – The Tree of Life and The Tree of the Knowledge of Good and Evil. God said if you
eat from the second tree you will die (see the words ‘no’ and ‘die’). (3) In the middle was the river that went
out from the garden. (4) Adam named the animals (bottom). (5) God put Adam to sleep, removed a rib
bone and used it to create the woman. (6) Adam called her ‘woman’ because she was taken out of man (can
write “woman” above the woman).

Lesson Number 3 Adventures in the Story of Hope

Page 32 Teacher Guide
 Teacher Notes

3 Review and Close

Questions

1. How did God create the man? (He formed him from the dust of the earth)

2. In whose image did God create the man and woman and how did God give
the man life? (They were created in God’s image and God breathed into the
man the breath of life)

3. What was the name of the garden where the man and the woman lived?
(The Garden of Eden)

4. What two special trees did God put in the middle of the garden? (the Tree
of Life and the Tree of the Knowledge of Good and Evil)

5. What did God tell Adam he could not do? (eat from the Tree of the Knowl-
edge of Good and Evil)

6. What task did God ask the man to do involving the animals? (God asked the
man to name all the animals)

7. How did God create the woman? (He put the man to sleep and took one of
his ribs to form the woman)

THEME: God made man and woman to be His special friends.

Apply the Lesson

God created Adam and Eve to worship and serve Him. What are some
specific ways that you can worship and serve God? How are you trying to be
“His special friends”?

Eight essential truths emerge from the Bible’s Story of Hope. From this story
in the Bible, we learn that God made man and woman to be His special
friends.

Adventures in the Story of Hope Lesson Number 3

Teacher Guide Page 33
4 Fall of Satan
Ezekiel 28:11-17
Isaiah 14:12-15
Theme: Satan is God’s enemy.
Satan was proud. God threw
Satan out of heaven.
Teacher Notes

Study the Lesson (before class) A beautiful full color pic-

ture of the artwork above
is available for purchase
• Ezekiel did not use the word “king” very much. Apart from King Je- as a set through www.
hoiachin (Ezekiel 1:2) he did not use the title “king” of any of Israel’s [Link]/resources.
monarchs. Look for the “40 Events”
• In verses 11-19, Ezekiel described the king in terms that could not version. This picture can
apply to a man. This “king” had appeared in the Garden of Eden (v. be used as you tell the
13), had been a guardian cherub (v. 14), had possessed free access to story. You may also want
God’s holy mountain (v. 14), and had been sinless from the time he to post these pictures
was created (v. 15). around your classroom
to visually remind your
• Ezekiel also told about the original beauty of Satan (Lucifer) as God class of previous lessons
created him in verses 12-15. Nine of the 12 precious stones of the as you teach Adventures
breastplate worn by priests were used by Ezekiel to describe Satan in The Story of Hope.
himself.
• When Satan was created by God, he was blameless until wickedness ATSOH Bible Visual #4
was found in him (verses 14-15).
• From Isaiah 14, Lucifer means “morning star” and implies that Sa-
tan is trying to imitate Jesus Christ, “the bright and morning star.”
• “I will be like the most High” indicated Satan’s basic strategy: to
imitate God.
• Pride goes before destruction and a proud spirit before a fall (Prov-
erbs 16:18).
• Satan will be cast out of heaven (Revelation 12) and will be cast into
hell (Revelation 20:10).

Adventures in the Story of Hope Lesson Number 4

Teacher Guide ©Copyright 2012 Sow and Harvest International Page 35
 Teacher Notes

1 Begin the Lesson

Review and Games
Review Questions from Lesson 1: The Eternal God Suggestion: Question
Game
Where does God live? (God is everywhere; omnipresent)
Write review questions
What does God know? (God knows everything; omniscient) (found at the end of
each lesson) on note
Review Questions from Lesson 2: Creation of the Earth cards. On the back of
each card assign the
What did God create to fill the sky and the oceans? (birds and fish) question a point value
from 1 to 5 with 1 being
What did God create to fill the land? (plants, animals and people the easiest and 5 be-
introduced in lesson 3) ing the most difficult.
Review Questions from Lesson 3: Creation of People Place the cards in their
5 respective piles. The
How did God create the man? (He formed him from the dust of the earth) student chooses which
kind of question he
In whose image did God create the man and woman and how did God give would like to answer.
the man life? (They were created in God’s image and God breathed into the If he gets it correct, he
man the breath of life) keeps the card for his
own points or for his
What was the name of the garden where the man and the woman lived? team, depending on the
(The Garden of Eden) size of the class and the
teacher’s objectives. If
What two special trees did God put in the middle of the garden? (the Tree he answers incorrectly,
of Life and the Tree of the Knowledge of Good and Evil) he places it at the bot-
tom of the pile. The
student with the most
2 Te a c h t h e L e s s o n points in his hand at the
end wins.

Introduction to Lesson 4: Fall of Satan

Tell children to draw a picture of how they would picture Satan. If paper is
unavailable, have the children tell how they picture Satan. After the children
draw their picture, let them describe how they visualize Satan and why.

Say, “Today, we will learn about the creation of Satan and what he is like.”

Lesson Number 4 Adventures in the Story of Hope

Page 36 Teacher Guide
 Teacher Notes
Te l l T h e S t o r y

Before time, or space, or light, or anything existed, Elohim (Almighty God)—

perfect God with no beginning—decided He would create. In His unlimited
wisdom, He looked ahead through time—which had not yet begun—and de-
signed people and animals and worlds and stars, and made a plan that would
glorify Him and bring great joy to all His created beings.

With His purpose decided, His intentions set, and the plan complete, then
God began to create. And He started with beautiful, highly intelligent (that
means really smart!), spirit-beings we call angels. He created thousands and
thousands and millions and millions of them. He created some with more
power and authority, some with less. Some He created for one purpose, some
for another.

Now even though they lived in Heaven, these fantastic spirit-beings have
access to earth where they can appear and disappear suddenly. When they
appear, sometimes they appear with wings, other times without. Even though
they can move quickly and are very powerful; angels, since they are created by
God, are under His control. That means they have to do what God tells them
to do or suffer the consequences.

God planned for the angels to serve and worship Him forever. But God
wanted them to worship Him because they loved Him, not because they had
to, so He gave the angels the ability to choose. He wanted them to be able to
choose to obey or disobey.

Now, some time after God created the angels and yet before the creation of
man and woman, something terrible happened - something that would affect
everyone and every created thing in God’s wonderful universe.

God had made every angel beautiful. But one He created more beautiful than
all the others. His name was Lucifer. At one point God said to Lucifer, “You
were…

Perfect in wisdom, perfect in beauty,

Walking my mountain, performing your duty,
An angel so special, sparkling like gold,
And silver, precious stones--elegance untold.”
How marvelous this angel must have been! We can’t even imagine. But
something happened. Lucifer became proud and corrupt because of his great
beauty. He said,

Adventures in the Story of Hope Lesson Number 4

Teacher Guide Page 37
 “I will ascend to heaven and there I will raise my throne Teacher Notes
Higher than all God’s stars above and I will sit alone!
Presiding over all the gods on that utmost of heights,
I’ll be the brightest of the lights, I’ll be the sight of sights.
I will ascend above the clouds—the very tops of them.
I’ll make myself like the Most High and never bow again!”

So God punished that angel who became known as Satan, the Devil. The
Most High God said, “From the day I created you, you were blameless—until
that day that evil was found in you,” and He drove Satan from His presence.
Many of the angels in heaven chose to follow Satan instead of God.

Satan wanted to rise higher and higher, but God threw him down. Down
Show ATSOH #4.
to the grave; down to the depths of the pit. God prepared an eternal fire for
Satan and the angels that followed him.

Music
Go and Tell the Story
The Slithery Snake
Say, “We are going to learn a new song today! But first, let’s sing all three
verses we have learned of “Go and Tell the Story.” (Sing them as learned:
chorus, 1st verse, chorus, 2nd verse, chorus and bridge, 3rd verse, chorus.)
Then teach the first verse of “That Slithery Snake.” After the children have
sung it, explain the concept, “Brighter than the Light.” Light is capitalized and
refers to God. Lucifer wanted to be brighter than; he wanted to more glorious
than God Himself. Sing the verse again. Explain that over the next three Bible Memory Activity
lessons they will be learning a new verse that relates to each event.
Review the verse with the
whole group. Using some
motions will be helpful.
M e m o r y Ve r s e After they know the verse,
ask one person to stand
up and say the verse with
Isaiah 14:12 - “How you are fallen from heaven, O Lucifer, son of the morn- you. After reciting the
ing! How you are cut down to the ground, you who weakened the nations! verse, have the two of you
choose another person
each. Repeat the verse
and have the four choose
another friend to repeat
the verse. Continue until
everyone is participating
or you feel they have
learned it sufficiently.

Lesson Number 4 Adventures in the Story of Hope

Page 38 Teacher Guide
 Teacher Notes
Coloring Book
Artwork at the end of the lesson can be used for coloring, either by the teacher
or by the student. Say, “Satan was thrown out of heaven because of his re-
bellion against God. What colors will you use to best show how Satan felt
when he was removed from heaven?”

Bible Activity

Make a poster showing the superior power of God over Satan. Kids can read
verses for each.

1. God is ____________. 1. holy/evil 1. Satan is _______ and loves sin.

He never sins. (Leviti- 2. bright (Ezekiel 28:15)
cus 19:2) and 2. Isaiah talks about Lucifer’s title
2. In Revelation 22:16, morn- of _____ _____ as he imitates
God is called the ing star/ God’s power, but falls short.
________________ morning (Isaiah 14:12)
___________. star
3. Lucifer along with many other
3. God created all the 3. good/ angels _______ against their
_______ angels. (Gen- rebelled Creator and were cast out of
esis 1:31) heaven.
4. every-
4. God is ______ all the where/ 4. Satan can only be in ___ place
time. one at a time. (Job 1:6-7)
5. God has always existed, 5. eternal/ 5. Satan was created by God
even before creation. the lake and will one day be cast into
He is __________. of fire ______ _____ ____ ____
_________by God. (Revelation
20:10)

Adventures in the Story of Hope Lesson Number 4

Teacher Guide Page 39
 My Story of Hope

(1) God created many angels, but Lucifer (in the middle) was the most beautiful of all. He became proud
and wanted to be like God (can write, “I will be like God”) (2) He was cast (see angel falling) from heaven
(can write “Lucifer was cast from heaven…now called Satan.”)

Lesson Number 4 Adventures in the Story of Hope

Page 40 Teacher Guide
 Teacher Notes

3 Review and Close

Questions
1. How many angels did God create? (millions and millions)
2. Why were angels created? (to worship and serve God)
3. Did God give the angels the ability to choose to obey or disobey Him? (yes)
4. Who was the most beautiful angel of all? (Lucifer)
5. What was the main reason Lucifer wanted to be like the Most High? (pride)
6. What happened to Lucifer after he rebelled against God? (He was cast out
of heaven)
7. What name do we use for Lucifer today? (Satan)

THEME: Satan is God’s enemy. Satan was proud. God kicked Satan out of
heaven.

Apply the Lesson

Satan became proud and rebelled against God. Anybody, boy or girl, man or
woman can become proud and rebel against God. Name some ways that a
kid can become proud. Pride is sin.

Eight essential truths emerge from the Bible’s Story of Hope. From this story
in the Bible, we learn that God made man and woman to be His special
friends.

Adventures in the Story of Hope Lesson Number 4

Teacher Guide Page 41
5 Beginning of
Human Sin
Genesis 3:1-6
THEME: Satan tempted Adam and
Eve. Adam and Eve disobeyed God.
Teacher Notes

Study the Lesson (before class) A beautiful full color pic-

ture of the artwork above
is available for purchase
as a set through www.
• The tempter was a serpent or Satan. [Link]/resources.
Look for the “40 Events”
• Temptation to Adam and Eve came in the form of a disguise and version. This picture can
was not expected. be used as you tell the
• Satan is identified as that “old serpent” in other parts of Scripture; story. You may also want
John 8:44; Romans 16:20; 2 Cor. 11:3; 1 Tim. 2:14; Rev. 12:9; Rev. to post these pictures
20:2). around your classroom
to visually remind your
• Eve did not know the command of God very well or did not want to class of previous lessons
remember it. as you teach ATSOH.
• Jesus Christ knew the command of God very well and chose to obey
it (Matthew 4:3-11). ATSOH Bible Visual #5
• The tempter cast doubt over God’s character, suggesting that He was
jealous and holding something back from Adam and Eve (Genesis:
3:5).
• When compared with God’s original commands (Genesis 2:16-17),
Eve weakened, changed, and added to God’s words (Genesis 3:3).
• Satan was a liar from the beginning (John 8:44). This is his lie: one
can sin and get away with it. But death is the penalty for sin; Gen-
esis 2:17.

Adventures in the Story of Hope Lesson Number 5

Teacher Guide ©Copyright 2012 Sow and Harvest International Page 43
 Teacher Notes

1 Begin the Lesson

Review and Game
Suggestion: Bible Tic-
Review Questions from Lesson 1: The Eternal God Tac-Toe

Is anyone stronger than God? (No, God is the most powerful; omnipotent) Draw a large tic-tac-toe
on the board or large
What is the name used for God at the very beginning of the Bible? (Elohim paper. Divide the class
– Hebrew word which means powerful one) into two teams (‘X’
and ‘O’). Ask the first
Review Questions from Lesson 2: Creation of the Earth student on Team ‘X’ a
question. If he answers
What did God create to fill the land? (plants, animals and people it correctly, he gets to
introduced in lesson 3) choose where to put the
‘X’. Then ask the first
How many days did God take to create the earth? (six days; on the seventh
student on Team ‘O’ a
day he rested)
question. If a question
Review Questions from Lesson 3: Creation of People is missed the opposite
team gets to choose
What was the name of the garden where the man and the woman lived? where to put the other
(The Garden of Eden) team’s letter.

What two special trees did God put in the middle of the garden? (the Tree
of Life and the Tree of the Knowledge of Good and Evil)

Review Questions from Lesson 4: Fall of Satan

How many angels did God create? (millions and millions)
Why were angels created? (to worship and serve God)

2 Te a c h t h e L e s s o n
Introduction to Lesson 5: Beginning of Human Sin

1. Temptation is Satan’s invitation to give in to his kind of life and give up on

God’s kind of life. Why does Satan want to tempt us?

2. Satan tempted Adam and Eve to sin and he succeeded. How did he do
that?

Lesson Number 5 Adventures in the Story of Hope

Page 44 Teacher Guide
 Teacher Notes
Te l l T h e S t o r y

Satan rebelled, wanting to be like God, and he was judged. Remember that
God had created man and woman in His own image and placed them in His
garden. They were getting special attention. I’m sure Satan was not happy
about this.

Do you remember that God had told man that he could eat from any and all
trees of the garden except for one? Satan developed a plan to use that com-
mand to his advantage. First, he would misquote God just enough to make Him
seem unloving. Then he would deny that God would—or even could—punish
disobedience as He had promised. Then he would suggest that God only gave
this warning because He is selfish and jealous. He probably thought, “This is
going to be good.” He was ready to put his plan into action.

Satan appeared to Eve in the form of a serpent and said, “Is it true that God
told you not to eat from any of the trees in the garden?”

The woman replied, “Of course not! God told us we could eat from all but
one of the trees; and that one we can’t even touch or we will die!”

“You won’t die,” the serpent said. “God knows that when you eat from this
tree, you will be able to understand all that is happening just like He does,
and you’ll know everything—like the difference between good and evil.”

The woman listened to the serpent. She looked at the fruit. The fruit looked
tasty. And oh so beautiful! She thought about what the serpent had said. If
she ate the fruit, could she really know more? Would it make her wise? Could
she know as much as God knew? It made sense to her, so she took a piece and
ate it. Then she turned and gave some to her husband, and he ate it, too. Show ATSOH #5.

Satan’s plan succeeded. He was able to get the man and the woman to disobey
God. I imagine he was pretty happy and was eager to see what God would do
about it.

Disobedience—any act of not doing what God commands—is called sin. This
first disobedience of man and woman which resulted in some really bad con-
sequences is generally called the “Fall of Man” or simply “The Fall.”

Adventures in the Story of Hope Lesson Number 5

Teacher Guide Page 45
 Teacher Notes
Bible Memory Activity
Music Make a small fishing pole
by using small a pole or
The Slithery Snake stick, about 24 inches long.
Tie a line or cord on the
Start by reviewing verse one of “That Slithery Snake.” Then teach verse two. end and secure a magnet
Explain concepts the kids may not understand such as the following: at the end. Bring a bucket
• “Shun” (to keep away from, take pains to avoid) God told them not to eat to fill with water. Have
from that tree. They should have shunned it. a towel close for spills.
Divide the verse into
• “Make her like the ‘One.’” Satan had told the woman that she would be phrases, (Example: She
like God if she ate of the tree. took/of its fruit/and ate/
She also gave ... ) this gives
• “Adam also did the deed.” Adam disobeyed, also. 8 things to fish for. Have
8 magnets and number
Sing both verses again. Sing “Go and Tell the Story” if time permits. them with a permanent
marker. You will put the
numbered magnets in
M e m o r y Ve r s e the bucket of water. As
the students fish and pull
out a numbered magnet,
Genesis 3:6b - She took of its fruit and ate. She also gave to her husband with give them a portion of the
her, and he ate. verse. After all the verse
phrases are given out, have
them assemble the verse.
They may look up the verse
in the Bible since they have
not reviewed the verse
Bible Activity ahead of time. Say it a few
times all together. If you
Narrator: Adam and Eve had been given a beautiful garden to live in, with have a larger group, make
lovely trees and flowers, animals of all kinds, and lots of good food to eat. up a duplicate fishing pole,
These were all good gifts from their loving creator, God. God had told them bucket and verse pieces.
they could eat from every tree of the garden except for one. If they ate from
the forbidden tree, God said they would surely die. Bible Activity
To review the lesson,
The scene begins with Adam and Eve walking around in the garden, talking children will “act out” the
about all the lovely things God has created, especially the wonderful fruit story in dramatic fashion.
trees. (Encourage the children to be creative as they notice things on their The teacher needs to coach
walk, they love to use their imagination!) the children all through
the process, and practice
Narrator: One day, as they were walking through the garden, a beautiful several times. The narra-
serpent appeared and began to talk to them. What they didn’t know was that tor can read his/her part
Satan, God’s evil enemy, was actually speaking THROUGH the serpent. He if he/she is old enough, or
was going to try to trick them into disobeying God. the narrator can be played
by an adult.

Lesson Number 5 Adventures in the Story of Hope

Page 46 Teacher Guide
The serpent, followed closely by Satan, enters the scene. Satan leans over the Teacher Notes
serpent (to show it is really Satan who is talking through the serpent) and
says: “Did God really say you couldn’t eat any fruit in the garden?”

Eve (innocently): “Oh no, we can eat from any tree in the garden, except the
one in the middle. God said don’t eat from it or even touch it or we will die.”

Satan (in a very convincing voice): “You won’t die! God knows that the day
you eat from it your eyes will be opened and you’ll be like Him, knowing
good and evil.”

Narrator: Eve looked at the fruit and smiled. She thought about what Satan
had said. Of course she didn’t know it was Satan, she thought the serpent
was her friend. She believed the lies and doubted the words of God. Then
she reaches out her hand and picks the fruit. (If possible, bring a real piece of
fruit to use as a prop. The Bible doesn’t say what the fruit was, so use what-
ever is readily available to you) After taking a bite, she hands it to Adam.
He smiles and takes a bite. Suddenly they look very afraid. (as the narrator
describes the scenario, the characters should do the actions described)

Eve: Oh Adam, what have we done?! I feel so ashamed!

Adam: I feel the same way, Eve! How could we have doubted what God told
us? We can’t let God see us like this! (Adam & Eve run off the stage, looking
scared)

Coloring Book

Artwork at the end of the lesson can be used for coloring, either by the
teacher or by the student. Say, “Satan, that old serpent, the devil, is shown
in this picture tempting Eve to take the forbidden fruit and she does that.
She sins and disobeys God, even though He clearly and lovingly warned
Adam and Eve not to eat of the forbidden fruit. As you color this picture,
what do you think Eve is thinking?”

Adventures in the Story of Hope Lesson Number 5

Teacher Guide Page 47
 Teacher Notes
Craft
Fingerprint Tree

The picture to the right is a

photograph of the finished craft.

Materials:

Use construction paper or plain white

paper. All you need are 3 colors of paint:
brown, green and red. Your hand and
fingers make the tree. You can add verses
to it also.

Directions:

Stamp the side of your hand in brown paint and stamp it on the paper as
the trunk

Stamp your index finger in green paint and stamp it many times on the
paper for the leaves (re-dipping in the paint as necessary)

Stamp your pinkie finger in red paint and stamp it lightly on the paper for
the apples (light stamps make rounder prints)

Lesson Number 5 Adventures in the Story of Hope

Page 48 Teacher Guide
 My Story of Hope
We don’t know what Satan looked liked when he first talked to Eve, but because the serpent was cursed to
crawl on his belly, it is possible that he originally had legs. (1) Satan talked to Eve (can write the words,
“you won’t die”). (2) Eve picks the fruit and takes a bite and then (3) gives some to Adam.

Adventures in the Story of Hope Lesson Number 5

Teacher Guide Page 49
 Teacher Notes

3 Review and Close

Questions

1. What animal did Satan use to talk to the woman? (serpent)

2. What question did Satan ask the woman to begin the conversation and
make God seem unloving? (Did God really say you couldn’t eat from any
tree in the garden?)

3. What lie did Satan tell the woman about eating from the Tree of the
Knowledge of Good and Evil? (you won’t die)

4. God told the man that he couldn’t eat from the Tree of the Knowledge of
Good and Evil or he would die. What did the woman add to this when she
replied to the serpent? (She said they couldn’t even touch it)

5. T or F Satan wanted Eve to doubt that God is good, true to His promises
and holy. (true)

6. What three things made the woman decide to eat the fruit? (good for
food, beautiful, hoped it would make her wise like God)

7. How is humankind’s sin in the garden like Satan’s sin in heaven? (They
both wanted to be like the Most High God)

THEME: Satan tempted Adam and Eve. Adam and Eve disobeyed God.

Apply the Lesson

Satan tempts boys and girls to do wrong and sin against God. What are
some ways that Satan tempts you? What can you do to resist the tempta-
tions of Satan?

Eight essential truths emerge from the Bible’s Story of Hope. From this story
in the Bible, we learn that God made man and woman to be His special
friends but they chose to disobey (sin against) God.

Lesson Number 5 Adventures in the Story of Hope

Page 50 Teacher Guide
6 Origin of
Death
Genesis 3:7-13; 5:5

THEME: Sin separated Adam and

Eve from God.
Teacher Notes

Study the Lesson (before class) A beautiful full color pic-

ture of the artwork above
is available for purchase
as a set through www.
• When God speaks of death, He is really speaking about separa-
[Link]/resources.
tion. Three kinds of death happen as a result of sin: spiritual death,
Look for the “40 Events”
physical death, and an eternal death.
version. This picture can
• The shame that they experienced was a direct result of their sin. be used as you tell the
story. You may also want
• Adam and Eve tried to cover themselves with fig leaves that they
to post these pictures
had sewn together, but God had a different and better plan for
around your classroom
them.
to visually remind your
• In the evening, God spoke to Adam and Eve. They hid from God, class of previous lessons
probably because of the great amount of guilt that they felt. as you teach Adventures
in The Story of Hope.
• Adam and Eve were foolish to think that they could escape from
God. God and Adam had a conversation in which God asked who
ATSOH Bible Visual #6
told Adam that he had no clothes. He also asked if they had eaten
from the tree. God was not ignorant of these facts, He knew they
had eaten and that they were naked.
• God asked Adam what he had done. Adam blamed Eve who in turn
blamed the serpent for tricking her.
• When Adam and Eve sinned, it was not merely that they ate of
the fruit. It was their love of self and their dishonor of God that
brought shame on them.
• Choosing the created rather than the Creator resulted in sin.

Lesson Number 6 Adventures in the Story of Hope

Page 52 ©Copyright 2012 Sow and Harvest International Teacher Guide
 Teacher Notes

1 Begin the Lesson Review and Game

Suggestion:
Review Questions from Lesson 1: The Eternal God Cooperative Story

One student begins tell-

Who was the only one who existed before time began? (God)
ing a story. When the
teacher says ‘next’ the
Can we see God? (No, God does not have a body. He is spirit)
next person must pick
up where the first per-
Review Questions from Lesson 2: Creation of the Earth
son left off. Change the
What did God say about His creation after He had finished? (He called it time intervals between
‘very good’) students to keep them
guessing!
Review Questions from Lesson 3: Creation of People

What did God tell Adam he could not do? (eat from the Tree of the Knowl-
edge of Good and Evil)

What task did God ask the man to do involving the animals? (God asked the
man to name all the animals)

Review Questions from Lesson 4: Fall of Satan

Did God give the angels the ability to choose to obey or disobey Him? (yes)
Who was the most beautiful angel of all? (Lucifer)
Review Questions from Lesson 5: Beginning of Human Sin

What animal did Satan use to talk to the woman? (serpent)

What question did Satan ask the woman to begin the conversation and make
God seem unloving? (Did God really say you couldn’t eat from any tree in
the garden?)

2 Te a c h t h e L e s s o n
Introduction to Lesson 6: Origin of Death

Ask, “How could Adam and Eve be so silly as to think they could hide
from an all-knowing God?” Yet we kind of do the same thing when we sin.

Adventures in the Story of Hope Lesson Number 6

Teacher Guide Page 53
Describe how you, the teacher, tried to hide from God when you sinned or Teacher Notes
maybe you assumed that He would not see you.

Te l l T h e S t o r y

Last time we learned about the Fall—when man and woman disobeyed God
and ate of the Tree of Knowledge of Good and Evil. All of a sudden the man
and woman did see something they hadn’t noticed before: they were naked!
And they knew something they hadn’t known before: they were embarrassed
to be walking around like that. They didn’t know what to do, but they tried
plucking fig leaves from a tree and tying them together to make some kind
of clothes for themselves. What they didn’t realize is that big, beautiful, soft,
green leaves shrivel up and die soon after they are no longer attached to the
tree. But for now, it seemed to work.

Then the first man and his wife heard God moving about in the garden in the
cool evening breeze. They quickly hid among the trees of the garden. Show ATSOH #6
“Where are you?” God called out to the man.

“I…uh…I heard You in the garden, and I was afraid because I was naked; so I
hid.”

“Who told you that you were naked? Did you eat the fruit from the tree of
which I told you not to eat?”

“Well, that woman you gave me as a companion—she gave me the fruit, and I
ate it.”

So God asked the woman, “What have you done?”

The woman said, “Serpent tricked me; that’s why I ate it.”

When Adam and his wife disobeyed (sinned) that day, the gradual process
of physical death began to work in their bodies. The Bible tells us later that
Adam lived a total 930 years, and then he died. He did eventually experience
the penalty of physical death. But on the very day they sinned, Adam and his
wife died spiritually; they were separated from God. Their right relationship
with Him was ruined.

And on that very day when Adam first disobeyed God, sin and death entered
the world and came to all mankind. We all sin and we all die as payment for
our sin.

Lesson Number 6 Adventures in the Story of Hope

Page 54 Teacher Guide
 Teacher Notes
We get very close to “front
Music loading” with “…if no
one came.” Don’t deal
The Slithery Snake with this unless children
ask. (Most will not.)
Sing the first two verses of “That Slithery Snake,” then teach verse three. Once the fourth verse
Comment, “Not only were their eyes opened and did they realize they had is included, it all makes
disobeyed God: they also died that day; not physically, but spiritually.” Ask sense. Since the very next
students to point out words in this verse that refer to the spiritual death they week, they will learn of
experienced (guilty, fearful, full of shame). Help them see that physical death the promise of a Satan
would come as well as eternal death. Explain that you will learn about these in Conqueror, and since we
later lessons. are not giving away any
more of the story, we feel
comfortable allowing this
small glimpse into what’s
coming. If you like, you
could teach only the next
line of the song: “But
the story does not end
there…” and leave the
kids hanging. Tell them
they will learn the rest of
Bible Activity the story next week along
with the rest of this song.
Discuss these True or False statements with the children. Let them
answer each question and tell you whether it is True or False. If they
answer False, have the children tell you why it is False.

The tempter, Satan, will cast doubt on the character of God. He will
suggest that God is withholding something good from us. T or F

The tempter, Satan, will not tell us about the consequences of our
disobedience. T or F

The tempter, Satan, will try to minimize who God is and what He
expects from us. T or F

The tempter, Satan, will deceive us into thinking we can become like
God. T or F

Satan’s promises never come true. T or F

God will always punish sin or disobedience. T or F

Satan wants us to doubt God’s Word and His goodness. T or F

Adventures in the Story of Hope Lesson Number 6

Teacher Guide Page 55
 Teacher Notes
M e m o r y Ve r s e
Bible Memory Activity
Write words of the verse
Romans 5:12 - Therefore, just as through one man sin entered the world, and
on a piece of paper using
death through sin, and thus death spread to all men, because all sinned. large letters. Cut the verse
into individual phrases
or words. Hide the strips
around the room, out of
view. Review the verse
Bible Activity a few times. Let the
children find the pieces.
Bring in a cut flower, tree branch, or grass. Plan ahead and cut one a week As they find them, let
before the lesson so it will be totally dead looking, cut another of the same them gather in front
thing 2-3 days before class, and cut the last one the day before class and of the room and place
keep it fresh in water until class time. Ask the question: “Which one of themselves in the proper
these is the most dead?” (Answer: They are all dead, because they are all order. Read the verse
aloud
cut off from their source of life) The flower (branch, etc.) that looks fresh
is still doomed to look like the dried up one, it’s only a matter of time. The
same thing was true when God said to Adam and Eve, “You shall surely die.”
They had been separated from God (their source of life) by sin, so they were
doomed to die, not only physically, but also spiritually. Just like this branch
(or flower), they were “as good as dead” already.

Set up blocks or pieces of wood that can stand up on one end. Set them up
about 2 inches apart, at least 10 blocks, or as many as 30 if you have them (the
effect will be more dramatic with more blocks). Push the first one over, and
see how all the others quickly fall also. Have a child (or teacher) read Romans
5:12. Say: “This first block is like Adam, who sinned at the very beginning of
time. Because of his sin, we are all born as sinners.”

Coloring Book

Artwork at the end of the lesson can be used for coloring, either by the teach-
er or by the student. Adam and Eve are pictured here after they sinned or
disobeyed God. Color the picture and ask the kids to think about this while
they are coloring: Say, “What do you think Adam and Eve were thinking
and feeling after they sinned against God?” Let the kids color the picture
and discuss this question with you.

Lesson Number 6 Adventures in the Story of Hope

Page 56 Teacher Guide
 My Story of Hope
(1) Right away after eating the fruit, Adam and Eve noticed that they were naked. (2) Adam and Eve made
clothes for themselves from fig leaves. (3) When God came to the garden that evening He asked, “Where
are you?” but Adam and Eve were afraid (can write “afraid” above their heads) so they hid. (4) (bottom)
God asks them, “Have you eaten from the forbidden tree?” (can write these words). (5) Adam blamed Eve
and Eve blamed the serpent (each one points to the other).

Adventures in the Story of Hope Lesson Number 6

Teacher Guide Page 57
 Teacher Notes

3 Review and Close

Questions

1. What did the man and woman notice after they disobeyed God? (they were
naked)

2. What did the man and woman use to cover themselves? (fig leaves)

3. What did the man and woman do when they heard God coming into the
garden? (they hid)

4. Why did the man and woman hide when they heard God walking in the
garden? (they were afraid because they knew they had disobeyed God)

5. What was the man’s excuse for disobeying God? (the woman you gave me
gave the fruit)

6. What was the woman’s excuse? (the serpent tricked me)

7. What kind of death did the man and woman experience immediately after
disobeying God? (spiritual death)

THEME: Sin separated Adam and Eve from God.

Apply the Lesson

When faced with temptation, the best thing to do is to admit to God that
you are being tempted. When Jesus was tempted, He used the Word of God
to help Him face Satan’s temptations. Think of a Bible verse that will help
you face temptation. If you give in to temptation, confess your sin to God
and He will forgive you; I John 1:9.

Eight essential truths emerge from the Bible’s Story of Hope. From this story
in the Bible, we learn that God made man and woman chose to disobey (sin
against) God when Satan tempted them.

Lesson Number 6 Adventures in the Story of Hope

Page 58 Teacher Guide
7 Promise of a Victor
Over Satan
Genesis 3:14-15
THEME: God promised to send
a special person who would
crush Satan.
Teacher Notes
Study the Lesson (before class) A beautiful full color pic-
ture of the artwork above
is available for purchase
• Three punishments were given. The first punishment was for the ser- as a set through www.
pent. The second punishment was for the woman. The third punish- [Link]/resources.
ment was for Adam. Look for the “40 Events”
• The curse fell upon the serpent for having tempted the woman. version. This picture can
be used as you tell the
• The serpent can only seize the heel of the man. However, the man story. You may also want
can crush the head of the serpent. to post these pictures
• Adam and his wife chose what they would do (disobey), then God around your classroom
chose what He would do (punish disobedience). to visually remind your
class of previous lessons
• God’s word to the serpent included the reminder that the serpent as you teach Adventures
would be a continual reminder of the sinfulness of man. in The Story of Hope.
• God reminded them of the continual struggle between satanic forces
and people. ATSOH Bible Visual #7
• The “offspring” of the serpent includes demons and anyone who
serves the kingdom of darkness.
• The offspring of the woman would be someone born from her de-
scendants.
• Satan would cripple mankind (you will strike at his heel), but the
Seed, Christ, would deliver the fatal blow (He will crush your head).
• Adam and the woman’s punishment shows how seriously God views
sin of any kind.
• The book of Genesis contains many stories of lives ruined by the
serpent.

Lesson Number 7 Adventures in the Story of Hope

Page 60 ©Copyright 2012 Sow and Harvest International Teacher Guide
 Teacher Notes

1 Begin the Lesson

Review Questions from Lesson 2: Creation of the Earth Review and Game
Suggestion: Fill in the
What did God use to create everything? (God made everything from Letters/Jumbled Word
nothing. Teacher note: God used the dust of the earth to form the man and
the man’s rib to form the woman) Print Bible story words
on a white board or large
What did God say about His creation after He had finished? (He called it paper leaving out one or
‘very good’) more letters.
Review Question from Lesson 3: Creation of People
Let students guess the
How did God create the woman? (He put the man to sleep and took one of missing letters until the
his ribs to form the woman) word is complete. Or
write Bible story words
Review Questions from Lesson 4: Fall of Satan arranging the letters
incorrectly. Let students
What was the main reason Lucifer wanted to be like the Most High? (pride) guess the word.
What happened to Lucifer after he rebelled against God? (He was cast out of
heaven) Examples:

Review Questions from Lesson 5: Beginning of Human Sin ndee

_d_n
What lie did Satan tell the woman about eating from the Tree of the Knowl-
edge of Good and Evil? (you won’t die) dama
_d_m
God told the man that he couldn’t eat from the Tree of the Knowledge of
Good and Evil or he would die. What did the woman add to this when she
replied to the serpent? (She said they couldn’t even touch it) Possible words to use:
God, Lucifer, Satan, Eve,
serpent, blood, death, sin,
Review Questions from Lesson 6: Origin of Death
disobey, tree, creation…
What did Adam and Eve notice after they disobeyed God? (they were naked) and many more!

What did Adam and Eve use to cover themselves? (fig leaves)

Adventures in the Story of Hope Lesson Number 7

Teacher Guide Page 61
 Teacher Notes

2 Te a c h t h e L e s s o n
Introduction to Lesson 7: Promise of a Victor Over Satan

Say to students, “When I put my thumb up, you say ‘Oh that’s good!’ Thumbs
down, you say, ‘Oh, that’s bad!’”
It was my friend Joe’s birthday last week. (Thumb up)
Not really, you see, everyone forgot. (Thumb down)
Not so bad, everyone felt guilty and decided to throw him a party. (up)
But the party was supposed to be in NY and Joe was in CA. (down)
Not so bad, a friend insisted on flying him to the party. (up)
No that’s bad. The plane ran out of gas halfway there. (down)
Not so bad. There were two parachutes in the plane. (up)
Not really. Joe’s parachute didn’t open. (down)
Not so bad, there was a haystack right below him. (up)
No, that’s bad. A huge pitchfork was sticking up out of the haystack. (down)
Not so bad—he missed the pitchfork! (up)
Not really, you see he also almost missed the haystack. (down)
No, that’s good because it’s the end of my silly story! (up)
In our story today, there was both good news and bad news also.

Te l l T h e S t o r y

Man and Woman sinned and God let them know that He knew about it. But
that day wasn’t over yet. God had a few words to say—in judgment—He had
to punish the man and his wife because they disobeyed. But it wasn’t all bad
news. In fact, some of it was good news, very good news.

God, the Judge, started by speaking to the snake. Now remember, the snake
is possessed by Satan at this point. God spoke to him:

Lesson Number 7 Adventures in the Story of Hope

Page 62 Teacher Guide
“Snake, because of your involvement in this, you are cursed more than all of Teacher Notes
the other animals, tame and wild. You are cursed to slither around on your
belly and eat dirt as long as you live.” Does that mean that snakes had legs
and feet before this? I’m not sure, but it certainly is possible.

As God continues, He seems to be talking to someone else; He seems to

speak directly to Satan within the snake.

“I am declaring war between you and the woman, between your descendant
and her descendant. He will stomp on your head, and you will bruise His
heel.” Show ATSOH #7

Wow! Until now, this had been a very bad day. First of all, Adam and the
woman had disobeyed God’s direct command not to eat from the tree. Then
they had learned that God’s warning about the consequences of disobedience
had been accurate. Even though Satan had tried to convince the woman that
God was keeping something from her, Satan had been the liar and deceiver;
God had been truthful. Now, showing that He loves His people in spite of
the bad things they do, God gives a promise of good news: a future descen-
dant of the woman would strike the victory blow to Satan and spoil his plans
against God and humans.

Even though Adam and his wife may not have understood all this good-news
promise meant at the time, I’m sure they were encouraged—at least a little.
But the punishment wasn’t over yet. God, the Judge, had to deal with two
more guilty people. That would be less encouraging…

When Adam and his wife took that first bite, they could not have imagined
the trouble they were bringing on themselves and all of creation. They were
about to find out as God spoke His judgment on them. Only in the years
to come would they truly experience the pain and trouble caused by that
choice.

After dealing with the serpent, God turned to the woman.

“Because of your choice to disobey, you will experience great pain and suffer-
ing when your babies are born.”

That was enough: to have to suffer bringing a baby into the world! But there
was more. God continued.

“You will long and desire to rule your husband, but he will rule over you.”

There it was; the beginning of conflict in marriage. That was God’s punish-
ment to the woman for disobeying—pain in having babies and wanting to be

Adventures in the Story of Hope Lesson Number 7

Teacher Guide Page 63
the boss over her husband, but not being allowed. Then He turned to Adam. Teacher Notes
“Since you listened to your wife and ate from the tree I told you not to eat
from ...

It’s your fault that the ground is cursed,

Getting food from it will make you thirst!
Thorns and thistles will come up with ease.
But produce food? Get on your knees
And work and sweat—yes, all day long!
Till, sow, harvest, coax plants along,
But still one day you will go down
Into the ground under a mound
Of dirt. That’s where you started out
And there you’ll end, without a doubt.”

Even though God did not curse the man and the woman as he did the snake,
He cursed the ground and all creation with it. Producing food from the
earth was going to be difficult now. When God created the universe and all
that was in it, it was “beneficial,” good. Man’s disobedience upset the earth’s
perfectly balanced system. Now all of creation has to go through a frustrating
time—almost like the birth pains of the woman—waiting for some kind of
redemption; some kind of hope. And that hope would only come through the
promised one.

Craft
Snakes have beautiful skins that help them blend into their habitat. Using the
pattern on the next page or make your own and color your snake and then cut
it out. Then using a brad on the end of the tail attach a string and you have
your own colorful snake.

Lesson Number 7 Adventures in the Story of Hope

Page 64 Teacher Guide
 Teacher Notes
See template on page 389.

Music

The Slithery Snake

Go and Tell the Story
Bible Memory Activity
Sing the first three verses of “That Slithery Snake.” Teach verse four. Sing “Go
and Tell the Story.” Review the verse a few
times then divide the
children into two or more
teams. Have the teams
M e m o r y Ve r s e form lines across from a
chalk or white board or
Genesis 3:15 - And I will put enmity between you and the woman, and piece of paper on a chair.
Place something to write
between your seed and her Seed; He shall bruise your head, and you shall
with at the board in front
bruise His heel.” of each team. Have the
first child of each team
run to the board and
Coloring Book write the first word of the
verse, then run back to
the line. The next child
Artwork at the end of the lesson can be used for coloring, either by the teach- of the team will write
er or by the student. Say, “This picture shows the foot of God crushing the the next word and it will
head of Satan. When the head of Satan is crushed, what will that do to continue until the verse
him?” Let the children color the picture and discuss this question with you. is completed. Allow all
teams to finish before
playing again.

Adventures in the Story of Hope Lesson Number 7

Teacher Guide Page 65
 My Story of Hope
(1) Adam, Eve and Satan look up as God tells them the serpent’s curse will be to crawl on his belly (now
has no legs). Satan (pictured here as the serpent) will bruise a descendant of Eve’s heel and Eve’s descen-
dant will crush Satan’s head. (2) Adam will have to work hard to get food from the earth and Eve will have
pain in childbirth.

Lesson Number 7 Adventures in the Story of Hope

Page 66 Teacher Guide
 Teacher Notes

3 Review and Close

Questions

1. How did God punish the serpent? (he would have to crawl on his belly and
eat dirt)

2. What did God say would happen between the woman’s descendant and Sa-
tan’s descendant? (war)

3. T or F. Satan will bruise the woman’s descendant’s head and the woman’s
descendant will crush Satan’s heel. (false. Satan will bruise the woman’s descen-
dant’s heel and the woman’s descendant will crush Satan’s head)

4. Will this descendant of the woman be a male or female? (male)

5. Did the man and woman understand immediately how awful the conse-
quences of their sin were? (no, it would take many years and even then they
would not fully understand it all)

6. After the woman chose to disobey God, what bad thing did God say she
would experience? (pain and suffering when her babies were born)

7. How did God punish the man for his disobedience? (He would had to work
hard to grow food.)

THEME: God promised to send a special person who would crush Satan.

Evaluate the Lesson (after class)

There is hope for anyone who sins. Jesus Christ is that Person who crushed
Satan when He conquered death and rose from the grave. You can put your
faith in Jesus Christ right now because He never sinned and He conquered
death. (see 1 Corinthians 15:1-4)

Eight essential truths emerge from the Bible’s Story of Hope. From this story
in the Bible, we learn that God would send a special Person to crush Satan.

Adventures in the Story of Hope Lesson Number 7

Teacher Guide Page 67
8 Provision
of Clothes
Genesis 3:7, 21
THEME: God killed an innocent
animal to give Adam and Eve
clothes.
Teacher Notes
Study the Lesson (before class) A beautiful full color pic-
ture of the artwork above
is available for purchase
• After Adam and Eve rebelled against God, they felt guilt and as a set through www.
shame. [Link]/resources.
• Their guilty feelings made them try to hide from God. Look for the “40 Events”
version. This picture can
• Adam and Eve tried to cover themselves with fig leaves. They be used as you tell the
were sure that God knew everything but they still tried to story. You may also want
hide their guilt. to post these pictures
• When Adam and Eve tried to cover themselves with fig around your classroom
leaves, they wrongly assumed that this would ease their feel- to visually remind your
ings of guilt. class of previous lessons
as you teach Adventures
• The serpent promised that their eyes would be opened but in The Story of Hope.
what did they see? Not what the serpent had promised.
• The promise of divine enlightenment that the serpent had ATSOH Bible Visual #8
promised did not happen.
• Satan’s promises never come true.
• Wisdom is never achieved by disobeying God.
• When God made clothes for Adam and Eve, He was showing
them that He still loved and cared for them even though they
had rebelled against what He wanted them to do.

Adventures in the Story of Hope Lesson Number 8

Teacher Guide ©Copyright 2012 Sow and Harvest International Page 69
 Teacher Notes

1 Begin the Lesson

Review and Game
Suggestion: Yes or No
Review Questions from Lesson 3: Creation of People Give each student a
card that says ‘yes’ on
In whose image did God create the man and woman and how did God give
one side and ‘no’ on
the man life? (They were created in God’s image and God breathed into the
the other. The teacher
man the breath of life)
will then state a Bible
story fact (sometimes
What did God tell Adam he could not do? (eat from the Tree of the Knowl-
you will insert wrong
edge of Good and Evil)
information). You can
use the review questions
Review Question from Lesson 4: Fall of Satan
to form your Bible story
What name do we use for Lucifer today? (Satan) facts. The students will
then hold up either the
Review Questions from Lesson 5: Beginning of Human Sin ‘yes’ card (if they think
it is correct) or the ‘no’
True or False. Satan wanted the woman to doubt that God is good, true to
side (if they think it is
His promises and holy. (true)
wrong).
What three things made the woman decide to eat the fruit? (good for food,
Examples:
beautiful, hoped it would make her wise like God)
The angel guarded the
Review Questions from Lesson 6: Origin of Death
Garden of Eden en-
What did they do when they heard God coming into the garden? (they hid) trance on the west side.
(no, east)
Why did the man and his wife hide when they heard God walking in the
garden? (they were afraid because they knew they had disobeyed God) Adam and his wife
killed an animal to
Review Questions from Lesson 7: Promise of a Victor Over Satan clothe themselves (no,
sewed fig leaves to-
How did God punish the serpent? (he would have to crawl on his belly and gether)
eat dirt)

What did God say would happen between the woman’s Descendant and
Satan’s descendant? (war)

Lesson Number 8 Adventures in the Story of Hope

Page 70 Teacher Guide
 Teacher Notes

2 Te a c h t h e L e s s o n
Introduction to Lesson 8:Provision of Clothes

Why did you think God not accept the fig leaves that Adam and Eve made to
clothe themselves?

Describe what you will say to God if He wants you to give an account of your
life.

Te l l T h e S t o r y
You know how husbands and wives sometimes have arguments? Many times
they argue about the same thing, over and over again. I wonder how many
times Adam and his wife fought over eating the forbidden fruit; over whose
fault it was. Of course we don’t know, but interestingly enough the very first
thing Adam did after hearing God’s judgment for his disobedience and that
of his wife, was not to argue with her.

Instead, Adam responded in faith to God’s promises. Promises? Yes. God The Hebrew word for the
promised the woman that He would multiply the trouble in her pregnancies,
leaf-clothes could be trans-
right? So, it was going to hurt, yes, but Adam’s wife was going to have babies,
lated loin-cloths.
lots of them! That was a promise! God had also promised Satan that a descen-
dant of the woman would stomp on his head. Not only would Adam’s wife
The word for the skin-
have babies, but one day a descendant of hers would deliver them from the
clothes that God made
death-bringer, Satan. Adam responded to this by naming his wife Eve (which
sounds like “life-giver” in the Hebrew language). The one he originally called -- garments -- refers to
woman (for she was taken from man) now had a beautiful new name that clothing from shoulder to
would always remind them of God’s promises to give life in more ways than knee.
one: [Link] the form of little babies and [Link] providing a Deliverer from death.

Immediately after Adam named his wife Eve, God made clothing for Adam
and Eve out of animal skins. He provided coverings for their guilt and
shame. Remember, Adam and his wife were naked and trying to cover them-
selves with a poor excuse for clothes. Have you ever worn leaves? They don’t
cover very well—and they shrivel up and die pretty quickly! What may have
started out as nice smooth coverings, before too long were scratchy, crum-
bling, and not covering very well. God, who sees all—inside and out—pro-
vided good, lasting garments; He covered them with real clothes. But those Show ATSOH #8
clothes came with a price. God had to kill an animal. That was the first time
Adam and Eve would have seen blood and death. It must have been fright-
ening for them.

Adventures in the Story of Hope Lesson Number 8

Teacher Guide Page 71
A small act of faith on Adam’s part was rewarded with provision from God. Teacher Notes
This pattern of man’s faith followed by God’s provision will appear many
times in God’s story. Let’s watch for this, and for the Deliverer, as His story Music
unfolds. To introduce “What They
Needed,” you may want to
A cancer doctor knows the facts about cancer. Maybe you have known ask, “Do you play ‘Hide
someone who actually had cancer. We are all thankful for doctors who and Seek?’ It’s just a fun
know about cancer, its treatments, and possible cures. But there is a big dif- game, right? We even want
ference between knowing about cancer and experiencing the pain of cancer to be found—at least after
as it destroys your body. Satan had said that Adam and Eve would be like a while. No one wants
to stay hidden forever. It
God in knowing good and evil. God knows all about good and evil (like the
gets boring! Well, as we
doctor knows about cancer). Adam and Eve experienced doing wrong and
learned in the Bible event
all the pain that comes with it (like the patient knows, experiences cancer). today, Adam and Eve
hid from God, but they
weren’t playing! They were
Music ashamed and didn’t want
to talk to God! This song
says their hiding was ‘more
What They Needed
than a game!’ Listen.” Then
The chorus of the song “What They Needed” changes a bit for each verse. sing or play the first verse
In each event God provides something that Man needed (coverings, for the children.
banishment, deliverance) because He loves us so much. The chorus brings
that out and ties events eight through ten together. (see Teacher Notes) Bible Memory Activity
Put each word on a piece
of paper and scramble
all the words or pieces
M e m o r y Ve r s e of paper. Have children
unscramble the words
Genesis 3:21 – Also for Adam and his wife the Lord God made tunics of skin, by putting them in the
and clothed them. correct order.
Missing Words
On a chalk or white board
Bible Activity write the verse to be
learned, leaving blanks for
1. Bring 2 kinds of leaves: nice & fresh, green, and also old & dried up, brittle. words you have left out.
Along the side list all the
2. Next, show a piece of leather or animal fur. Ask: “Would this make a bet- words omitted from the
ter pair of pants than the leaves? (or dress or shirt, whatever your class can verse to give them choices.
relate to). Why? Where did this come from? Talk about how an animal had Ask one student at a time
to give its life to provide a proper covering for Adam and Eve. This is called to write a word in the
a sacrifice. All through the Old Testament God required that an animal be proper blank. Repeat until
killed as a sacrifice to cover the sins of people. If Adam and Eve had not the verse is completed.
sinned, the animal would not have died. Sin always has bad consequences. Repeat several times until
all children have the verse
memorized.

Lesson Number 8 Adventures in the Story of Hope

Page 72 Teacher Guide
 Teacher Notes
Coloring Book

Artwork at the end of the lesson can be used for coloring, either by the teacher
or by the student. Say, “This picture shows the new clothes that God gave to
Adam and Eve. How do you think Adam and Eve felt after God gave them
new clothes? Let the children color the picture and discuss this question
with you.”

Craft

Adam & Eve in the

Garden

Materials:

Thin card

Drawing and coloring

pens and pencils

Scissors

Instructions:

Cut out the shapes and

their bases.

Color them in.

Stand them up on the

bases.

See template on page

390.

Adventures in the Story of Hope Lesson Number 8

Teacher Guide Page 73
 My Story of Hope
(1) Adam named the woman ‘Eve’ because she would be the mother of all the living. Then (2) God made
clothes for them from the skin of an animal.

Lesson Number 8 Adventures in the Story of Hope

Page 74 Teacher Guide
 Teacher Notes

3 Review and Close

Questions

1. How did God punish the man for his disobedience? (He would had to
work hard to grow food.)

2. How many children would Eve have (lots)

3. Why did Adam name his wife Eve? (he had faith to believe that she would
be the mother of all the living and that through her would come the provider
of the Deliverer from death – Satan conqueror)

4. What did God use to make clothing for Adam and Eve? (the skin of an
animal)

5. Why did God not accept the fig leaves that Adam and Eve made to clothe
themselves? (man made them – man can’t create his own covering for sin)

6. T or F. The only suitable payment for sin is the shedding of innocent

blood (true)

7. Because Adam and Eve had disobeyed God, what did they now have in-
side them? (sin)

THEME: God killed an innocent animal to give Adam and Eve clothes.

Apply the Lesson

There is hope for anyone who sins. This is the first example in Scripture of
someone or something dying for someone else. If you sense a need to have
your sins forgiven, have your teacher explain 1 Peter 2:24 to you.

Eight essential truths emerge from the Bible’s Story of Hope. From this story
in the Bible, we learn that God killed an innocent animal to give Adam and
Eve clothes.

Adventures in the Story of Hope Lesson Number 8

Teacher Guide Page 75
9 Expelled from the
Garden of Eden
Genesis 3:22-24

THEME: God hates sin. God threw

Adam and Eve out of the garden of
Eden because of their sin.
Teacher Notes
Study the Lesson (before class) A beautiful full color pic-
ture of the artwork above
is available for purchase
• Living in the garden of Eden was like living in heaven. It was per- as a set through www.
fect. If Adam and Eve had not disobeyed, they could have contin- [Link]/resources.
ued to live in the garden of Eden. Look for the “40 Events”
version. This picture can
• Adam and Eve were expelled from the garden to bear the punish-
be used as you tell the
ment of their sin. story. You may also want
• The punishment was meant for man’s good. Although he would be to post these pictures
exposed to temporal death, he would not have to experience eternal around your classroom
death. to visually remind your
class of previous lessons
• To make sure they stayed out of the garden, God put armed guards
as you teach Adventures
at the gate of the entrance. in The Story of Hope.
• The reason why God expelled Adam and Eve from the garden of
Eden was because of their sin. ATSOH Bible Visual #9
• Adam and Eve were sent to a place of toil, not a place of torment.
• Although Adam had to work the ground for his food, he would still
be able to eat of its fruit.
• Adam and Eve lost their innocence, but they were not abandoned
by God.
• God was displeased with Adam but God had mercy on Adam.
• The skin which God gave to Adam and Eve always reminded them
of God’s provision for them.

Adventures in the Story of Hope Lesson Number 9

Teacher Guide ©Copyright 2012 Sow and Harvest International Page 77
 Teacher Notes

1 Begin the Lesson Review and Game

Suggestion: Tell the Story
Review Questions from Lesson 4: Fall of Satan Facts
What was the main reason Lucifer wanted to be like the Most High? (pride) Draw 2 to 6 pictures or
words on note cards--one
What happened to Lucifer after he rebelled against God? (He was cast out of picture per card. Then
heaven)
ask a student to tell a Bible
Review Question from Lesson 5: Beginning of Human Sin story using all the pic-
tures/words on the card.
How is man’s sin in the garden like Satan’s sin in heaven? (They both wanted
to be like the Most High God) Example:

Review Questions from Lesson 6: Origin of Death Draw a lamb, a serpent,

fruit tree, and man.
What was the man’s excuse for disobeying God? (the woman you gave me
gave the fruit) Write the words tree, stars,
fish, sky, plants, animals,
What was the woman’s excuse? (the serpent tricked me) and birds.
Review Questions from Lesson 7: Promise of a Victor Over Satan

T or F. Satan will bruise the woman’s descendant’s head and the woman’s de-
scendant will crush Satan’s heel. (false. Satan will bruise the woman’s descen-
dant’s heel and the woman’s descendant will crush Satan’s head)

Will this Descendant of the woman be a male or female? (male)

Review Questions from Lesson 8:Provision of Clothes

What was God’s punishment for Eve? (pain in childbirth)

How many children would Eve have (lots)

2 Te a c h t h e L e s s o n
Introduction to Lesson 9: Expelled from the Garden of Eden

[Link] us some restrictions that are placed on you as a child that are good for
you.

Lesson Number 9 Adventures in the Story of Hope

Page 78 Teacher Guide
2. Did Satan tell Eve the truth in Genesis 3:4 when he told her, “For God Teacher Notes
knows that when you eat of it your eyes will be opened and you will be like
God, knowing good and evil.” Why or why not?

Te l l T h e S t o r y

After God provided coverings for Adam and Eve, He said, “Behold, the man
has become like Us in the sense that he knows about good and evil now. And
he could keep eating from the Tree of Life and live forever—” The fact is that
holy, sinless God knows about sin (the facts) [point to/tap on the temple of
your head]—but since God is holy and can never sin, He has never experi-
enced it. Adam and Eve knew evil by personal experience and were hurt by
it. God knows what sin is. Man did it! I know the stove is hot and I tell my
granddaughter not to touch. But when she touches it, she knows it’s hot!

Adam and Eve’s choice to sin would now drastically affect their life. That’s
why God didn’t finish the sentence above (“Behold, the man has become like
Us in the sense that he knows about good and evil now. And he could keep
eating from the Tree of Life and live forever—”); the horror of Adam and Eve
living forever in their new sinful state was almost unthinkable. Knowing that,
God did something that was at the same time an act of judgment and an act
of mercy: He drove them out of the Garden. Then He set an angels as guards
with a flaming, flashing sword to the east of the Garden. God didn’t want
man to eat from the Tree of Life and live forever as sinners, always separated Show ATSOH #9
from God.

Satan had spoken a half-truth when he told Eve she would be like God. When
Adam and Eve disobeyed and their eyes were opened, they became more like
God since they knew the difference between good and evil. But they actually
became less like God because they had experienced evil which permanently
changed them. God is holy and has never sinned. They were created innocent
and had not sinned. Now that was over. Now they were sinners.

Music
What They Needed
Stanza two of “What They Needed” deals with the reason God had to banish
Adam and Eve from the Garden. If they stayed, they could eat from the Tree
of Life and live forever—sounds good, right? But living in a depraved state
of sin forever would not be good. So they are banished. The tension between
Justice and Grace is introduced. God was judging them (they had to leave

Adventures in the Story of Hope Lesson Number 9

Teacher Guide Page 79
the beautiful Garden) and being gracious (keeping them from living forever Teacher Notes
in a sorry state) at the same time. The kids will pick up some good theology if
they can grasp the truth of this verse.
Also, sing one or both of the first two songs if there is time. (Note: the
children will be learning eleven or twelve new songs. Keep this in mind as
you move through the lessons. It may be important to take the time to sing
through all or several of them from time to time. You may also want to
incorporate the songs into other venues where the children can enjoy and
remember them (AWANA, Sunday School, Children’s Church, etc.).
Bible Memory Activity
M e m o r y Ve r s e After reviewing the verse,
announce groups that are
Leviticus 19:2b – You shall be holy, for I the Lord your God am holy. to stand and say the verse
together. For example say:

Bible Activity •All those wearing some-

thing green stand up and
say this verse.
If possible, show a picture of a poison dart frog called “Phyllobates Terribilis”
(This highly poisonous frog is found in Colombia, South America)
•All those who play soc-
cer stand and say this
Ask: “Have you ever seen a frog like this? The poison of this frog comes
verse.
through its skin, much like a person would sweat. If you touch this frog,
you WILL die! The amount of poison it takes to kill a person of about 150
•All those who are older
lbs. is equal to 2-3 grains of salt. That’s not much! Show salt and a glass of
than 2…
water. Explain: this salt is not poison, but it only takes as much poison as
this salt weighs to kill an adult, even less for a child. If I put this salt into
Include opposites such as:
a glass and stirred it up, could you even see it?” (no) Demonstrate. “You
All those who aren’t wear-
might not even be able to taste it, since it is such a small amount. Could
ing something green . . .
someone lie to you and tell you that this water is perfectly pure?” (yes) If
you have a willing volunteer, let him/her drink some of the water; if not, the
teacher should do this.

Lesson point : That’s exactly what sin is like, it looks harmless, even beautiful
like this dart frog. But hiding behind the part that shows is deadly poison!
Not poison that will kill you physically every time, but that will separate you
from God, your loving creator. The devil is like the person who lies to you
and tells you that it is perfectly all right to do this wrong thing; after all, ev-
eryone else is doing it! IT’S A LIE!!!! Don’t listen to the enemy of your soul!
Believe what God’s word teaches about sin. It always has bad consequences!

Lesson Number 9 Adventures in the Story of Hope

Page 80 Teacher Guide
 Coloring Book

Artwork at the end of the lesson can be used for coloring, either by the teacher or by the student. Say,
“This picture shows Adam and Eve being expelled from the Garden of Eden. How do you think they
felt when God told them to leave the garden?” Let the children color the picture and discuss this ques-
tion with you.

My Story of Hope

God did not want Adam and Eve to eat from the Tree of Life (can label two trees “Tree of Life” and “The
Tree of the Knowledge of Good and Evil”) and live forever in their sinful state so He sent them away from
the garden and placed angels and a flaming sword at the east of the garden to guard the way.

The Story of Hope Lesson Number 9

Children’s Leader Guide Page 81
 Teacher Notes

3 Review and Close

Questions

1. T or F. Because the man and woman had disobeyed God by eating from the
forbidden tree, they now had the knowledge of good and evil from experience.

2. Does God know about sin personally? (No, He knows about the facts of sin
but has never sinned.)

3. What are the two reasons God cast Adam and Eve out of the garden? (He
didn’t want them to keep eating from the Tree of Life and live forever in a
sinful state. They were now contaminated with sin and couldn’t stay in God’s
perfect garden.)

4. God cast the man and the woman out of the garden as an act of both judg-
ment and mercy. How was it an act of mercy? (God did not want His children
to live forever in a sinful state. He had a better plan!)

5. How did God make sure Adam and Eve would never enter the garden again?
(He put angels at the entrance with a flaming sword)

6. On which side of the garden were the angels standing…east or west? (east)

THEME: God hates sin. God kicked Adam and Eve out of the Garden of
Eden.

Apply the Lesson

Adam and Eve broke their relationship with God and God expelled them from
the Garden of Eden because of that. If you have broken your relationship with
God in any way, you should try to restore (or begin) your relationship with
God by acknowledging your disobedience to Him.

Eight essential truths emerge from the Bible’s Story of Hope. From this story
in the Bible, we learn that Adam and Eve broke their relationship with God
and God expelled them from the garden because of that.

Lesson Number 9 Adventures in the Story of Hope

Page 82 Teacher Guide
10 The Great
Flood
Genesis 6:5 - 8:22

THEME: The people were evil. God

sent a flood. Noah trusted and
obeyed God. God protected Noah.
Teacher Notes
Study the Lesson (before class) A beautiful full color pic-
ture of the artwork above
is available for purchase
• God was expressing sorrow at the things people had done to them- as a set through www.
selves. They were very corrupt and evil. [Link]/resources.
Look for the “40 Events”
• God was not sorry that He had made people but that people were so
version. This picture can
rebellious.
be used as you tell the
• The Bible says that Noah was “righteous” and “blameless” but that story. You may also want
does not mean that Noah never sinned. In fact, one of his sins is re- to post these pictures
corded in Genesis 9:20. Noah was a man who loved God and obeyed around your classroom
Him. to visually remind your
class of previous lessons
• Noah built a big boat which was six times longer than it was wide,
as you teach Adventures
exactly what modern day shipbuilders do today. This big boat was as in The Story of Hope.
tall as a four-story building.
• Pairs of every animal joined Noah in the boat; seven pairs were taken ATSOH #10
of those animals used for sacrifice. Some people have estimated that
over 125,000 animals could have fit into the boat.
Notes: for more facts
• Three times, Noah sent out a bird to see how things were going on about the flood, see page
the earth. 88.
• The rains from heaven poured on the earth for 40 days and the
springs of water from under the earth came up creating a massive
universal flood that covered the whole earth for 5 months.
• For about another 5 months, the waters on the earth ebbed away.
• All human beings, except the eight in the ark, lost their lives.

Lesson Number 10 Adventures in the Story of Hope

Page 84 ©Copyright 2012 Sow and Harvest International Teacher Guide
 Teacher Notes

1 Begin the Lesson Review and Game Sug-

gestion: Who Am I?
Review Questions from Lesson 5: Beginning of Human Sin
Write the names of all
What lie did Satan tell the woman about eating from the Tree of the Knowl- the Bible characters that
edge of Good and Evil? (you won’t die) have been studied thus
far on small pieces of
How is man’s sin in the garden like Satan’s sin in heaven? (They both wanted paper and place them
to be like the Most High God) in a basket. Ask one
Review Question from Lesson 6: Origin of Death student to draw a piece
What kind of death did the man and woman experience immediately after of paper, and pretending
disobeying God? (spiritual death) to be that person, state
one fact about him/her.
Review Questions from Lesson 7: Promise of a Victor Over Death The student continues
Did the man and woman understand immediately how awful the consequenc- giving facts until some-
es of their sin were? (no, it would take many years and even then they would one guesses correctly.
not fully understand it all) Where Am I? and What
After the woman chose to disobey God, what bad thing did God say she would Am I? can be played
experience? (pain and suffering when her babies were born) in a similar manner by
changing the names to
Review Questions from Lesson 8: Provision of Clothes places or objects.
Why did Adam name his wife Eve? (he had faith to believe that she would be
the mother of all the living and that through her would come the provider of Example: Who Am I?
the deliverer from death – Satan conqueror)
What did God use to make clothing for Adam and Eve? (the skin of an ani- • I am a man from the
mal) Old Testament.
Review Questions from Lesson 9: Expelled from the Garden
• I had no brothers or
T or F. Because the man and woman had disobeyed God by eating from the sisters.
forbidden tree, they now had the knowledge of good and evil from personal
experience. • I named the animals
(Adam)
Does God know about sin personally? (No, He knows about the facts of sin but
has never sinned.)

2 Te a c h t h e L e s s o n

Introduction to Lesson 10: The Great Flood

Ask, “Have you ever seen it where it rained so much that there was a flood?”

Adventures in the Story of Hope Lesson Number 10

Teacher Guide Page 85
Let the children explain their stories. Teacher Notes
When God looked at the human race in the time of Noah, what did he see?

Te l l T h e S t o r y

As time passed, men and women did so much evil that people were thinking
bad thoughts and doing wrong things all day and every day. God was grieved
by this and knew He must destroy mankind from the face of the earth. But
there was one man who found favor in God’s eyes; he was so righteous that
other men and women couldn’t find anything wrong with him. His name was
Noah. Noah walked with God; he did what God wanted him to do.

God had a plan. He would flood the earth and wipe out every living crea-
ture on it. But He wanted to save Noah and his family and some animals. So
He gave Noah the exact instructions he needed to make a boat large enough
to carry at least two of every kind of animal on the earth. Noah’s boat had
a capacity of about 40,000 cubic meters. Do you know how big that is? Do
know how big a semi-trailer is? The boat could hold as much as about 1500
semi-trailers! No one made a floating vessel that big again until the mid-19th
century. It could easily carry the required load, and its width and height ratios
made it stable. That’s a big boat! That’s a safe boat.

Then God said to Noah, “I will bring floodwaters on the earth to destroy all
life under the heavens. Everything will die. But I will make a covenant with
you. You and your family will enter the boat with at least two of all the animal
kinds (male and female), and I will keep them alive with you. Take food on
the boat as well for you and for the animals.”

So, Noah built the boat. Finally, one day God said to him, “Go into the boat
with your family.” Then God brought animals to Noah from all over the earth,
and God shut them in. (Notice: as with judgment so with salvation, God takes Show ATSOH #10
the initiative.)

Then deep springs burst up from the ground, and the floodgates of heaven
opened and poured down. The rain kept coming for forty days so that the
water rose higher and higher and lifted the boat up and up. The water rose so
much that the highest mountains on earth were covered.

Well, just as God said, every living creature on the earth died—except for
Noah, his family, and the animals on Noah’s boat. Noah, his wife and sons and
their wives—only eight human beings survived.

Then the water went down steadily so that after five months the water was low

Lesson Number 10 Adventures in the Story of Hope

Page 86 Teacher Guide
enough for the boat to rest on the mountains of Ararat. When the earth was Teacher Notes
completely dry, God told Noah to come out of the boat with his family and
the animals so they could multiply and fill the earth again.

Then Noah built an altar to God and sacrificed burnt offerings. God saw
Noah’s worship and smelled the pleasing aroma and said in His heart, “Never
again will I curse the ground for the sinful things its people do even though
their hearts are wicked from childhood. Never again will I destroy all living
creatures.”

So Noah and his wife, their sons, Shem, Ham, and Japheth, and their wives
came out of the great boat. From them came people who scattered over the
earth.

Music
What They Needed

Sing the first two verses, then teach verse three. This verse is rich in theology.
Note two things: 1. ‘Noah found grace/favor in the eyes of the Lord’ does not
mean that God was good to him because of something Noah did. We believe
God (who is sovereign) bestowed favor/grace on Noah simply because He
chose to do so. The line, “But Noah found favor in God’s eyes, who made him
righteous and new” brings this out. Noah’s righteousness and deliverance
were all a result of God’s mercy and grace. 2. Deliverance is what man needed
then and continues to need (because of his wretchedness). But deliverance
(its plan and execution) comes totally from God. Bible Memory Activity
Sing other songs as time permits. Write the Bible verse on a
piece of paper and tape it
M e m o r y Ve r s e to the outside of a bottle.
Let the children sit in a
Genesis 6:8 – But Noah found grace in the eyes of the Lord. circle on the floor. The
“It” person sits in the
center and spins the
bottle. Whoever the bottle
Bible Activity points to when it stops
must read the verse aloud
This is a great story for the children to act out. Every child should have a to the group. That person
role to play. How this is set up depends on the size of your class. These are then becomes “It.”
the characters needed:
Noah
Noah’s wife

Adventures in the Story of Hope Lesson Number 10

Teacher Guide Page 87
Hecklers (a few or many, depending on class size) Teacher Notes
Animals, choose as many as you would like, again based on the size of the
class. (2 of each kind)
If you have enough children, assign the 3 sons of Noah and their wives.
Voice of God - best played by the teacher or assistant
Read Genesis 6:5-8:22 before you begin. Divide the children up to their
various parts.
Read through the story from the Bible as you instruct the children in their
parts. Help them see how Noah built the ark. Walk off the size of the area
that will be considered “safe.” Encourage Noah and his sons to make saw
& hammer sounds as they “build” the ark. Here come the animals!!!!!!!!!
Let the children ad-lib a little, but be ready to jump in and redirect them if
needed to keep moving forward.
Lesson point: It’s always best to trust God, even if we can’t possibly see a
way out.

Fa c t s A b o u t t h e F l o o d
1. The ark measured 525 feet in length.

2. The ark held 40,000 cubic meters which is about 500 standard railroad
cars.

3. The ark was made of gopher wood. We do not know what gopher wood is
but it had to be highly resistant to water and water rot.

4. The ark had 3 floors filled with rooms and it had only one door.

5. If the average sized animal was the size of a sheep it means the ark could
hold over 125,000 animals.

6. God put a rainbow in the sky as a covenant and promise to remind His
people that He would never destroy all mankind by water again.

7. It rained 40 days and 40 nights.

8. Noah had three sons named Shem, Ham, and Japheth.

9. Noah was 600 years old when he went into the ark.

Lesson Number 10 Adventures in the Story of Hope

Page 88 Teacher Guide
 10. Noah and his family were on the ark for over one year. Teacher Notes
11. The ark was the largest floating vessel until the mid-19th century.

Coloring Book
Artwork at the end of the lesson can be used for coloring, either by the
teacher or by the student. Say, “This picture shows the rain com-
ing down on the ark. What do you think those outside the ark were
thinking at this time?” Let the children color the picture and discuss
this question with you.

Adventures in the Story of Hope Lesson Number 10

Teacher Guide Page 89
 Teacher Notes
Craft
Noah’s Ark

Materials:

You will need a printed

template of the upper
half of the ark (white
construction paper or
another heavier paper
is best), scissors, glue,
brown paint or markers
and a dinner-sized paper
plate.

Directions:

If you don’t have a paper

plate, just trace a din-
ner plate onto a piece of
cardboard (from a cereal
box or the like).

Fold the paper plate in

half. Paint or color the
bottom brown.

Color pieces, as neces-

sary.

Cut out the ark top. This

step may require adult
assistance and can be
done prior to making the
craft with the children.

See template on page

391.

Lesson Number 10 The Story of Hope

Page 90 Children’s Leader Guide
 My Story of Hope

(1) All the world was evil except for Noah (standing on the ‘evil’ earth) who walked with God. (2) At
least two of every kind of animal and Noah and his wife, Shem, Ham and Japheth and their wives entered
the ark. (3) It rained for forty days and forty nights and all the earth was covered with water. (4) The wa-
ter went down over five months and then the ark landed on Mt. Ararat.

Adventures in the Story of Hope Lesson Number 10

Teacher Guide Page 91
 Teacher Notes

3 Review and Close

Questions

1. Why did God destroy the earth with a flood? (the people were thinking
and doing bad all the time)

2. Why did God choose Noah out of all the people on the earth to build the
ark? (he found favor in God’s eyes)

3. Who went into the ark? (Noah and his family - eight people and at least
two of every kind of animal)

4. How was the door to the ark closed? (God shut it)

5. How long did it rain while Noah and his family were in the ark? (forty
days)

6. Where did the ark finally land? (on Mt. Ararat)

7. What promise did God make after the flood? (never to destroy the earth
by flood again)

THEME: The people were evil. God sent a flood. Noah trusted and
obeyed God. God protected Noah.

Apply the Lesson

Noah honored God with his faithful ark building. It took him 120 years.
What are some things you could do to honor God in spite of the fact that
other people may make fun of you?

Eight essential truths emerge from the Bible’s Story of Hope. From this story
in the Bible, we learn that God judges sin and rewards holy living.

Lesson Number 10 Adventures in the Story of Hope

Page 92 Teacher Guide
11 Promises to
Abraham
Genesis 11:31-12:7
THEME: God called Abraham to be a
great nation and to be a blessing to
all peoples.
Teacher Notes
Study the Lesson (before class) A beautiful full color pic-
ture of the artwork above
is available for purchase
• Terah, Abraham’s father, left Ur to go to Canaan but settled instead in as a set through www.
Haran. Terah was a moon-worshipper living in a land where they wor- [Link]/resources.
Look for the “40 Events”
shipped the moon as a god. God promised to bless Abraham but this
version. This picture can
promise had one condition, Abraham had to obey God.
be used as you tell the
• Abraham, by faith, obeyed and left everything to follow God’s plan. story. You may also want
• Three promises were based on God’s call for Abraham to leave his to post these pictures
land. First, Abraham would be a great nation. Second, there would be around your classroom
to visually remind your
a blessing for Abraham. And third, Abraham’s name would become
class of previous lessons
great.
as you teach Adventures
• Based on Abraham’s obedience God’s promises were to: bless those who in The Story of Hope.
blessed Abraham, curse those who treated Abraham with dishonor or
contempt, and bless all the families of the earth through Abraham. ATSOH Bible Visual #11
• Abraham was told to leave several things: his country, his people, and
his father’s household but he was told nothing about the land to which
he would go. To leave and obey God not knowing where he was going
would be difficult.
• Abraham’s obedience is told in two different ways. First, he left. Sec-
ond, he was a blessing.
• Abraham’s descendants eventually owned the land of Canaan but Abra-
ham owned only a cave when he died (Genesis 23:17-20).

Lesson Number 11 Adventures in the Story of Hope

Page 94 ©Copyright 2012 Sow and Harvest International Teacher Guide
 Teacher Notes

1 Begin the Lesson Review and Game

Suggestion: Question
Review Questions for Lesson 6: Origin of Death Game

Why did the man and woman hide when they heard God walking in the gar- Write review questions
den? (they were afraid because they knew they had disobeyed God) (found at the end of
each lesson) on note
What kind of death did the man and woman experience immediately after cards. On the back of
disobeying God? (spiritual death) each card assign the
question a point value
Review Question for Lesson 7: Promise of a Victor Over Satan from 1 to 5 with 1 being
the easiest and 5 be-
God always speaks the _________. (truth) ing the most difficult.
Place the cards in their
Review Questions for Lesson 8: Provision of Clothes 5 respective piles. The
student chooses which
Why did God not accept the fig leaves that Adam and Eve made to clothe kind of question he
themselves? (man made them – man can’t create his own covering for sin) would like to answer.
If he gets it correct, he
The only suitable payment for sin is the shedding of innocent _________. keeps the card. If he
(blood) answers incorrectly, he
places it at the bottom
Review Questions for Lesson 9: Expelled from the Garden of the pile. The student
with the most points
What are the two reasons God cast Adam and Eve out of the garden? (He in his hand at the end
didn’t want them to keep eating from the Tree of Life and live forever in a wins.
sinful state. They were now contaminated with sin and couldn’t stay in God’s
perfect garden.)

God cast the man and the woman out of the garden as an act of both judg-
ment and mercy. How was it an act of mercy? (God did not want His chil-
dren to live forever in a sinful state. He had a better plan!)

Review Questions for Lesson 10: The Great Flood

What promise did God make after the flood? (never to destroy the earth by
flood again)

Why did God choose Noah out of all the people on the earth to build the
ark? (he found favor in God’s eyes)

Adventures in the Story of Hope Lesson Number 11

Teacher Guide Page 95
 Teacher Notes

2 Te a c h t h e L e s s o n
Introduction to Lesson 11: Promises to Abraham

Do the Bible Activity on page 98 to introduce the story.

Te l l T h e S t o r y

Even after the flood, man continued to turn against God to such an extent
that before long people were worshiping animals and non-living objects such
as the sun, moon, and stars. Mesopotamia (modern day Iran and Iraq) had
two significant centers of moon worship: Ur and Haran. Ur, located near
where the Euphrates and Tigris rivers flow into the Persian Gulf, was a large,
important city with a massive ziggurat (tower) dominating its landscape.

Terah, a moon-worshiper living in Ur, had three sons: Abram, Nahor, and
Haran. They each married and stayed close to home. Haran’s wife had a son
whom they named Lot. How pleased Terah must have been to have a grand-
son! But Sarai, Abram’s wife, was unable to have children. It seemed that
Abraham would not be providing grandchildren for Terah. Then a worse
tragedy struck: Haran died, leaving his son without a father. Terah took his
grandson, Lot, into his home.

Then one day, Terah decided to leave Ur. He took his son Abram, his daugh-
ter-in-law Sarai, and his grandson Lot with him as he travelled North along
the river to Haran before he settled down. That’s where Terah died, a dedi-
cated old moon-worshiper.

How long would this continue? Would man never turn back to the living God
who created him?

God spoke to a single man, one of Terah’s sons. God spoke to Abram!

“I want you to leave your country, your people, and your family and go to a
land I will show you. I will make you a great nation, and I will bless you; I will
make you famous and through you I’ll bless others. Yes, I will bless anyone
who blesses you and curse anyone who curses you. Yet all peoples of the earth
will be blessed through you.”

Lesson Number 11 Adventures in the Story of Hope

Page 96 Teacher Guide
So Abram did as God said; he left. At age seventy-five, he took his wife, his Teacher Notes
nephew Lot, and all the possessions and people he had accumulated in Haran
and went down to Canaan.
Show ATSOH #11
Abram arrived in Shechem, where the Canaanites lived. These people wor-
shiped many gods, some human in form, others half-human, half-animal.
There God appeared to Abram again.

“To your children I will give this land.” So Abram built an altar to God right
there to show his allegiance to the true and living God despite the fact that he
and his wife had no children.

Then Abram moved further south to a place later called Bethel. He settled
there, built another altar to God, and worshiped Him.

Abram’s father and his people were moon-worshipers. In Canaan, people were
worshiping all kinds of false gods. Yet once again God graciously spoke to
someone undeserving. Now Abram would be a light of hope in a dark world;
one man following the true God in a world of false gods.

Music
God Told Abraham

“God Told Abraham” is a shorter song and the only song that covers just two Bible Memory Activity
lessons. Therefore, these lessons should be good ones to be able to review the
other songs, possibly more than during any other lesson. Write each word of the
verse on small cards.
Sing through each of the other songs in succession. Teach verse one of “God Learn the verse. Tape one
Told Abraham.” card on the back of each
child. The children will
M e m o r y Ve r s e need to help each other
to assemble themselves in
proper order. They should
Genesis 12:3 - I will bless those who bless you, and I will curse him who line up so that each child
curses you; And in you all the families of the earth shall be blessed.” can see the word in front
of them. Have the chil-
dren repeat the verse by
reading cards one at a
time. The first child can
give the reference. Have
them close their eyes,
change their cards and
play again.

Adventures in the Story of Hope Lesson Number 11

Teacher Guide Page 97
 Teacher Notes
Bible Activity
Abraham’s Tent (page 99)
Materials needed: one treat for each child
Materials:
Templates printed out
Play a game called “Hurry up and wait” - Show children a special treat you
Crayons
have prepared. It can be a snack, toy, whatever you want to choose, but
make sure it is something they will be very excited about. Before the story Scissors
of God’s amazing promise to Abraham and Sarah, Ask: “Have you ever been Tape or glue
promised something very special and then you had to wait for it?” Today I
have brought _________ (fill in the blank with the treat you have prepared, Directions:
for example let’s say it is cookies) Who would like a cookie? Show treat, let Allow the kids to color
them see and smell it, but not touch or eat. You will have to wait until later the templates and then
for the treat. Ask them: “Do you believe I will keep my promise?” cut them out on the dark
lines. Fold along the dot-
*Tell the story about Abraham and Sarah, and God’s special promise to ted lines and glue where
them. stated. Side one and two of
the tent are glued together.
Bring out the treat 2-3 more times during class, each time, ask “Do you On the Biblical characters,
believe I will keep my promise?” Talk about having faith in a person that make sure you maintain
is trustworthy. At the end of class, give out the treats. Remind them that the base where you write
God ALWAYS keeps His promises, because He is true and all-powerful. He the students name. Fold
has both the character and ability to promise anything, and always comes the back side up to meet
through. the front side and glue at
the heads. Allow the stu-
dents to retell the story.
Coloring Book
Artwork at the end of the lesson can be used for coloring, either by the
teacher or by the student. Say, “This picture shows Abraham and his fam-
ily leaving his home. If you had to leave your home, how would you feel?”
Let the children color the picture and discuss this question with you.

Lesson Number 11 Adventures in the Story of Hope

Page 98 Teacher Guide
Adventures in the Story of Hope Lesson Number 11
Teacher Guide Page 99
 My Story of Hope
(1) Terah, Abraham, Sarah and Lot traveled from Ur to Haran where Terah died. (2) God told Abraham
to go to a land that He would show Abraham (only two of the seven given to Abraham are included here).
(3) Abraham, Sarah and Lot went to a place called Shechem in Canaan. (4) God told Abraham He would
give him that land, so Abraham built an altar to God.

Lesson Number 11 Adventures in the Story of Hope

Page 100 Teacher Guide
 Teacher Notes

3 Review and Close

Questions
1. How many sons did Terah have? (three)
2. Who did Terah worship? (the moon god)
3. Terah, his son, Abram (changed to Abraham), Sarai (changed to Sarah),
and his grandson, Lot moved from Ur. What city did they go to? (Haran)
4. Did God tell Abram the location of the land where He wanted him to go?
(No, Abraham went out in faith not knowing where he was going.)
5. Name at least two of the seven promises God gave to Abraham. (I will
make you a great nation, I will bless you, I will make your name great, you
will be a blessing, I will bless those who bless you and curse those who curse
you)
6. When Abraham arrived in Shechem where the Canaanites lived, what
additional promise did God give to Abraham? (I will give you this land)
7. How did Abraham respond to God’s promise to give him the land? (he
built an altar to worship God)
THEME: God called Abraham to be a great nation and to be a blessing to
all people.

Apply the Lesson

God made special promises to Abraham. What are one or two special prom-
ises that God has made in His Word to you? (Assurance of salvation - I John
5:13; assurance of guidance - Proverbs 3:5-6; assurance of forgiveness - 1
John 1:9; assurance of victory over sin - 1 Corinthians 10:13; or assurance of
answered prayer - John 16:24). Claim one promise from God this week.

Eight essential truths emerge from the Bible’s Story of Hope. From this story
in the Bible, we learn that God is a faithful Promise Keeper.

Adventures in the Story of Hope Lesson Number 11

Teacher Guide Page 101
12 The Lord Provides
Genesis 22:1-18

THEME: God told Abraham to sac-

rifice his only son. God provided a
lamb instead.
Teacher Notes
Study the Lesson (before class) A beautiful full color pic-
ture of the artwork above
is available for purchase
• God tested Abraham to see if his faith was real. It was only a test. as a set through www.
Abraham fully expected his son to live. [Link]/resources.
• This test came only after Abraham had received the promise from Look for the “40 Events”
God that Isaac, and Isaac only, was to be the promised heir through version. This picture can
whom the nation of Israel and other nations would be blessed. be used as you tell the
story. You may also want
• God would never expect a father to sacrifice his son. to post these pictures
• The command by God for Abraham to sacrifice his son seemed very around your classroom
unreasonable. However, Abraham instantly obeyed God. to visually remind your
class of previous lessons
• Abraham never expected that God would take his son away from him. as you teach Adventures
If Isaac died, God would raise him to life again. Abraham, without in The Story of Hope.
question, knew this and was sure that God would protect Isaac from
danger or permanent harm. ATSOH Bible Visual #12
• Isaac’s question, “Where is the lamb?” reveals that Abraham had con-
fidence that God would take care of Isaac. Abraham said, “God will
provide the lamb.” (Genesis 22:8, 14)
• “On the mountain of the Lord, it will be provided” (“Jehovah Jireh,”
verse 14), means that God provided a sacrifice in the form of a ram,
not a child. God does not hurt children.
• Abraham was the obedient servant who worshipped God at great
sacrifice. All throughout the three-day trip and especially at the end
of the trip, God provided.
• The distance from Beersheba to Mount Moriah was about 50 miles, a
three-day journey.

Adventures in the Story of Hope Lesson Number 12

Teacher Guide ©Copyright 2012 Sow and Harvest International Page 103
 Teacher Notes

1 Begin the Lesson

Review and Game Sug-
gestion: Tic-Tac-Toe
Review Questions from Lesson 7: Promises of a Victor Over Satan
Draw a large tic-tac-toe
T or F. Satan will bruise the woman’s descendant’s head and the woman’s de- on the board or large
scendant will crush Satan’s heel. (false. Satan will bruise the woman’s descen- paper. Divide the class
dant’s heel and the woman’s descendant will crush Satan’s head) into two teams (‘X’ and
‘O’). Ask the first student
Did the man and woman understand immediately how awful the conse- on Team ‘X’ a question. If
quences of their sin were? (no, it would take many years and even then they he answers it correctly, he
would not fully understand it all) gets to choose where to
put the ‘X’. Then ask the
Review Question from Lesson 8: Provision of Clothes first student on Team ‘O’ a
question. If a question is
Because Adam and Eve had disobeyed God, what did theynow have inside missed the opposite team
them? (sin) gets to choose where to
put the other team’s letter.
Review Questions from Lesson 9: Expelled from the Garden

How did God make sure Adam and Eve would never enter the garden again?
(He put angels at the entrance and a flaming sword)

On which side of the garden were the angels standing…north, south,east, or

west? (east)

Review Questions from Lesson 10: The Great Flood

Who went into the ark? (Noah and his family - eight people and at least two
of every kind of animal)

How was the door to the ark closed? (God shut it)

Review Questions from Lesson 11: Promises to Abraham

How many sons did Terah have? (three)

Who did Terah worship? (the moon god)

Lesson Number 12 Adventures in the Story of Hope

Page 104 Teacher Guide
 Teacher Notes

2 Te a c h t h e L e s s o n
Introduction to Lesson 12: The Lord Provides

Can you name someone or something that you love? Something that you
don’t want to lose? (Allow students to respond.)

Suppose God asked you to give up that someone or something for Him. What
would be your response?

Do you ever hesitate to obey God? If so, why?

Te l l T h e S t o r y

Count with me (one, two, three, four, five, six, seven, eight, nine, ten). Good!
Now, let’s count by fives (five, ten, fifteen, twenty, stop). Almost twenty-five
years passed since God promised Abram he would have a son. I imagine
Abram began to wonder if it would ever happen. Could he believe God?

A few years later, God told Abram again that he would have a son, and God
changed his name from Abram (Revered Father) to Abraham (Father of many
nations).

When Abraham was 100 and Sarah was 90 years old, their miracle baby was
born. How excited they must have been! I’m sure they had great times bring-
ing up their boy. A few years later God put Abraham through a test. “Abra-
ham!” “Here I am.” “Take your son, your only son, Isaac, whom you love, and
go to Moriah. I want you to offer him to Me as a burnt sacrifice on a moun-
tain I will show you.” Wow! That would be hard. The Bible tells us that early
the next morning Abraham started his trip, so we know he obeyed right away,
but still he must have thought about it all that night. If fact, a later book in the
Bible tells us that Abraham thought: God is able to raise the dead! Maybe this
comforted him some, but still, sacrificing your son would be so hard.
Memory Hooks
Early the next morning Abraham got up, saddled his donkey, called his two
servants to go with him, and got his son Isaac up. Then he cut the firewood As you say “saddle the
for the burnt offering, got his knife, and the fire, and they started on the donkey”, do a saddling
journey to the place God had told him about. They walked all day. At the end gesture. As you say “two
of the day they hadn’t arrived yet, so they made camp and went to sleep. Early servants”, hold your
the next day, Abraham got up, saddled the donkey, called his two servants and hands out flat on either
his son Isaac, got the firewood, made sure he had his knife and the fire, and
they continued on the trip to the place God had told him about. They walked side of your head paral-
all day. At the end of the second day they hadn’t arrived, so they made camp lel with the floor. As you

Adventures in the Story of Hope Lesson Number 12

Teacher Guide Page 105
and went to sleep. Early on the third day Abraham got up, saddled his donkey, Teacher Notes
called his two servants and his son, grabbed the firewood, his knife, the fire,
and they continued on their journey. On the third day Abraham looked and say “his son”, hold your
saw the place God had told him about. He turned to his servants and said, hand parallel with the
“Stay here with the donkey. The boy and I will continue. We will worship the floor in front of your chest.
LORD and we will return.” (This motion and the last
one show heights of the
Then, he took the firewood and placed it on Isaac’s back, made sure he had servants--taller--and son,
the knife and the fire, and they continued on their way to the place God had Isaac--shorter. As you say
told him about. While they were walking, Isaac asked, “Father?” “Here I am.” “knife”, pretend to hold up
“I have the wood you have the knife and the fire...but where is the lamb for
the sacrifice? “God Himself will provide a lamb for the offering.” And the two a knife--thumb up--and
continued together to the place God had told him about. When they reached pretend to prick your other
that place, they stopped. Abraham gathered rocks and built an altar (act this thumb on the ‘point’.) And
out slowly with emotion). He arranged the wood on the top of the altar. Then when you say “the fire”,
he tied his son. He picked him up and laid him on the altar. Took his knife. hold hands in front of you
(Breathe deeply.) like a bowl (which would
hold the coals). Encourage
“Abraham! Abraham!” students to say these words
every time you do the mo-
“Here I am.” tions.

“Don’t hurt the boy in any way! Now I know you fear God because you have
not kept back your son, your only son, whom you love.”

Abraham looked up and saw a ram with its horns caught in a bush. He took
the ram and sacrificed it as a burnt offering to the LORD in the place of his
son. So he called that place, “Yahweh Yireh” which means “The Lord will pro-
vide.”

The Angel of the LORD called again to Abraham: “The LORD says, ‘I swear
by Myself, since you have not kept back your son, without a doubt I will
multiply your descendants as the stars of the sky and as the sand of the beach. Show ATSOH #12
Your Descendant will reign over his enemies and through Him I will bless the
nations.’”

After they worshiped the LORD together, Abraham and Isaac came down the
mountain, met the servants and returned home together.

Lesson Number 12 Adventures in the Story of Hope

Page 106 Teacher Guide
 Teacher Notes
Music
Teach verse 2 of “God Told Abraham” (page 356).

Sing through each of the other songs in succession. Sing verse one of “God
Told Abraham.” Teach verse two. As with many of these songs, help the
students see how much of the lesson comes out in the lyrics.

Bible Memory Activity

In large letters, write

phrases of the verse on
M e m o r y Ve r s e sheets of paper. On the
floor, tape the papers in
a mixed up fashion, but
Genesis 22:14 - And Abraham called the name of the place, The-Lord-Will- close enough for succeed-
Provide; as it is said to this day, “In the Mount of The Lord it shall be provid- ing words to be reached
ed.” in a step. Children should
step on one word at a time
in the proper order to
quote the verse. Let each
child have a turn of hop-
ping on the verse.
Bible Activity
Explain the we are going to go on a walk, but not just a regular walk, this will Materials needed: enough
be a “trust walk.” Each person will have a partner, and one of you will wear blindfolds for 1/2 the
a blindfold, so you can’t see where you are going. Your partner will lead you number of children
around, making sure that you do not bump into anything and get hurt. It is expected in class (bring
very important that you are a trustworthy friend to your partner. If you are extras just to be safe)
wearing the blindfold, you need to trust your friend. After a few minutes,
we will switch the blindfold to the other person, and do another short walk.
Have the children pair up in groups of two. Give each pair of children a
blindfold, and help them put the blindfold on their friend. Encourage chil-
dren to be a trustworthy friend.

After the activity, talk about how it felt to trust someone else when you can’t
see what is ahead. Talk about how both Abraham and Issac had to trust God
in this difficult situation. God is always good, always true, always right, even
if we can’t see it at the moment. We trust a friend to lead us around when we
can’t see, how much more should we trust God to lead us through life. He is
our creator, and the master of the universe. He can always be trusted!!

Adventures in the Story of Hope Lesson Number 12

Teacher Guide Page 107
 Coloring Book
Artwork at the end of this lesson can be used for coloring, either by the teacher or by the student. Say,
“This picture shows the offering of the ram and Abraham telling Isaac that the Lord has provided a
sacrifice for Himself. What else do you think Abraham is telling his son?” Let the children color the
picture and discuss this question with you.

My Story of Hope
(1) God told Abraham to offer his son as a burnt offering. (2) Abraham, Isaac, two servants and a donkey
traveled to the mountains of Moriah. Isaac asked his father about the lamb for sacrifice, but Abraham
told him that God would provide it. (3) Abraham raised the knife to slay his son, but the angel of God
called out to him (can write “Abraham, do not lay your hand on the boy!” above Abraham) and Abraham
saw a ram caught in the bushes by his horns. (4) Abraham offered the ram as a burnt offering in place of
his son. He called the place “Jehovah Jireh” – God provides (can write these words above Abraham and
Isaac).

Lesson Number 12 Adventures in the Story of Hope

Page 108 Teacher Guide
 Teacher Notes

3 Review and Close

Questions

1. What did God ask Abraham to do as a test of his faith? (offer his son Isaac)

2. What did Abraham tell his servants before he and Isaac started up the
mountain? (We will worship and we will return to you.)

3. What part of his promise to Abraham did God repeat in this story? (De-
scendents would be like the stars and sand, his descendent would rule over his
enemies, through him God would bless all nations)

4. What was Abraham’s answer to Isaac when he asked him, “Where is the
lamb?” (God will provide)

5. What did God tell Abraham when He stopped him from sacrificing Isaac?
(Now I know that you fear God, since you have not withheld your only son)

6. What did God provide for Abraham to offer instead of Isaac? (a ram caught
in the bushes by his horns)

7. What did Abraham name the place where he offered Isaac? (The Lord Will
Provide)

THEME: God told Abraham to sacrifice his only son. God provided a
lamb instead.

Apply the Lesson

God provided a ram for a sacrifice. God always provides for what we need.
Name three specific ways that God has provided for you.

Eight essential truths emerge from the Bible’s Story of Hope. From this story
in the Bible, we learn that God is a faithful Provider.

Adventures in the Story of Hope Lesson Number 12

Teacher Guide Page 109
13 Moses Leads
His People
Exodus 1:1-14; 3:1-17
THEME: God called Moses in a
special way. Moses obeyed God.
Teacher Notes
Study the Lesson (before class) A beautiful full color pic-
ture of the artwork above
is available for purchase
• Moses had been a shepherd in the Midian wilderness for 40 years, but as a set through www.
now God was calling him to lead Abraham’s descendants out of Egypt. [Link]/resources.
Look for the “40 Events”
• As a shepherd, Moses learned to do everything for himself. Now, he
version. This picture can
would have to lean heavily on God.
be used as you tell the
• God first spoke to Moses on Mt. Sanai when He spoke to Moses out story. You may also want
of a burning bush. This same mountain is also where God later gave to post these pictures
Moses the Ten Commandments (Exodus 19:1-20:21). around your classroom
to visually remind your
• God spoke to Moses from an unexpected place and Moses listened.
class of previous lessons
• When Moses took off his shoes, that was an act of worship. It was as you teach Adventures
showing respect for God. Moses was showing God that he was un- in The Story of Hope.
worthy. and that God was worthy of his worship and reverence.
ATSOH Bible Visual #13
• Moses made excuses to God because he felt he was not able to do the
job God had for him. Moses felt like he would have to work alone,
but God had many other resources available to help Moses such as
miracles and Moses’ brother. When Moses used the resources of God,
he was quite effective as a leader. When Moses did not use the re-
sources of God, he was quite ineffective as a leader.
• The Egyptians had many different gods so Moses wanted to know the
name of Who was talking to him. “I AM” spoke to him which tells us
of eternal power and His unchangeable character.
• God told Moses to tell the people of Israel what he saw and heard.
God is a God who acts and speaks.

Adventures in the Story of Hope Lesson Number 13

Teacher Guide ©Copyright 2012 Sow and Harvest International Page 111
 Teacher Notes

1 Begin the Lesson Review and Game

Suggestion: Fill in the
Review Questions from Lesson 8: Provision of Clothes Letter/Jumbled Word

How did God punish the man for his disobedience? (He would had to work Print Bible story words
hard to grow food.) on a white board or
large paper leaving out
Because Adam and Eve had disobeyed God, what did they now have inside one or more letters.
them? (sin)
Let students guess the
Review Question from Lesson 9: Expelled from the Garden missing letters until the
word is complete. Or
After Adam and Eve sinned they were separated from God ____________ write Bible story words
(spiritually) and _____________. (physically) arranging the letters
incorrectly. Let students
Review Questions from Lesson 10: The Great Flood guess the word.

How long did it rain while Noah and his family were in the ark? (forty days) Examples:

Where did the ark finally land? (on Mt. Ararat) Jer_s_lem
slemjerua
Review Questions from Lesson 11: Promises to Abraham
M_ry
Terah, his son, Abram (changed to Abraham), Sarai (changed to Sarah), and yram
his grandson, Lot moved from Ur. What city did they go to? (Haran)
Did God tell Abram the location of the land where He wanted him to go?
(No, Abraham went out in faith not knowing where he was going.)

Review Questions from Lesson 12: The Provides

What did God ask Abraham to do as a test of his faith? (offer his son Isaac)

What did Abraham tell his servants before he and Isaac started up the moun-
tain? (We will worship and we will return to you.)

2 Te a c h t h e L e s s o n
Introduction to Lesson 13: Moses Leads His People

Today’s lesson focuses on a very difficult task for a man who thought he did

Lesson Number 13 Adventures in the Story of Hope

Page 112 Teacher Guide
not have very much ability. Have you ever thought that God may be asking Teacher Notes
you to do something very hard? If so, what do you think He wanted you to
do? Do you listen to God when He speaks in His Word?

Te l l T h e S t o r y

Many years passed – Abraham’s son Issac had a son of his own named Jacob.
Jacob was eventually renamed “Israel” by God. When Jacob (Israel) moved to
Egypt, he brought with him all his other sons (Reuben, Simeon, Levi, Ju-
dah, Issachar, Zebulun, Benjamin, Dan, Naphtali, Gad, and Asher) and their
families—seventy people in all. Joseph, a son mistreated by his brothers, was
already there. In the course of time, Joseph, his brothers, and all that genera-
tion died, but God continued to bless the Israelites. There were so many of
them that they filled the land of Goshen.

Living in Egypt meant they were surrounded by false gods again. The Egyp-
tians worshiped 1500 different gods who were not creators but were consid-
ered to have power within nature. Some were part human, some part animal,
and some were other things such as the Nile River. But they all had one thing
in common: they were all going to die one day. Pharaoh was also considered a
god—half-god while living, but becoming fully god when he died.

The Egyptians created statues (idols) so the gods could live inside them.
They also built temples as houses for them. Instead of God caring for people,
people took care of the gods. That’s mixed up! In fact, the role of the priests
was to keep the gods and goddesses happy. How different from the God of the
Bible!

The Egyptian belief about creation tells the story of their main god. They
taught that long ago, before anyone lived on the earth, an eternal, infinite,
lifeless ocean existed. Then a mound of earth like a pyramid came out of the
ocean, and then the sun god (Ra) appeared. Now he races across the sky every
day. (But he dies or is imprisoned every night.)

The sun was important to the Egyptians just like the moon was important to
the Mesopotamians. That’s interesting. When God created the sun and the
moon, he didn’t even name them!

After about 100 years passed since Joseph and Israel moved to Egypt, the
Israelites continued to multiply. A new king came to power who did not real-
ize all Joseph had done for Egypt. He said to his people, “There are too many
Israelites and they are becoming more powerful than we. If we are not careful,
they will grow even larger and join our enemies to fight against us and leave
the country. Then we won’t have cheap labor anymore! We must outsmart

Adventures in the Story of Hope Lesson Number 13

Teacher Guide Page 113
them.” Teacher Notes
So the Egyptians put slave bosses over them to wear them down with hard
labor. They forced them to build two store cities for Pharaoh: Pithom and
Rameses.

But the more they were oppressed, they more they multiplied and spread.
The Egyptians became even more concerned, so they made their lives miser-
able through more work and cruel punishment. Then Pharaoh began killing
all the baby boys, insisting they be thrown in the Nile.

Life in Egypt became harder and harder for the Israelites. They cried out to
God, begging for help.

One of those Israelite babies was not thrown into the Nile. His parents
decided to hide him from the king’s cruel command. After putting him in a
basket, his mother set it afloat in the Nile, trusting God to protect him. Pha-
raoh’s daughter found the boy and raised him, naming him Moses. Strangely
enough, one of the boys Pharaoh wanted dead grew up in his own home.

After Moses became a man, he killed an Egyptian whom he had seen beating
a Hebrew (one of his people). He fled Egypt and became a shepherd in the
wilderness of Sinai for forty years.

One day, as he led his flock near Mount Horeb, he saw a bush all on fire that
wasn’t consumed by the fire. He thought it was unusual, so he walked up to
the bush.
Show ATSOH #13
“Moses! Moses!” God called from the bush.

“Here I am,” Moses answered.

“Stay where you are. Take off your sandals. You are standing on holy ground.
I am the God your ancestors Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob worshiped.”

Moses, afraid to look at God, took off his shoes and covered his face. God
continued to speak.

“I have seen the misery and oppression of my people in Egypt. I have heard
them beg for help and have come down to rescue them. I will deliver them
out of Egypt and give them the fruitful land of the Canaanites. So go to Pha-
raoh. I am sending you to bring my people, the Israelites, out of Egypt.”

But Moses said to God, “I am nobody special. How can I go to Pharaoh?”

Lesson Number 13 Adventures in the Story of Hope

Page 114 Teacher Guide
“How? I will be with you! You will know that I am the one who sent you Teacher Notes
when you worship Me again on this mountain after you lead My people out
of Egypt.”

Moses asked another question: “If I go to the Israelites in that land of many
gods and say ‘The God of your ancestors has sent me,’ they might ask me
your name. What should I say?”

“I am the eternal God, the self-existent One. Tell the Israelites ‘I Am’ has sent
you. This is my eternal name and the name by which I will be remembered.
Bring the leaders together and tell them that the LORD, the God of your
ancestors, appeared to you and said ‘I have seen your trouble. I promise to
deliver you and bring you to the land of the Canaanites.’”

Moses asked a third question: “What if they don’t believe me or say, ‘God
didn’t appear to you?’”

God asked, “What’s in your hand?”

Moses replied, “A walking stick.”

“Throw it down.”

Moses threw it on the ground. Immediately it became a snake, and Moses

jumped away.

“Pick it up by its tail.” When Moses did, it turned right back into his walking
stick!

“Do this so they will believe that the God of their ancestors Abraham, Isaac
and Jacob has sent you.”

Moses went back to Egypt, and with his brother Aaron, called a meeting of
the Israelite leaders. They told the leaders what God said to Moses and per-
formed the miracle. The Israelites believed and worshiped God because they
knew He had seen their suffering and was going to deliver them.

Adventures in the Story of Hope Lesson Number 13

Teacher Guide Page 115
 Teacher Notes
Craft

Materials:

1/2 sheet of white construction paper

pieces/strips of red and yellow tissue paper (pre-cut for younger children,
5 and older can cut their own if you prefer to let them - time permitting)

Crayons, markers, pencils

Glue sticks/bottles

Directions:

Children trace their own hand onto white paper. They can also just draw a
"bush" if they prefer. You can offer them the choice.

Color branches/trunk brown or draw own bush

Glue tissue paper pieces randomly to form flames onto "bush" shape

Children can also draw other things in their pictures, like rocks, canyons,
sand, desert, hills, the sun, clouds, etc., if they like. Let their creativity
loose, time permitting.

NOTE: You can print a Scripture verse pertaining to the lesson or add a
title before giving the papers to the students. Example: Exodus 3:5 (ESV),
Then he said, “Do not come near; take your sandals off your feet, for the
place on which you are standing is holy ground.”
Each verse starts in
flowing ¾ feel and
then (with “Faith
Music to…”) switches to a
more majestic, almost
Faith triumphant feel in 4. The
verses are short, too, so as
Only “Faith” covers six lessons. Note how the theme of faith ties these lessons with “God Told Abraham,”
together and brings out the importance of faith where it may be overlooked after the verse is learned,
(Moses needed to trust God to go back to Egypt; the Israelites expressed faith there should be time to
in God by spreading blood on the door frames and to follow through the sing other songs. Teach
sea and desert. But faith is also needed to get anywhere close to obeying the verse one of “Faith.” Sing
other songs as time allows.

Lesson Number 13 Adventures in the Story of Hope

Page 116 Teacher Guide
Law—we are only really able when we trust Jesus and He enables us to obey. Teacher Notes
Even then… In verse five, faith is needed for them to follow the sacrificial
system and approach God at the Tabernacle. Finally, they needed to look
in faith to the bronze serpent if they were to live.) This song ends up being
a good summary of Israel’s time in the desert. Of course, later (after Jesus’s
sacrifice has been introduced) you can go back and help the students see more
meaning in these verses. (See teacher notes.)

Bible Memory Activity

M e m o r y Ve r s e
Make a larger visual of
Exodus 3:14 - And God said to Moses, “I AM WHO I AM.” And He said, the verse so it can be read
“Thus you shall say to the children of Israel, ‘I AM has sent me to you.’” easily. After reviewing the
verse a couple times, ask
for a volunteer who thinks
he knows most of the
Bible Activity words. Place the volunteer
behind you and facing
Do you remember Moses’ question? (“Who am I?”) (Say to the first student, away from you and the
“Pass this down: ‘Who am I?’” and allow time for them to pass to all students.) group.
What was God’s answer? (“I will be with you.”) Again, so to the first student, Instruct the class that you
“Pass this down: ‘I will be with you.’” Repeat with Moses’ second question are going to point to one
and answer (“What if they say, ‘What is His name?’” God’s answer: “Tell them word on the Bible verse
‘I am’ has sent you.”) visual which they are not
to say. While repeating
What can we learn from this conversation about how God deals with His chil- the verse they are not to
dren? (Patient, firm, encouraging) What are some excuses we might make? say this word but clap in
(Make a list of the excuses your class comes up with) What does God think its place. Once the verse
of excuses and arguing with Him? is complete allow the
child behind you to say
Extra credit assignment (for older kids) Read Exodus 4:1-17 at home, and the missing word. Allow
find 3 more times Moses argued with God about this job, and also find God’s others to have a turn of
answers to Moses. You will be able to explain these to the class next week. standing behind you.
(You can offer a prize as incentive if you wish)

Coloring Book

Artwork at the end of the lesson can be used for coloring, either by the teach-
er or by the student. Say, “This picture shows the burning bush and Mo-
ses. How do you think Moses felt when he heard a voice from the burning
bush.” Let the children color the picture and discuss this question with you.

Adventures in the Story of Hope Lesson Number 13

Teacher Guide Page 117
 My Story of Hope

(1) Moses was tending his father-in-law’s sheep on the far side of the desert by Mt. Horeb when he noticed
a burning bush. (2) When Moses came near, God called out to him from the bush. He told Moses to take
off his shoes because he was standing on holy ground (see shoes behind Moses). Moses was afraid to look
at God (holds up hand). God told Moses to bring His people out of Egypt and when Moses was afraid to
go, God told Moses that He would be with him.

Lesson Number 13 Adventures in the Story of Hope

Page 118 Teacher Guide
 Teacher Notes

3 Review and Close

Questions

1. Why were the Israelites living in Egypt and not Canaan (the land God had
promised them)? (They moved there during a famine and the Egyptians
eventually made them slaves)

2. What was Moses doing when God called him? (working as a shepherd in
Midian)

3. How did God appear to Moses when he was taking care of the sheep on
Mt. Horeb (Sinai)? (through a burning bush)

4. What happened when Moses got close to the burning bush? (God spoke
to Moses from the bush and told him He was the God of Abraham, Isaac and
Jacob)

5. What did God ask Moses to do at Mt. Horeb through the burning bush?
(Go to Pharaoh and tell him to let God’s people go)

6. How did God respond when Moses was afraid to go back to Egypt and
talk to Pharaoh? (I will be with you)

7. What did God tell Moses to say when they asked him the name of the God
who had sent him? (I AM has sent you)

THEME: God called Moses in a special way. Moses obeyed God.

Apply the Lesson

Moses obeyed God when he heard Him speaking. God may want you to
obey Him in something specific. Talk about several ways to obey God right
now that you are not currently obeying Him.

Eight essential truths emerge from the Bible’s Story of Hope. From this story
in the Bible, we learn that God wants man to obey Him.

Adventures in the Story of Hope Lesson Number 13

Teacher Guide Page 119
14 The Plagues and the
Passover
Exodus 12:1-13,
21-23
THEME: God protected people who
put their faith in Him.
Teacher Notes
Study the Lesson (before class) A beautiful full color pic-
ture of the artwork above
is available for purchase
• God sent 9 plagues while the Israelites were living in Egypt but Pha- as a set through www.
raoh did not let the people of Israel leave Egypt to sacrifice to their [Link]/resources.
God. Look for the “40 Events”
version. This picture can
• Finally, after the tenth plague, the Passover, Pharaoh let the Israelites
be used as you tell the
leave Egypt so that they could sacrifice to their God.
story. You may also want
• The final plague involved the death of firstborn children and ani- to post these pictures
mals. around your classroom
• The community of believers were to slaughter a lamb at twilight to visually remind your
class of previous lessons
and spread the blood of the slain animal on the sides and top of the
as you teach Adventures
doorposts of the house.
in The Story of Hope.
• God wanted the firstborn dedicated to Him because usually the
firstborn was the most valuable and most dear to each family. ATSOH Bible Visual #14
When they dedicated their firstborn to Him, they were giving Him
their best.
• The lamb was a sacrifice who shed its innocent blood.
• For the rest of history, the people of God knew that if they were to
be spared from death, an innocent life had to be sacrificed in their
place.
• At midnight, an angel from God would look at each house; and if
the doorposts of the house had blood on it from a slain lamb, then
the angel would pass over that house and spare the firstborn that
lived in that house.

Adventures in the Story of Hope Lesson Number 14

Teacher Guide ©Copyright 2012 Sow and Harvest International Page 121
 Teacher Notes

1 Begin the Lesson Review and Game Sug-

gestion: Cooperative
Review Questions from Lesson 9: Expelled from the Garden Story

T or F. Because the man and woman had disobeyed God by eating from the One student begins tell-
forbidden tree, they now had the knowledge of good and evil from personal ing a story. When the
experience. teacher says ‘next’ the
next person must pick up
Does God know about sin personally? (No, He knows about the facts of sin where the first person left
but has never sinned.) off. Change the time in-
tervals between students
Review Question from Lesson 10: The Great Flood to keep them guessing!

What promise did God make after the flood? (never to destroy the earth by Begin telling the story
flood again) with Lesson 9.

Review Questions from Lesson 11: Promises to Abraham

Name at least two of the seven promises God gave to Abraham. (I will make
you a great nation, I will bless you, I will make your name great, you will be a
blessing, I will bless those who bless you and curse those who curse you)
When Abraham arrived in Shechem where the Canaanites lived what
additional promise did God give to Abraham? (I will give you this land)

Review Questions from Lesson 12: The Lord Provides

What part of his promise to Abraham did God repeat in this story? (Descen-
dents would be like the stars and sand, his descendent would rule over his
enemies, through him God would bless all nations)

What was Abraham’s answer to Isaac when he asked him, “Where is the
lamb?” (God will provide)

Review Questions from Lesson 13: Moses Leads His People

Why were the Israelites now in Egypt and not Canaan (the land God had
promised them)? (They moved there during a famine and the Egyptians
eventually made them slaves)

What was Moses doing when God called him? (working as a shepherd in
Midian)

Lesson Number 14 Adventures in the Story of Hope

Page 122 Teacher Guide
 Teacher Notes

2 Te a c h t h e L e s s o n
Introduction to Lesson 14: The Plagues and the Passover

Have you ever had a friend or family member die? Maybe your favorite pet
has died. How did you feel when that special person or animal died? This
story will tell us how the oldest son and animal in each home would lose their
life unless the people listened to and obeyed Moses.

Te l l T h e S t o r y

When 80-year-old Moses walked into 20-year-old Pharaoh Amenhotep’s The names of several
throne room to challenge him to let the Israelites go, they couldn’t have been Egyptian gods are given
more different. Moses was old and maybe a bit weary from chasing sheep in this event. You may
around the desert. Pharaoh was a well-developed athlete in his prime and want to list the names on
ready to take on anything life would throw at him—or so he thought. a flip chart or black/white
board with simple draw-
Yet the contest wasn’t between these two, but between the LORD God and ings that describe each
the supposed gods of Egypt (including Pharaoh himself who was thought to (e.g. fish, vegetation, etc.)
be a god).

Moses told Pharaoh, “The LORD God wants you to let His people go to wor-
ship Him in the desert.”

Pharaoh responded, “Who is this LORD God that I should obey Him? Forget
it!”

He even made their work harder as punishment. Moses did the walking stick/
snake miracle, but Pharaoh stubbornly refused to let the people go.

So God told Moses to take his walking stick and warn Pharaoh that if he
didn’t let them go, he would strike the Nile River—one of Egypt’s gods—and
turn it to blood. It would stink. Fish would die. People would get sick. Mo-
ses warned Pharaoh, but he didn’t listen. So Moses struck the river, and it
all happened as God had said it would, demonstrating God’s authority over
Hapi, god of the Nile, over Osiris, god of vegetation (Nile was his blood-
stream), and over Hatmehyt, the fish goddess. This became a pattern. (As
you tell the story, write the names of each false god and what they represent-
ed on the board, or a paper attached to the wall if you don’t have a board)

Adventures in the Story of Hope Lesson Number 14

Teacher Guide Page 123
Moses insisted that the people be freed and warned of another plague. Pha- Teacher Notes
raoh refused. God brought the plague through Moses, each time showing His
power over the counterfeit gods. Hapi river

After the Nile/blood plague, God afflicted the Egyptians with frogs—every- Osiris vegetation
where! God showed He could bring frogs and take them away, demonstrating
victory of Heket, the frog-headed goddess of birth. Hatnehyt fish

Then came gnats—as thick as dust. Then swarms of flies ruined the land.
Then God sent a plague on all the livestock of the Egyptians and boils on the
people and animals. God sent hail and lightning, ruining all the fields. Then Heket frog
so many locusts came such as had never been seen before or would be seen
again. Each time God was showing His superiority over the counterfeit gods
of Egypt.

Finally, Moses stretched out his hand toward the sky, and God sent total dark-
ness over all Egypt for three days. No one could move. Ra, the sun god, was
defeated.

This time, Pharaoh called for Moses and said, “Go worship the LORD! Take
your families but leave your sheep and cattle.” Ra sun

“No!” Moses replied. “We must take our animals to sacrifice to the LORD our
God.”

Pharaoh was stubborn. He yelled, “Get out and stay out! I never want to see
you again!”

Moses responded, “Have it your way. You won’t see me again.”

God told Moses about one more plague He would bring on the Egyptians, so
before he left Pharaoh’s presence for the last time, he said, “Here is God’s mes-
sage.”

“At midnight I will pass through Egypt, and every firstborn will die—from
Pharaoh’s son who sits on the throne to the firstborn of the poorest slave girl.
The firstborn of cattle will also die. What loud lament there will be all over
Egypt! And yet, no one will offer the least resistance to Israel when they leave.
In fact, your officials will get on their knees and beg them to leave. This is to
show you the distinction I make between Egypt and Israel.”

Osiris, an important, revered god of Egypt, was the fearsome god of death
and the underworld. With this plague, the LORD God was about to demon-
strate that He alone is the true God of life and death.

Lesson Number 14 Adventures in the Story of Hope

Page 124 Teacher Guide
God had a related but different message for the Israelites. This is what He Teacher Notes
told Moses: “Tell the whole community of Israel that on the tenth of the
month each family must choose a one-year-old, healthy male lamb without Osiris death
defect. They will take care of it until the fourteenth of the month when they
will kill the lamb at twilight. Then, dipping a bunch of hyssop (a small tree
branch) in the blood, they must spread the blood on the sides and tops of
the door frame of the house where they will eat the lamb. They are to eat Show ATSOH #14 when
the meat roasted over a fire along with bitter herbs and bread made without describing the painting of
yeast. And here is how they are to eat it: dressed to travel with staff in hand. the doorposts and then
Eat it quickly. This is the LORD’s Passover. On that night I will pass through put it away.
Egypt and strike down every firstborn and bring judgment on all the gods of
Egypt. I am the LORD. When I see the blood on the door frames, I will pass
over you. Nothing will happen to you when I strike Egypt.”

So Moses assembled all the leaders of Israel and gave them this message.
Then the people bowed down, worshiped God, and went out to do exactly as
He commanded.

Then it happened. At midnight the LORD struck every firstborn in Egypt.

Pharaoh, his officials, everyone in Egypt got up and cried bitterly because Show ATSOH #14 again
there was not one home where someone had not died. But the Israelites who
expressed faith in God by obeying His word were safe. Their firstborn sons
didn’t die.

Pharaoh called for Moses and Aaron and said, “Up and out! Leave us, all of
you Israelites! Take your flocks and herds and go worship the LORD as you
asked. Just go. But ask God to be kind to me.”

Music

Faith

Sing verse one of “Faith.” Teach verse two; then sing both together; sing other
songs as time allows.

Adventures in the Story of Hope Lesson Number 14

Teacher Guide Page 125
 Teacher Notes
M e m o r y Ve r s e Bible Memory Activity
Write the Bible verse,
Exodus 12:13 – Now the blood shall be a sign for you on the houses where you word by word in scat-
are. And when I see the blood, I will pass over you. tered fashion on a chalk
or white board. Have the
children line up in front
of the board. Ask the first
student to find the first
word and draw an arrow
Bible Activity to the next word repeat-
ing both words. The next
Plagues & Passover student draws an arrow
connecting the third word
If possible, have unleavened bread as a snack in class today. It can be pur- and repeats all three. Con-
chased in some grocery stores, or you can make your own using this simple tinue until all words are
recipe. Explain to the children that the bread was to be unleavened for 2 connected and all children
reasons: have learned the verse.

1. They could not take the time to add yeast and let the bread rise, since they
would be making a hasty departure from Egypt. Unleavened Bread

2. Yeast, or “leaven” represents sin in a person’s life. They were not to be Simple Recipe
stained with sin, but be in a right relationship with God.
1 c. flour
3 tbsp. sugar
Coloring Book 1/3 tsp. salt
1/3 c. shortening (or lard,
Artwork at the end of the lesson can be used for coloring, either by the butter, margarine)
teacher or by the student. Say, “This picture shows the blood of an ani-
2 - 2 1/2 tbsp. milk
mal being painted on the doorpost of the house. What do you think
this family was thinking and feeling as the father did this?” Let the Sift the flour, sugar and
children color the picture and discuss this question with you. salt. Cut in shortening.
Add a little bit of milk at
a time, and only enough
to form in dough. Roll
dough (using floured roll-
ing pin) to 1/4” thick. Cut
in 1/2” squares. Pierce it
with a fork in long rows
from top to bottom of
each piece. Bake at 375
degrees for 15-20 minutes
until done.

Lesson Number 14 Adventures in the Story of Hope

Page 126 Teacher Guide
 My Story of Hope
(1) Moses and Aaron asked Pharaoh to let the Israelites go many times. Pharaoh heardened his heart and
he refused over and over. God sent plagues of water turning to blood, frogs, lice, flies, death of livestock,
boils, hail, locusts and darkness on the land of Egypt. (2) Then God told all the Israelites to take a healthy
lamb, eat all of it that night and paint its blood on their doorposts. (3) God killed all the firstborn in the
land of Egypt who did not have the blood of the lamb on their door, including the son of Pharaoh.

Adventures in the Story of Hope Lesson Number 14

Teacher Guide Page 127
 Teacher Notes

3 Review and Close

Questions

1. Was Pharaoh willing to let the Israelites go when Moses first asked him?
(no)

2. How did God convince Pharaoh to let his people go? (he sent ten plagues
on the land of Egypt that demonstrated His power over false gods and de-
stroyed the land)

3. What was the last (tenth) plague that God sent to the Egyptians? (death of
the firstborn of children and animals)

4. What did God tell the Israelites to do to keep their firstborn from dy-
ing? (put the blood of a healthy, one year male lamb on the doorpost of their
house)

5. What is the name of the feast God told the Israelites to keep to celebrate
their deliverance from death which was the tenth plague that God sent to the
Egyptians? (Passover)

6. At midnight of the first Passover, who did God strike dead? (all the first-
born of those who did not put the blood of the lamb on the door)

7. After the tenth plague, who sent the Israelites away from Egypt? (Pharaoh)

THEME: God protected people who put their faith in Him.

Apply the Lesson

The Hebrew people clearly understood that for them to live, an innocent life
had to be sacrificed. Jesus Christ was that sacrifice for us. Explain to chil-
dren that Jesus Christ is the perfect sacrifice; Hebrews 10:10, 14.

Eight essential truths emerge from the Bible’s Story of Hope. From this story
in the Bible, we learn that Jesus Christ is the perfect sacrifice.

Lesson Number 14 Adventures in the Story of Hope

Page 128 Teacher Guide
15 The Israelites Leave
Egypt
Exodus 14:1-31
THEME: God is mighty to save. God
parted the Red Sea. God drowned
His enemies.
Teacher Notes
Study the Lesson (before class) A beautiful full color pic-
ture of the artwork above
is available for purchase
• 600 chariots were bearing down on the Israelites. Each chariot had as a set through www.
two soldiers in it, one to drive and the other to fight. [Link]/resources.
Look for the “40 Events”
• The Israelites were discouraged because they thought they were version. This picture can
trapped. In front of them was the Red Sea and behind them was be used as you tell the
the Egyptian army who were in pursuit of the Israelites. They even story. You may also want
complained to Moses and to the Lord about their desperate circum- to post these pictures
stances. around your classroom
• This is the first time that we hear of the Israelites complaining on the to visually remind your
journey to the promised land. It was a problem they did not forsake. class of previous lessons
as you teach Adventures
• Moses was a man of faith and told the Israelites to stand still and in The Story of Hope.
watch the salvation of the Lord.
• The Lord told Moses to quit crying out to Him and get moving. ATSOH Bible Visual #15
Prayer was important but so was action.
• With no apparent place for the Israelites to go, God dried up the Red
Sea for the Israelites to cross.
• When the Israelites had crossed the Red Sea, the Egyptian chariots
tried to cross also. As the sun began to rise, Moses raised his hand
and the Red Sea waters drowned the Egyptian chariots and their rid-
ers.
• When the Israelites saw the crushing defeat of the Egyptian army,
they stood in awe and praised God. They also put their faith in God
as well as His servant Moses.

Lesson Number 15 ©Copyright 2012 Sow and Harvest International Adventures in the Story of Hope
Page 130 Teacher Guide
 Teacher Notes

1 Begin the Lesson Review and Game

Suggestion: Ball Toss
Review Questions from Lesson 10: The Great Flood
Toss a ball to a student
Why did God destroy the earth with a flood? (the people were thinking and who then answers
doing bad all the time) a question. If he
answers it correctly,
What promise did God make after the flood? (never to destroy the earth by he can choose who
flood again) to toss it to next. If
he answers wrong, he
Review Question from Lesson 11: Promises to Abraham throws it back to the
teacher.
How did Abraham respond to God’s promise to give him the land? (he built
an altar to worship God)

Review Questions from Lesson 12: The Lord Provides

What did God tell Abraham when He stopped him from sacrificing Isaac?
(Now I know that you fear God, since you have not withheld your only son)

What did God provide for Abraham to offer instead of Isaac? (a ram caught in
the bushes by his horns)

Review Questions from Lesson 13: Moses Leads His People

How did God appear to Moses when he was taking care of the sheep on Mt.
Horeb (Sinai)? (through a burning bush)

What happened when Moses got close to the burning bush? (God spoke to
Moses and told him he was the God of Abraham, Isaac and Jacob)

Review Questions from Lesson 14: The Plagues and the Passover

Was Pharaoh willing to let the Israelites go when Moses first asked him? (no)

How did God convince Pharaoh to let His people go? (He sent 10 plagues on
the land of Egypt that demonstrated His power over the false gods and de-
stroyed the land.)

Adventures in the Story of Hope Lesson Number 15

Teacher Guide Page 131
 Teacher Notes

2 Te a c h t h e L e s s o n
In our story today, we will
Introduction to Lesson 15: The Israelites Leave Egypt
see the Israelites begin to
do a lot of walking. We
See Teacher Notes for a special “warm up” for this story.
will walk with them so
let’s get ready. Everybody
stretch as high as you can.
Te l l T h e S t o r y Now, everybody reach
down and touch your toes.
Hands on your hips. Bend
Four hundred thirty years after Israel and his family moved to Egypt, the forward. Bend to the left
LORD led them—now a nation of two million—along with others and their side. Bend to the right
livestock, out of Egypt. They walked from Rameses to Succoth – show this on side. Lean backwards.
a map. (Walk with the Israelites.) Walk, walk, walk. Okay, are you ready a long
walk? (start story)
But when Pharaoh and his officials realized Israel had left, they said, “What
have we done? We let our slave labor go free!” So Pharaoh prepared his army
with all its chariots and chased after the Israelites. (March with the army.)
March, march, march.

When the Israelites saw Pharaoh and his army marching after them, they
were terrified and cried out to God. (Cry with the Israelites.) “Waaaa!” They
grumbled to Moses, “Weren’t the cemeteries in Egypt large enough that you
had to bring us out in the wilderness to die? Why did you do this? We would
rather be slaves in Egypt than to die out here.” (Grumble with Israelites.)
“Grrrr! Grrr!”

Moses answered the people, “Don’t be afraid. Hang on and you will see the
LORD deliver you in such a way that you will never see these Egyptians
again. The LORD will do the fighting; you won’t have to do anything.”

Then the LORD said to Moses, “Get the people moving. Hold your walking
stick up over the sea and divide it (hold up the walking stick). The Israelites Tell the children to cover
will walk right through the sea on dry ground. Meanwhile, I will make Pha- their eyes when you say
raoh and his army stubborn in the chase so that they come in after you. The “darkness” and put their
Egyptians will know that I am the LORD when I use their army, chariots, and hands out open on each
horsemen to glorify Myself.” side of their faces when
you say, “light.” Repeat
The angel of almighty God had been leading the Israelites. He now went the lines several times to
behind them, taking the pillar of cloud with him. Now the cloud was between emphasize what the Egyp-
the Egyptians and the Israelites, bringing darkness to the Egyptians and light tians and Israelites saw
to the Israelites and separating them throughout the night. So ... the Egyptio- through the night.

Lesson Number 15 Adventures in the Story of Hope

Page 132 Teacher Guide
ans were in the dark, while the Israelites were in the light. The Egyptians saw Teacher Notes
darkness and the Israelites saw light. Then Moses lifted his walking stick over
the sea (lift it up), and God, with a thunderous east wind, drove the sea back.
The sea split in two, leaving dry ground in the middle. The Israelites walked
through the sea on dry ground with a wall of water on each side. (Walk with
the Israelites.) Walk, walk, walk. Show ATSOH #15

The Egyptians went right in after them. (March with the army.) March,
march, march. God looked down through the pillar of cloud and brought
them into confusion. He clogged up the chariot wheels. The Egyptians began
to shout, “Run from Israel! The LORD is fighting for them against us!” (Yell
like the army.) Aaaah!

On the other side, God told Moses, “Stretch your walking stick (stretch it out)
over the sea so that the water will flow back over the Egyptian army.” Moses
obeyed, the sea returned, and the LORD swept them into it. Not one of the
army that pursued Israel into the sea survived. History shows that for several
years after this, the Egyptian army did not go out to show its power; its power
was so greatly diminished on that day.

But the Israelites had passed through the sea on dry ground. The LORD
delivered Israel from the oppression of Egypt that day, leaving Egyptians ly-
ing dead on the shore. When the Israelites saw the tremendous power of the
LORD, they gained a healthy, holy respect for Him and trusted in Him and
His servant Moses. They sang a special song of praise to God for His mighty
deliverance!

Bible Memory Activity

Music
Divide your class into
Faith. Sing verses one and two of “Faith.” Teach verse three; sing all three three groups. Place the
verses together; sing other songs as time allows. groups in different areas
of the room. One group
will be the LOUD echo,
one the regular echo and
M e m o r y Ve r s e one the whisper echo.

Exodus 14:29 - But the children of Israel had walked on dry land in the midst The leader will shout
of the sea, and the waters were a wall to them on their right hand and on their out the verse one short
phrase at a time, allowing
left.
the groups to echo your
words. The “loud group”
Bible Activity first and “whisper” last.
Reassign which group gets
Dramatic review of the story. After you have told the story of Moses and the to do which kind of echo
Israelites crossing the Red Sea, tell the children: Let’s see what it might have then lengthen the phrase
FELT like to be there on that day. Who wants to help me act out the story we they must repeat.

Adventures in the Story of Hope Lesson Number 15

Teacher Guide Page 133
just heard? Choose one child to be Moses, and divide the rest of the class Teacher Notes
evenly into Israelites and Egyptians. Go through the story again, and lead the
children to play the parts assigned. As you go through the story, talk about
fear, doubt, faith, excitement, celebration, etc. Try to help them feel the emo-
tions of the situation, how helpless they must have felt when they saw the sea
in front of them, the army behind them! They were absolutely trapped! No
way out! What was their reaction? (They grumbled, accused Moses of fail-
ure) God fought for them on that day and rescued them! He is stronger than
the worst enemy, and He is greater than our doubts! No one can stand against
the power of God. If you try, you will ALWAYS be defeated!!

Coloring Book

Artwork at the end of the lesson can be used for coloring, either by the
teacher or by the student. Say, “This picture shows Moses and the Israel-
ites when God parted the Red Sea. How do you think the people of Israel
felt when God parted the Red Sea?” Let the children color the picture and
discuss this question with you.

Bible Activity

Crossing the Red Sea

“In our Bible Verse today, it says that the people crossed the Red Sea. We’re
going to pretend to go across the Red Sea, too.“

• Line the children up at one end of the classroom.

• You will need 2 children or 2 teachers to hold the ends of the jump rope.

• Have the 2 holders hold the jump rope where it is stretched out on the
floor in front of the other children

• Keep the jump rope still and on the floor and have the children jump over
it

• Once all of the children have gone over it, you can move the rope a little
and have them jump over it again. Make sure that it is on the floor so that
the children are not getting hurt.

Lesson Number 15 Adventures in the Story of Hope

Page 134 Teacher Guide
 My Story of Hope

(1) Pharaoh’s army chased after the Israelites and they couldn’t get away because the Red Sea was before
them. They were terrified (see shaking legs). God placed a pillar of fire between them and the Egyptians
and God told Moses to lift up his staff and divide the sea in two. The Israelites walked across on dry land.
(2) When Pharaoh’s army tried to follow them, God told Moses to lift up his staff again and the sea closed
upon them. All of Pharaoh’s army drowned. Moses and the Israelites rejoiced and praised God.

Adventures in the Story of Hope Lesson Number 15

Teacher Guide Page 135
 Teacher Notes

3 Review and Close

Questions

1. Why did Pharaoh and his army chase after the Israelites? (God hardened
Pharaoh’s heart and made him sorry he had let all his slave labor go free)

2. What did the Israelites do when they saw Pharaoh and his army coming?
(they cried out in fear to the Lord and complained to Moses for bringing them
out into the wilderness to die by Pharaoh’s hand)

3. What did Moses say to the people when Pharaoh’s army had trapped them in
front of the Red Sea? (Do not be afraid. God will fight for you)

4. What did God tell Moses to do so the Israelites could escape the Egyptians?
(hold your walking stick up over the sea and divide it)

5. What did God send to confuse the Egyptian army while the Israelites walked
across the sea? (a pillar of cloud)

6. What did God tell Moses to do after the Israelites crossed the Red Sea to
keep the Egyptian army from chasing after them? (stretch out your walking
stick over the sea so the water will flow back over the Egyptian army)

7. How did the Israelites respond when they saw the Egyptian army drowned
in the sea? (they had a healthy, holy respect for God and His servant Moses)

THEME: God is mighty to save. God parted the Red Sea. God drowned
His enemies.

Apply the Lesson

God performed a major miracle when He parted the Red Sea. What major
obstacles do you see in your life that you need to have God perform a major
miracle?

Eight essential truths emerge from the Bible’s Story of Hope. From this story
in the Bible, we learn that God is very powerful.

Lesson Number 15 Adventures in the Story of Hope

Page 136 Teacher Guide
16 The Ten
Commandments
Exodus 20:1-17
THEME: God is holy. God gave the
Ten Commandments. Disobedience
to His commands is sin.
Teacher Notes
Study the Lesson (before class) A beautiful full color pic-
ture of the artwork above
is available for purchase
• The Ten Commandments were given to Moses by God on two tablets as a set through www.
on Mount Sinai which is located in the northeastern corner of mod- [Link]/resources.
ern day Egypt. Look for the “40 Events”
• The Israelites had just come from Egypt where they lived for 430 version. This picture can
years. The Egyptians had many gods. be used as you tell the
story. You may also want
• God expected worship of Him alone according to the first command- to post these pictures
ment. around your classroom
• The Israelites had lived among a people that had many idols. Now, to visually remind your
they were to have no idols. Idols were forbidden by God. class of previous lessons
as you teach Adventures
• God told the Israelites that they should not use the name of God in a in The Story of Hope.
careless way. He is holy and His name is holy.
• God expected the Israelites to worship and rest on one particular day. ATSOH Bible Visual #16
It was called the Sabbath.
• The Israelite children were expected to honor their parents. This is
the first commandment that attached a promise to it.
• The Israelites were expected not to take the life of another innocent
human being; they were expected to not commit murder.
• The Israelites were not to commit adultery. That is, they were to have
only one wife to live with and sleep with.
• They were not to steal or take anything that did not belong to them.
• They were not to give false witness. That is, if they went to court and
testified, they were supposed to tell the whole truth.

Lesson Number 16 Adventures in the Story of Hope

Page 138 ©Copyright 2012 Sow and Harvest International Teacher Guide
 Teacher Notes

1 Begin the Lesson

Review Questions from Lesson 11: Promises to Abraham

Did God tell Abram the location of the land where he wanted him to go? (No,
Abraham went out in faith not knowing where he was going.)
Name at least two of the seven promises God gave to Abraham. (I will make
you a great nation, I will bless you, I will make your name great, you will be a
blessing, I will bless those who bless you and curse those who curse you)

Review Question from Lesson 12: The Lord Provides

What did Abraham name the place where he offered Isaac? (The Lord Will
Provide)

Review Questions from Lesson 13: Moses Leads His People

What did God ask Moses to do at Mt. Horeb through the burning bush? (Go
to Pharaoh and tell him to let God’s people go)

How did God respond when Moses was afraid to go back to Egypt to talk to
Pharaoh? (I will be with you)

Review Questions from Lesson 14: The Plagues and the Passover

What was the last (tenth) plague that God sent to the Egyptians? (death of the
firstborn of children and animals)

What did God tell the Israelites to do to keep their firstborn from dying? (put
the blood of a healthy, one year male lamb on the doorpost of their house)

Review Questions from Lesson 15: The Israelites Leave Egypt

Why did Pharaoh and his army chase after the Israelites? (God hardened Pha-
raoh’s heart and made him sorry he had let all his slave labor go free)

What did the Israelites do when they saw Pharaoh and his army coming?
(they cried out in fear to the Lord and complained to Moses for bringing them
out into the wilderness to die by Pharaoh’s hand)

Adventures in the Story of Hope Lesson Number 16

Teacher Guide Page 139
 Teacher Notes

2 Te a c h t h e L e s s o n
The Ten Commandments

Introduction to Lesson 16: The Ten Commandments 1. Exodus 20:3 “You must
not have any other god
What are a few of the things your parents have told you not to do? What are but Me.”
a few things your parents have told you to do? This lesson will help us under-
stand what God wants us to do and what He wants us not to do. 2. Exodus 20:4 “You must
not make for yourself an
idol.”
Te l l T h e S t o r y
3. Exodus 20:7 “You must
not misuse the name of
Three months later, the Israelites arrived in the Desert of Sinai and set up the Lord your God.”
camp facing Mount Sinai (Horeb). Moses went up the mountain, and God
spoke to him again. 4. Exodus 20:8 “Remem-
ber to observe the Sab-
“Tell Israel: You saw with your own eyes what I did to Egypt and how I bath day by keeping it
brought you to Myself as a mighty eagle carries its young. Now if you will holy.”
obey My voice and keep My covenant, I will make you My treasured posses- 5. Exodus 20:12 “Honor
sion. The entire earth and its nations are Mine, but you will be a kingdom of your father and mother.”
priests for Me and a holy nation.”
6. Exodus 20:13 “You
So Moses went back and told the leaders what God had said. The people must not murder.”
responded as one: “Everything God says we will do.”
7. Exodus 20:14 “You
must not commit adul-
So God told Moses, “Get the people ready. Tell them to wash up and prepare
tery.”
themselves for two days. I will come down to the mountain to make My
presence known. Have them stay back. No one is to approach the mountain, 8. Exodus 20:15 “You
or he/she will die.” must not steal.”

On the third day came deafening thunder, lightning, smoke all around the 9. Exodus 20:16 “You
mountain, and a loud trumpet blast. The people trembled with fear. The must not testify falsely
mountain was all in smoke and shook violently because God descended against your neighbor.”
on it as fire. Then God spoke to Moses, establishing His covenant (special
10. Exodus 20:17 “You
agreement) with Israel. He said, “I am the LORD, your God who brought
must not covet.”
you out of bondage in Egypt.”
Show ATSOH #16
As part of the covenant, He gave them many laws. The most important of
those laws were ten that are often called the Ten Commandments.

(Teach the Ten Commandments with the hand-motion helps below.)

1. “Do not worship any god except Me.” (Pointer finger on right hand up)

Lesson Number 16 Adventures in the Story of Hope

Page 140 Teacher Guide
2. “Do not make idols that look like anything in the sky or on the earth or Teacher Notes
in the waters. Do not bow down to or worship idols.” (Pointer on left hand
bows to pointer on right hand.)

3. (Pointer up) “Father,” (Middle up) “Son,” (Ring up) “Holy Spirit, Don’t
misuse God’s name,” (Use the three fingers to cover your mouth)

4. “Do not work on the seventh day of the week. That day is mine. Keep it
separate; treat it differently.” (Four fingers up—) “Rest on the Sabbath,” (use
the four as a pillow)

5. “Respect your father and mother, and you will live a long time in the land
I am giving you.” (All five fingers of right hand make spanking motion—)
“Honor your father and mother”

6. (Five up and thumb of other hand up also) “Do not murder,” while using
thumb to stab chest

7. (Five up and Pointer and Middle of other hand) “Husband and wife, to-
gether forever,” (while crossing Pointer and Middle)

8. (Five up and three of second hand) “Do not steal,” (while using five to
‘steal’ three)

9. (Five up on right hand, four on left, say) “Do not tell lies about others,”
while covering mouth first with right then left (so they see 5 + 4 = 9)

10. “Do not set your heart on anything—house, spouse, slave, ox, donkey—
anything that belongs to someone else.” (All five up on both, reach over and
take imaginary thing.)

Now, try that with me. (repeat using motions)

Music
Faith

Sing verses one, two and three of “Faith.” Teach verse four; sing all four verses
together; sing other songs as time allows.

Adventures in the Story of Hope Lesson Number 16

Teacher Guide Page 141
 Teacher Notes
M e m o r y Ve r s e Bible Memory Activity

Divide into two groups.

Exodus 20:3 - You shall have no other gods before Me.
Repeat the verse as fol-
lows, each side adding one
word to what the other
group said.
Bible Activity
Group 1: Exodus
Parchment Commandments
Group 2: Exodus 20

This activity allows the children to make their own Ten Commandments. Group 1: Exodus 20:3

Make a big poster. On one side, list each of the Ten Commandments. On Group 2: Exodus 20:3,
the other side, show what each commandment tells us about God. “You

Here are some examples of statements that could go on the right side of the Group 1: Exodus 20:3,
poster: “You shall. . .”

1. God is exclusive - God alone And so on!

2. God will not share His glory - it is His alone

3. God’s name is very special - respect it

4. God’s day is special

5. God set up the family - honor that

6. God shows respect for life, so should we

7. God is pure and self-controlled

8. God is just

9. God is truth

10. God is satisfied, not wanting more

It is so important that children understand where God’s laws come from.

They are not made up to spoil all the fun in life! They reflect God’s nature
and character. God’s laws protect us from harm in so many ways! If you

Lesson Number 16 Adventures in the Story of Hope

Page 142 Teacher Guide
have time, help the children think of how each commandment protects us from harm. Example, #4 - set-
ting aside a day to worship God helps us restore our strength for the coming week. #5 - families are given
to protect and care for us #6 - obvious protection from evil people seeking to do others harm. #7 - protec-
tion from disease, etc. In a more general sense, obedience to God’s laws protects us from bitterness, guilt,
and a bad reputation.

My Story of Hope

God came down onto Mt. Sinai. There was thunder, lightning, a thick cloud on the mountain and the
sound of a trumpet so loud that all the people trembled. God told Moses to come up the mountain where
He gave him the Ten Commandments (see stone tablets).

Adventures in the Story of Hope Lesson Number 16

Teacher Guide Page 143
 Teacher Notes
Coloring Book
Artwork at the end of the lesson can be used for coloring, either by the
teacher or by the student. Say, “This picture shows Moses receiving the Ten
Commandments on two tablets. What would it have been like for Moses
to receive such special instructions from God?” Let the children color the
picture and discuss this question with you.

3 Review and Close

Questions

1. God gave the Israelites a whole system of laws to help them know how to
worship and obey Him. What do we call the main part of God’s law? (the
Ten Commandments)

2. Name one of the three promises God made to the Israelites if they would
obey His commandments (covenant). (They would be His treasured posses-
sion, a kingdom of priests, and a holy nation).

3. What did God tell Moses would happen to anyone who touched the
mountain from which He spoke? (they would die)

4. How did the people know that God was on the mountain? (there was
thunder, lightning, smoke and a loud trumpet blast)

5. When God spoke to the Israelites from the mountain, how did they re-
spond? (they trembled in fear)

6. Which day of the week did God set apart for rest and why? (the seventh
day; it was the day God rested from his creation work so he blessed it and
made it holy)

7. Which commandment comes with a promise? (respect (honor) your

father and your mother)

THEME: God is holy. God gave Ten Commandments. Disobedience to

His commands is sin.

Lesson Number 16 Adventures in the Story of Hope

Page 144 Teacher Guide
 Teacher Notes

Apply the Lesson

The Ten Commandments show us the nature and character of God and
how He expects us to live. For instance, He is God alone and He wants us
to know that there are no other gods that we should worship or serve. He
is truthful and honest. He is pure. He does not lie, cheat, or steal. The Ten
Commandments were given to us to show us where we fall short of the na-
ture and character of God. No one can keep all ten commandments all their
life. Which of these commandments do you struggle most to keep?

Eight essential truths emerge from the Bible’s Story of Hope. From this story
in the Bible, we learn that God is holy. When we choose to disobey Him,
this is sin.

Adventures in the Story of Hope Lesson Number 16

Teacher Guide Page 145
17 Worship in the
Wilderness
Exodus 40:17-35
THEME: God told them to build a
tent where they could meet Him and
offer sacrifices for forgiveness.
Teacher Notes
Study the Lesson (before class) A beautiful full color pic-
ture of the artwork above
is available for purchase
• The tabernacle was first built near Mount Sinai about one year after as a set through www.
the Israelites left Egypt. [Link]/resources.
Look for the “40 Events”
• The Israelites stayed in this same basic location for about eight and version. This picture can
a half months. For at least 80 days, Moses was on Mount Sinai. So, be used as you tell the
for about 6 months, Israel was collecting materials needed for the story. You may also want
tabernacle. to post these pictures
• Seven times in Exodus 40, Moses is said to have built the tabernacle around your classroom
exactly as the Lord directed. to visually remind your
class of previous lessons
• The two tablets of stone containing the ten commandments that as you teach Adventures
Moses received from God were placed in the ark. in The Story of Hope.
• The promise of God, “I will dwell among the Israelites and be their
God” (Exodus 29:45) was fulfilled as the glory of the Lord filled the ATSOH Bible Visual #17
tabernacle (Exodus 40:34).
• The tabernacle was God’s home on earth. It is where He showed His
glory, where sacrifices could be made, and where sins were forgiven.
• When the lamp stands were ready, they were lit so that the place of
worship would not remain in darkness (v. 25).
• When the altar was in place, it burned sweet incense which became
an offering to God (v. 29).
• At the laver, Moses washed his hands and feet to prepare himself for
worship.

Adventures in the Story of Hope Lesson Number 17

Teacher Guide ©Copyright 2012 Sow and Harvest International Page 147
 Teacher Notes

1 Begin the Lesson

Review and Game Sug-
gestion: Who Am I?
Review Questions from Lesson 12: The Lord Provides
Write the names of all the
What did God ask Abraham to do as a test of his faith? (offer his son Isaac) Bible characters that have
been studied thus far on
What did God tell Abraham when He stopped him from sacrificing Isaac? small pieces of paper and
(Now I know that you fear God, since you have not withheld your only son) place them in a basket.
Ask one student to select
Review Question from Lesson 13: Moses Leads His People a piece of paper and, act
out that person, stating
What did God tell Moses to say when they asked him the name of the God one fact about him/her.
who had sent him? (I AM has sent you) The student continues
giving facts until someone
Review Questions from Lesson 14: The Plagues and the Passover guesses correctly. Where
Am I? and What Am I?
What is name of the feast God told the Israelites to keep to celebrate their can be played in a similar
deliverance from death which was the tenth plague that God sent to the Egyp- manner by changing the
tians? (Passover) names to places or ob-
jects.
At midnight of the first Passover, who did God strike dead? (all the firstborn of
those who did not put the blood of the lamb on the door) Examples: Who Am I?
Review Questions from Lesson 15: The Israelites Leave Egypt • I am a man from the
Old Testament.
What did Moses’ say to the people when Pharaoh’s army had trapped them in
front of the Red Sea? (Do not be afraid. God will fight for you) • I had an older brother
and sister.
What did God tell Moses to do so the Israelites could escape the Egyptians?
(hold your walking stick up over the sea and divide it) • I led the people out of
Egypt.
Review Questions from Lesson 16: The Ten Commandments
• (Answer: Moses)
God gave the Israelites a whole system of laws to help them know how to
worship and obey Him. What do we call the main part of God’s law? (the ten
commandments)

Name one of the three promises God made to the Israelites if they would obey
His commandments (covenant). (They would be His treasured possession, a
kindgom of priests, and a holy nation).

Lesson Number 17 Adventures in the Story of Hope

Page 148 Teacher Guide
 Teacher Notes

2 Te a c h t h e L e s s o n
Introduction to Lesson 17: Worship in the Wilderness

Have you ever seen a place where people worship? What are some different
things that you have noticed about places where different religions worship?

What are some things that you would expect to see at a place where Chris-
tians worship?

Te l l T h e S t o r y

God still wanted to “tabernacle” (live with) His people, so He had Moses tell
the people to bring offerings to Him so that they could build a tabernacle
(special tent) according to the pattern He showed Moses. They brought pre-
cious metals, gems, colored yarns, fine linen, animal skins, wood, olive oil,
spices, and incense. If you lived in the desert with Israel, what do you have
that you could have given?

When all the pieces were made, Moses set up the main structure of the taber-
nacle, 45 feet by 15 feet, facing east.

The Tabernacle and its courtyard were now ready for use. God could meet
with His people, and they could have their sins forgiven and forgotten.

[*Teacher note: The following story is fictitious, a parable of sorts that repre- *This fictional story,
sents what it might have been like for a Jewish family] which communicates
the facts of Leviticus 1
Ahira Ben-Enan eagerly walked the lamb from the pen to his family’s tent. and the significance of
Today was the day his family’s sins would be forgiven. the sacrifices made at the
tabernacle, is based on
He threw the tent door aside. “Come on out! I have the lamb. Let’s get over to what a real person who
the Tabernacle,” he called into the tent. lived during the exodus
(Numbers 1) might have
His dear wife, flashing him a big smile, came out holding their newborn baby experienced.
girl. Then his firstborn, Enan, emerged yawning and stretching his arms,
and finally little Naphtali. Even though ‘Tali’ was the last one out, he had Change your voice as you
the brightest eyes and seemed the most excited about the sacrifice. As they speak for Tali and his
walked, Tali was full of questions. father.

“Abba, why does the lamb have to die?”

Adventures in the Story of Hope Lesson Number 17

Teacher Guide Page 149
“Well, Tali, God is holy, and…” Teacher Notes
“What’s holy?”

“Holy means that God is totally good, without sin. He doesn’t do wrong
things like we do, and our sins separate us from Him. Our sins have a pen-
alty…”

“What’s penalty?”

“Penalty means our sins have to be paid for.”

“How much do sins cost?”

“Well, the payment for sin is death. That means we would have to die to pay
for our sins. But God loves us so much that He allowed us to offer a substitute
to die in our place.”

“S-s-sussitute? (Mispronounce this word as a small child might.) Is that the

lamb?”

“That’s right. I chose this lamb because God said the lamb had to be a male
without defect—the best we have.”

Others were also walking toward the Tabernacle. Some carried pigeons; one
father led a fine-looking young bull. Tali tugged on his father’s robe and whis-
pered, “Tell them it’s ‘posed to be a lamb, Abba.”

“Actually, Tali, God wants everyone to come—rich or poor. People can bring
an animal from their herd or flock, but if they can’t afford a lamb, they can
bring a dove or a pigeon.”

They arrived at the Tabernacle, and Aaron motioned for Ahira to come
through the entrance. His family stood just outside and watched quietly
through the open curtain as Ahira knelt down and placed his hand on the
Show ATSOH #17, then
head of the lamb. Then he took his knife and quickly slit the throat of the
resume story with appro-
substitute. One of Aaron’s sons caught the blood in a bowl and then sprinkled
priate gestures.
it on the altar. They watched as their father skinned the lamb and cut it into
pieces. Then the priests arranged the pieces on the burning fire of the altar
Kneel and go through
while Father washed the inner parts and the legs. Finally, those were burned,
Ahira’s motions.
too. They understood the seriousness of the sin problem as they observed this
messy, violent death. The walk home was solemn as they thought about the
sacrifice. Tali had only one question.

“Why did you put your hand on the lamb’s head, Abba?”

Lesson Number 17 Adventures in the Story of Hope

Page 150 Teacher Guide
“By putting my hand on the head of the lamb, I was identifying our family with Teacher Notes
the lamb. God then accepted the lamb for us so that when it died, it died as a
substitute for us, making us right with God.”

“I’m glad God made a way for us to be forgiven. And I’m glad you obeyed
Him, Abba.”

(The following story tells about the Day of Atonement. It could be used as an-
other to teach the expiation of sins through sacrifices. DO NOT use them both
in one normal session.)

Yom Kippur had arrived. Ahira watched nervously as he waited to do the task
for which he had been chosen.

Yom Kippur—Day of Atonement. Such a unique concept. Ahira knew that this
first Day of Atonement was to be followed by many, many more. Once a year
they were not to work and were to go without eating to show their sorrow for
their sins.

He watched as Aaron presented two goats to the LORD at the entrance to the
Tent of Meeting, and one was chosen to die. Aaron turned and motioned to
Ahira, who quickly approached Aaron and took the rope of the other goat. He
then stepped back, pulling the goat with him, and continued to watch.

Aaron slit the throat of the first goat, and his son caught the blood in the bowl.
Then Aaron took the bowl into the Tent of Meeting. Ahira could no longer see
Aaron, but he knew what was happening inside the tent.

Aaron would open the veil and enter the Most Holy Place—something that
would only happen once a year on this day. Once inside, Aaron would sprinkle
blood on the Mercy Seat and in front of it. He had to do this to purify the Most
Holy Place which was contaminated by the uncleanness and rebellion of the
Israelites.

Aaron stepped back out of the Tent. Ahira breathed in sharply and realized
that he had been holding his breath. He watched as Aaron now sprinkled
blood around the Tent of Meeting. This, too, needed to be purified because it
sat every day in the midst of their uncleanness. Finally, Aaron approached the
altar and purified it, too, with the blood. In fact, the law requires that nearly
everything be cleansed with blood and without the shedding of blood there is
no forgiveness.

Now Aaron approached Ahira. He realized it was time for his part. He stood
firm with the second goat.

Adventures in the Story of Hope Lesson Number 17

Teacher Guide Page 151
Ahira watched as Aaron laid both hands on the head of the goat. His mouth Teacher Notes
was moving, but the words—the groaning—was barely audible. Ahira knew
that Aaron was confessing over this goat the wickedness and rebellion of the
Israelites. He confessed all their sins and put them on the goat’s head. Not all
could see, but Ahira noticed the tears streaming down Aaron’s cheeks. Ahira,
moved by the scene and sensing its importance not only for Israel but also for
himself, felt his own tears coursing down his cheeks. Then Aaron rose, looked
at Ahira, and nodded.

Ahira led the goat out of the courtyard. Everyone watched solemnly as he
walked the goat to the edge of the camp. Ahira continued walking out into
the wilderness. How far should he go? Ahira wasn’t sure, but he knew he
was to take the goat into the wilderness and release it. He walked for several
hours. Finally he stopped, knelt down, and untied the rope from the goat’s
neck. He ran his fingers along its back, then gave it a pat, and commanded,
“Go on! Go!”

He watched as the goat bounded up a hill and down the other side, out of
sight, carrying on itself all their sins. Ahira stood there, looking out over the
wilderness where the goat had gone. After a while he lifted his eyes toward
heaven and breathed a prayer of thanks to God for providing a way for him—
for all of Israel—to be made right with Himself. Then Ahira turned around
and headed back to camp. Bible Memory Activity
Divide the verse into
phrases and write the
Music phrases on construction
paper circles. Learn the
Faith (page 358) verse together. On the
timer’s cue, have a student
Sing verses one, two, three, and four of “Faith.” Teach verse five; sing all throw the circles into a
verses together; sing other songs as time allows. small area of the floor,
and then put the verse in
M e m o r y Ve r s e order. Record each child’s
time to assemble the
verse. Repeat to reinforce
Exodus 40:34 – Then the cloud covered the tabernacle of meeting, and the the verse.
glory of the Lord filled the tabernacle.
Activity: Building a Tab-
ernacle
Bible Activity
“In our Bible Story today,
the people of Israel built a
Give each child a piece of construction paper, Bible Verse and glue. Let the tabernacle (a place to meet
children glue their Bible Verse on their paper. While the children are gluing, God) so that they had a
go around and write each child’s name on his/her paper. Demonstrate to the place to worship God. Let’s
children how to glue the craft sticks onto their paper in the shape of a build- build our own.”

Lesson Number 17 Adventures in the Story of Hope

Page 152 Teacher Guide
ing (each child’s building will look different – encourage their creativity). Demonstrate to the children how
to tear the scraps of construction paper and glue them onto their building.

My Story of Hope
(1) An Israelite man takes a sacrificial lamb to the tabernacle. Aaron the high priest motions him to come
inside. (2) The man places his hand on the lamb and then slits its throat. It will be sacrificed on the altar.

Coloring Book

Artwork at the end of the lesson can be used for coloring, either by the teacher or by the student. Say,
“This picture shows the place where the Israelites were to worship God. Do you think they brought
sacrifices to the tabernacle regularly to sacrifice to the Lord?” Let the children color the picture and
discuss this question with you.

Adventures in the Story of Hope Lesson Number 17

Teacher Guide Page 153
 Teacher Notes

3 Review and Close

Questions

1. Name two things that Moses asked the people to bring to build God’s tab-
ernacle? (Possible answers: precious metals, gems, colored yarns, fine linen,
animal skins, wood, olive oil, spices and incense)

2. Why was the tabernacle built? (To provide a place where God would meet
with His people.)

3. Why would the people go to the tabernacle with sacrifices? (To have their
sins forgiven)

4. What does it mean when we say God is holy? (he is totally good; without
sin)

5. What does God say is the penalty for sin? (death)

6. What substitute did God provide to take the penalty for sin? (animal sacri-
fice – sheep, goat, cow, pigeon or dove)

7. Why must blood be shed to pay for sin? (without the shedding of blood,
there is no forgiveness of sin)

THEME: God told them to build a tent and make sacrifices. The people
needed to be forgiven.

Apply the Lesson

As with Abraham and Isaac, sacrifices are important. The Old Testament sac-
rifices were lacking something, but Jesus Christ is the ultimate sacrifice. Read
Hebrews 10:10-14 and discuss Jesus Christ as the perfect sacrifice.

Eight essential truths emerge from the Bible’s Story of Hope. From this story
in the Bible, we learn that Jesus Christ is God’s perfect sacrifice.

Lesson Number 17 Adventures in the Story of Hope

Page 154 Teacher Guide
18 Bronze Snake
Numbers 21:4-9

THEME: People were healed if they

believed God and looked at the
bronze snake.
Teacher Notes
Study the Lesson (before class)
A beautiful full color pic-
ture of the artwork above
• From Psalm 78, we learn that Israel was complaining because they is available for purchase
were not faithful to God, they did not obey God, and forgot the great as a set through www.
miracles God had done for them. [Link]/resources.
Look for the “40 Events”
• The Israelites were probably fatigued as they marched around Edom. version. This picture can
Perhaps, this fatigue led to complaining. be used as you tell the
• They had bread enough to eat, but they complained that they had no story. You may also want
bread. to post these pictures
around your classroom
• God sent poisonous snakes to punish the Israelites for their complain- to visually remind your
ing and unbelief. class of previous lessons
• God had preserved the Israelites from these deadly snakes. But now, as you teach Adventures
because of their complaining, God would not preserve His people any in The Story of Hope.
more.
ATSOH Bible Visual #18
• Moses was told to put a bronze snake on a pole. When the Israelites
just looked at the bronze snake, they would be healed.
• It was not the bronze snake that healed them but looking at the bronze
snake that healed them (obeying God’s word).
• If they refused to look at the snake, then they would die from the bite
of the poisonous snake.
• Israel realized their sin and confessed their sin to God.
• Those who had quarreled against God did not want Him as their best
friend.
• God made provision for the people so that they would have relief from
His judgment.

Lesson Number 18 Adventures in the Story of Hope

Page 156 ©Copyright 2012 Sow and Harvest International Teacher Guide
 Teacher Notes

1 Begin the Lesson Review and Game Sug-

gestion: Who Am I?
Review Questions from Lesson 13: Moses Leads His People
Write the names of all
the Bible characters that
What did God ask Moses to do at Mt. Horeb through the burning bush? (Go
have been studied thus
to Pharaoh and tell him to let God’s people go)
far on small pieces of
paper and place them in
How did God respond when Moses was afraid to go back to Egypt to talk to
a basket. Ask one stu-
Pharaoh? (I will be with you)
dent to draw a piece of
paper and, pretending to
Review Question from Lesson 14: The Plagues and the Passover
be that person, state one
fact about him/her. The
After the tenth plague, who sent the Israelites away from Egypt? (Pharaoh)
student continues giv-
ing facts until someone
Review Questions from Lesson 15: The Israelites Leave Egypt
guesses correctly. Where
Am I? and What Am I?
What did God send to confuse the Egyptian army while the Israelites walked
can be played in a simi-
across the sea? (a pillar of cloud)
lar manner by changing
the names to places or
What did God tell Moses to do after the Israelites crossed the Red Sea to keep
objects.
the Egyptian army from chasing after them? (stretch out your walking stick
over the sea so the water will flow back over the Egyptian army)
Examples: Who Am I?
Review Questions from Lesson 16: The Ten Commandments
• I have a brother
named Aaron.
What did God tell Moses would happen to anyone who touched the mountain
from which He spoke? (they would die)
• I have a sister named
Miriam.
How did the people know that God was on the mountain? (there was thunder,
lightning, smoke and a loud trumpet blast)
• I met God at a burn-
ing bush.
Review Questions from Lesson 17: Worship in the Wilderness
• (answer: Moses)
Name two things that Moses asked the people to bring to build God’s taber-
nacle? (Possible answers: precious metals, gems, colored yarns, fine linen,
animal skins, wood, olive oil, spices and incense)

Why was the tabernacle built? (To provide a place where God would meet with
His people.)

Adventures in the Story of Hope Lesson Number 18

Teacher Guide Page 157
 Teacher Notes

2 Te a c h t h e L e s s o n
Introduction to Lesson 18: Bronze Snake

Who is afraid of snakes? Raise your hand. This lesson is about snakes. The
people we will study in this lesson were very afraid of snakes. Have you ever
seen a deadly snake? Have you ever been bitten by a snake? This lesson is
also about trust. What do you trust the most?
Te l l T h e S t o r y

God brought His people to the land He had promised to Abraham but they
rebelled! They were afraid of the people in the land, so they refused to trust
God and conquer the land. So they wandered for 38 years in the desert while
the LORD cared for His people, always providing food and water for them.
They never lacked anything. Yet they complained several times. Do you ever
complain?

Then finally the LORD sent them north once more. He sent them back
toward Kadesh Barnea where they had rebelled. There, God would prepare
them to enter the Promised Land.

But as they traveled, the people became impatient and complained against
God and Moses again. (Be animated as the people would have in complain-
ing.) “Did you bring us up from Egypt just to let us die out here in the des-
ert? There’s no water! And we hate this miserable food!”

The LORD had had enough. He sent poisonous snakes that bit the people,
and many died.

Then some of the people admitted to Moses, “We were wrong to speak
against the LORD and against you. Pray to Him that He will take these
snakes away.”

So Moses prayed for the people, and the LORD answered: “Make a bronze
snake and put it on a pole. Anyone who is bitten can look at the snake and
not die.”

Moses obeyed God, crafting a snake and mounting it high on a pole. Then
everyone who was bitten by a snake and looked at the bronze snake lived. It Show ATSOH #18
was so simple. But faith is simple. They simply had to believe what God said

Lesson Number 18 Adventures in the Story of Hope

Page 158 Teacher Guide
(“Look at the bronze snake, and live.”) was true. Teacher Notes
Some probably said, “That’s silly, I’m not going to look at the snake!”

Others may have said, “Oh, I don’t deserve to be healed.”

Still others may have tried to wrap it up, and fix it, and go to doctors, think-
ing, “I have to do what I can to get this fixed.”

But only those who believed what God said, and looked at the bronze snake in
faith, were healed.

Music
Faith

Since the students have been singing this song for five lessons and should
know it quite well, start by teaching the lyrics to verse six. Then go back to
“Go and tell the Story and run through all songs, finishing with all six verses
of “Faith.”

Bible Memory Activity

M e m o r y Ve r s e For this activity you will
need music to play and
John 3: 14-15 – And as Moses lifted up the serpent in the wilderness, even so a small soft object to
must the Son of Man be lifted up, that whoever believes in Him should not pass. Place the children
perish but have eternal life. in a circle. Instruct them
to gently toss the object
while the music is playing.
When the music stops,
the child holding the
object will say the verse.

Bible Activity
Thankfulness activity - Start by asking the question: “Have you ever been
around a person who complained all the time? How much do you enjoy
spending time with a person like that? Are those people usually the ones who
have nothing to be thankful for, and that’s why they complain?” NO!! They
complain because they have never learned to be content. Being content is a
choice we all make, and our ability to be content grows the more we count our

Adventures in the Story of Hope Lesson Number 18

Teacher Guide Page 159
blessings. So..... let’s see how many blessings we can count today! Give each Teacher Notes
child a card or piece of paper, and have them write down as many things as
they can think of to be thankful for. Give children about 5 minutes to work
on this. At the end of 5 minutes, let each child share a few of the things
on their list. Ask: “Can you think of anything in the whole world that you
would like to have that you don’t have?” Of course! “ There are always things
we would like to have, but we can choose to be content by thinking of and
thanking God for the blessings He has given us.”

The Israelites were short on contentment and thankfulness! What did they
have to be thankful for? (water from the rock, deliverance from the Egyp-
tians, manna from heaven)

How did they feel when they complained to Moses? (Grumpy, mad)

How did they feel when the snakes started biting people and killing them?
(scared, sorry, ashamed)

Did God give all of them what they deserved? (no, He offered a way of es-
cape from the consequences of their sin)

Were all of them forgiven? (no, just the ones who turned from their sin and
obeyed God by looking up to the bronze snake)

Coloring Book
Artwork at the end of the lesson can be used for coloring, either by the
teacher or by the student. Say, “This picture shows Moses holding up the
bronze snake on a poll. If you were told that you could be healed if you
just looked at the bronze snake, would you? Why? or Why not?” Let the
children color the picture and discuss this question with you.

Lesson Number 18 Adventures in the Story of Hope

Page 160 Teacher Guide
 My Story of Hope
(1) The Israelites complained to Moses asking him why he brought them out of Egypt? To die in the des-
ert? There was no real food, no water and they were sick of that miserable stuff (manna). (2) In response,
God sent poisonous snakes to bite the people and many of them died. People repented and asked Moses
to ask God to take the snakes away. (3) Moses followed God’s instructions and made a bronze snake and
put it on a pole. If anyone who had been bitten looked at it and believed what God said, he was healed.

Adventures in the Story of Hope Lesson Number 18

Teacher Guide Page 161
 Teacher Notes

3 Review and Close

Questions
1. How long had the Israelites been wandering in the wilderness since leaving
Egypt? (40 years)
2. Had God always taken care of His people during that time? (yes)
3. Why did God send poisonous snakes to bite the Israelites in the wilderness?
(they weren’t thankful for the things God had provided for them like manna
and water; instead, they chose to complain)
4. What was the ‘miserable food’ the Israelites were complaining about?
(manna that God had sent to them faithfully from heaven)
5. What was the result of the Israelites being bitten by the snakes? (They real-
ized they had sinned against God and asked Moses to pray for them that God
would take the snakes away)
6. What did God tell Moses to do so the Israelites would be saved from the
bites of the poisonous snakes? (Make a bronze snake and put it up on a pole.
When the people looked at it they would be healed)
7. Why did God heal the people when they looked at the bronze snake on the
pole? (because they were sorry for their sin of complaining against God and
had faith to believe that looking at the snake would heal them)
THEME: People were healed if they believed God and looked at the bronze
snake.

Apply the Lesson

This story is referred to right before (John 3:14-15) the most popular verse
in the Bible, John 3:16. All believers can be given life by having faith in Jesus
Christ. Has each person in your class placed their faith in Jesus Christ?

Eight essential truths emerge from the Bible’s Story of Hope. From this story
in the Bible, we learn that God expects us to put our faith in Him.

Lesson Number 18 Adventures in the Story of Hope

Page 162 Teacher Guide
19 Reign of King David
2 Samuel 7:1-16

THEME: God chose David to be a

king. God will one day send a Special
Man to be King forever.
Teacher Notes
Study the Lesson (before class) A beautiful full color pic-
ture of the artwork above
is available for purchase
• David returned to Jerusalem and enjoyed a time of peace. He had as a set through www.
fought many wars. During that time of peace, he thought it would be [Link]/resources.
a good idea for the Lord to have a more permanent place to be wor- Look for the “40 Events”
shipped. The portable tent was no longer suitable. version. This picture can
be used as you tell the
• This is the first time that the prophet Nathan appears on the scene. story. You may also want
• David learned from Nathan that his intentions of building a place of to post these pictures
worship for God were premature. around your classroom
to visually remind your
• Since the Israelites left Egypt, the Lord had made His residence in a class of previous lessons
portable tent and there was no need to change that. as you teach Adventures
• However, David learned that he would not build a house for God but in The Story of Hope.
that God would build a house for him. It would originate with David
and it would never end. ATSOH Bible Visual #19

• The kingdom and its throne would be a place over which the Son of
David would rule forever.
• David was aware that a Messiah would follow after him who would
one day be an Eternal King.
• As for a literal temple of worship, David would not be allowed to
build it. However, his son, Solomon, would build it.
• David’s response to God is one of praise as he describes the incompa-
rable majesty of God.
• He also describes himself as a servant, a term which he uses ten times
in verses 19-29.

Lesson Number 19 Adventures in the Story of Hope

Page 164 ©Copyright 2012 Sow and Harvest International Teacher Guide
 Teacher Notes

1 Begin the Lesson

Review and Game Sug-
gestion: Bible Charades
Review Questions from Lesson 14: The Plagues and the Passover
Stories to act out:
How did God convince Pharaoh to let His people go? (He sent 10 plagues on
the land of Egypt that demonstrated His power over the false gods and de- • Painting the blood on
stroyed the land) the door
What did God tell the Israelites to do to keep their firstborn from dying? (put • Moses raising his staff
the blood of a healthy, one year male lamb on the doorpost of their house) to part the Red Sea
and walking across
Review Question from Lesson 15: The Israelites Leave Egypt
• Giving a sacrifice in
How did the Israelites respond when they saw the Egyptian army drowned in the tabernacle
the sea? (they had a healthy, holy respect for God and His servant Moses, and
worshiped God) • A person being bitten
by a snake and look-
Review Questions from Lesson 16: The Ten Commandments ing to the bronze
serpent to be healed
Why would the people go to the tabernacle with sacrifices? (To have their sins
forgiven)

Which day of the week did God set apart for rest and why? (the seventh day;
it was the day God rested from His creation work so He blessed it and made it
holy)

Review Questions from Lesson 17: Worship in the Wilderness

How many rooms did the tabernacle have? (three – courtyard, holy place,
holy of holies)

What does it mean when we say God is holy? (he is totally good; without sin)

Review Questions from Lesson 18: Bronze Snake

How long had the people been wandering in the wilderness since leaving
Egypt? (40 years)

Had God always taken care of His people during that time? (yes)

Adventures in the Story of Hope Lesson Number 19

Teacher Guide Page 165
 Teacher Notes

2 Te a c h t h e L e s s o n
Introduction to Lesson 19: Reign of King David
“Sing of the King” is a
If God had big plans for your life, how would you respond? Would you be
festive song that begins
willing to be His servant and do what He wants you to do? with the Israelites singing
in response to Samuel’s
That is what David did. He did not do what he thought he should do. Instead, first announcement of a
he did what God directed him to do. king, moves through the
monarchy (specifically
Te l l T h e S t o r y Saul and David’s
kingships), then turns
mournful as they await
Did you ever think, ‘What is God doing? Has He forgotten His promises?’ God’s promise of a forever
Sometimes it’s tempting to think that way, but God is faithful and carries out king from David’s line,
but finally ends exultant
His plans.
in the realization that
Jesus is that promised
Jacob predicted that the scepter (that’s the king’s staff that is a symbol of his king.
reign) would not depart from Judah—more than 1000 years before Israel
ever had a king, his lineage (family tree) was predicted. About 750 years Notes: 1. Explain
later, Samuel’s mother, in a prayer of grateful praise, declared, “O LORD, You “cling”—to hold tight.
will give power to Your king and strength to the one You anoint.” Just a few The encouragement was
decades later, Samuel was anointing an obscure shepherd from the tribe of for the Israelites to hang
Judah to be king over Israel. And oh, the covenant God would make with on to the promises even
David not many years later! when circumstances made
it look like they wouldn’t
David had served the LORD and experienced His power as a young shep- get a king. 2. Notice how
the “house = dynasty idea
herd on the hills of Bethlehem, killing wild animals that attacked his sheep!
is referred to in the verse.
But it wasn’t until he killed a Philistine giant who was intimidating Israel’s
The teacher should have
army that he burst on the public scene. From that time on, people couldn’t developed this during
get enough of him, except for Saul. Even though David faithfully served him the story. If not, you
as God’s chosen king, Saul was jealous of David’s popularity and tried to kill have opportunity here to
him several times. But David remained loyal, passing up at least two oppor- explain it.
tunities to kill Saul.
Show ATSOH #19
After Saul died in battle, all the tribes of Israel anointed (again) David as
king. When he marched on Jerusalem and captured the city, it became
known as the city of David. Then he brought the ark of God to the city, built
a palace, and enjoyed God-given peace.

At that time David said to Nathan the prophet, “Something’s wrong! I live in
a beautiful house and the ark of God sits in a tent.” The LORD gave a mes-

Lesson Number 19 Adventures in the Story of Hope

Page 166 Teacher Guide
sage to Nathan. Teacher Notes
“Go tell my servant David this is God’s answer: ‘Do I need you to build a
house for Me? I don’t need a house and I never asked anyone to build Me one.
This tent has been fine for Me to dwell with My people.’

‘Here is what I, the LORD All-Powerful, want you to know: I took you, a
nobody following sheep around the countryside, and made you king over
My people. I defeated your enemies and made you one of the most famous
people in the world. I’ve given My people a place to live and peace with their
enemies.’

‘I will establish a house for you. I promise that you and your descendants will Bible Memory Activity
be kings. I will choose one of your sons to be king when you die and make On pieces of paper have
him a great ruler. No one will be able to take his kingdom away from him. He the verse in small phrases.
will build Me a temple.’ Cut a piece of yarn or
string long enough to
‘When he does wrong, I will correct him as parents correct their children, but hang the papers from,
I will never put an end to this covenant (like I did with Saul). I guarantee that leaving enough extra
one of your descendants will always be king.’” string/yarn to allow two
students to hold on to
the ends. Place the verse
phrases in a mixed up
Music order and tape them
to the yarn or string,
Sing of the King. Teach the chorus and have the children sing through it a spreading them out.
couple of times. Then teach verse one. Then sing the chorus, verse one, and Choose a few people to
chorus again. Sing other songs as time allows. hold up the yarn with
the verse hanging on it.
The remaining students
will not look at it until
they begin. On go, one
M e m o r y Ve r s e child at a time runs to the
reference first, and then
the first phrase and so on,
2 Samuel 7:16 - And your house and your kingdom shall be established for- touching the papers until
ever before you. Your throne shall be established forever. they complete the verse.
They then run back and
tag the next person. Do
this by teams to see which
Bible Activity team can complete the
verse more quickly, or
Make harps like David played made from cardboard, adding string or yarn, simply to give both teams
and pretend to strum them as you sing one of “Sing of the King”. a chance to play. Same
game can be played by
simply taping the phrases
to the wall.

Adventures in the Story of Hope Lesson Number 19

Teacher Guide Page 167
 My Story of Hope
King David is ‘remembering’ some of the ways God worked in his life to bring him to the throne of Israel.
(1) David was a shepherd taking care of his father’s sheep. He often sang and played on his harp. (2) David
trusted God and was able to kill the giant Goliath. (3) Samuel anointed David. He would be the next king
of Israel. (4) The prophet Nathan told King David that someone from his family would reign forever.

Coloring Book
Artwork at the end of the lesson can be used for coloring, either by the teacher or by the student. Say,
“This picture shows David ruling as a king. What do you think was the most important thing that
David did?” Let the children color the picture and discuss this question with you.

Lesson Number 19 Adventures in the Story of Hope

Page 168 Teacher Guide
 Teacher Notes
Craft
Tambourine
Materials
two paper plates
hole punch and string/wool OR stapler
dried beans, sand, rocks or something like that
stickers, paint, markers, construction paper, etc to decorate
glue
Instructions:
Decorate outside of paper plates as desired.
You can cut out shapes from construction paper or paint it or color.
Punch holes and string or staple the halves together.

3 Review and Close

Questions

1. Once the Israelites conquered Canaan and settled in the land, how did
God provide leadership for His people? (He gave them judges)

2. After the time of the judges, God provided kings for His people. Who was
the first king of Israel? (Saul)

3. Who was the prophet who anointed Saul and David as king? (Samuel)

4. Who was Israel’s second king? (David)

5. From which tribe was David? (Judah)

6. What did God mean when He said He would establish David’s house for-
ever? (one of David’s descendants would reign forever)

Adventures in the Story of Hope Lesson Number 19

Teacher Guide Page 169
7. Who did God tell David would build His temple? (David’s son ... we find Teacher Notes
out later it was his son, Solomon)

THEME: God chose David to be a king. God will one day choose a
Special Man to be King forever.

Apply the Lesson

God may choose you to do a special job for Him. It probably won’t be the job
of a king, but it will probably be something very important. What are some
important jobs that you think God has for you to do?

Eight essential truths emerge from the Bible’s Story of Hope. From this story
in the Bible, we learn that David wrote about a Special Man who would be
King forever and that person is Jesus Christ.

Lesson Number 19 Adventures in the Story of Hope

Page 170 Teacher Guide
20 Prophesies of a
Coming Messiah
Isaiah 7:14; 9:1-7; 53; Micah 5:2
THEME: Prophets told about Messiah
700 years before Jesus came to the
earth.
Teacher Notes

Study the Lesson (before class) A beautiful full color pic-

ture of the artwork above
is available for purchase
as a set through www.
• Though Ahaz did not want a sign, God gave him one anyway [Link]/resources.
through the prophet Isaiah. The sign was that a boy would be born Look for the “40 Events”
of a virgin (Isaiah 7:14), he would be raised in a time of national version. This picture can
trouble (v. 15), and while he was still a boy, a two-king alliance be used as you tell the
would be broken (v. 16). story. You may also want
• Isaiah 9:6-7 tell us some things that Isaiah wanted us to know about to post these pictures
the coming Messiah. around your classroom
to visually remind your
• First, Messiah would be born in Bethlehem. class of previous lessons
• Second, he would rule over God’s people (“the government shall be as you teach Adventures
upon his shoulders”). in The Story of Hope.
• Third, he would have names that describe his character or who he ATSOH Bible Visual #20
is. Names such as “wonderful” meaning he would be distinguished;
“counselor” meaning he would be authoritative. He would also be
“mighty God” meaning he would be a powerful God. He would
also be the “prince of peace” meaning he would bring peace.
• In his book, Isaiah tells us that the Messiah would suffer for the sins
of all people. Isaiah tell us of a lamb who would offer himself as a
sacrifice for sin.
• The prophet Micah tells us in Micah 5:2 that the birthplace of the
Messiah would be in Bethlehem of Ephrathah. This was a tiny town
not far from Jerusalem and very unlikely to have someone impor-
tant born there.

Lesson Number 20 Adventures in the Story of Hope

Page 172 ©Copyright 2012 Sow and Harvest International Teacher Guide
 Teacher Notes

1 Begin the Lesson Review and Game

Suggestion: Chrono-
Review Questions from Lesson 15: The Israelites Leave Egypt logical Order

What did Moses say to the people when Pharaoh’s army had trapped them in Put all the Old Testa-
front of the Red Sea? (Do not be afraid. God will fight for you) ment Story of Hope
pictures in the right
What did the Israelites do when they saw Pharaoh and his army coming? order. The class could
(they cried out in fear to the Lord and complained to Moses for bringing be divided into two
them out into the wilderness to die by Pharaoh’s hand) groups. Give the first
group pictures 1-10
Review Question from Lesson 16: The Ten Commandments and the second group
11-20.
Which commandment comes with a promise? (respect (honor) your father
and your mother)

Review Questions from Lesson 17: Worship in the Wilderness

What does God say is the penalty for sin? (death)

What substitute did God provide to take the penalty for sin? (animal sacrifice
– sheep, goat, cow, pigeon or dove)

Review Questions from Lesson 18: Bronze Snake

Why did God send poisonous snakes to bite the Israelites in the wilderness?
(they weren’t thankful for the things God had provided for them like manna
and water; instead, they chose to complain)
What was the ‘miserable food’ the Israelites were complaining about? (man-
na that God had sent to them faithfully from heaven)

Review Questions from Lesson 19: Reign of King David

Once the Israelites conquered Canaan and settled in the land, how did God
provide leadership for His people? (He gave them judges)

After the time of the judges, God provided kings for His people. Who was
the first king of Israel? (Saul)

Adventures in the Story of Hope Lesson Number 20

Teacher Guide Page 173
 Teacher Notes

2 Te a c h t h e L e s s o n
Introduction to Lesson 20: Prophecies of a Coming Messiah

A prophet is a person from God who always tells the truth. His or her proph-
ecies are always correct because they come directly from God. A prophet who
is not correct all the time cannot be from God because this God that we are
talking about is truthful and all knowing. Do you know of any prophets like
this who have always been accurate in what they said or prophesied?

Te l l T h e S t o r y

Even though God sent His prophets (Elijah, Elisha, and others) to proclaim
His word, the Israelites continued to turn away from God. So God sent
prophets who not only spoke His word to the people, but also wrote it down
for them. These prophets told of future judgment for the sins of Israel, Judah,
and other nations, but they also wrote of one who would come to solve the sin
problem once and for all—the Messiah (God’s anointed one).

Many facts about Messiah were revealed in the writings of these prophets.

Let’s look at just a few of these prophecies. Have the children read the verses if Show ATSOH #20,
possible. covering the right half and
only showing the left.
1. God told Ahaz, king of Judah, to ask for a sign of deliverance from Assyria.
Ahaz was pretending to be humble, so he refused. God decided to give him
one anyway. The prophecy given that day gave Ahaz a sign, but also revealed
that the Messiah would come from David’s family and have a unique birth.
(Isaiah 7:13-14)

2. Assyria had put Jerusalem under siege (explain what siege is – cutting off
all food and water supply by surrounding a city). Food was scarce. Would
they survive? A prophecy was given revealing that the Messiah would come
from Bethlehem (House of Bread). Even though Israel would fall soon and
suffer for a time, this one would eventually rule Israel and if anyone like the
Assyrians came along during His reign, he would defeat them. (Micah 5:1-6)

3. The Assyrians, the enemies of God’s people, were threatening Israel and Ju-
dah, but Galilee was one of the worst places. It seemed that they were walking
in darkness. Isaiah prophesied that the Messiah would come and shine a great
light on those living in the shadow of death. (Isaiah 9:1-5)

Lesson Number 20 Adventures in the Story of Hope

Page 174 Teacher Guide
4. In the midst of war and oppression, it appeared as if the kingdom would be Teacher Notes
lost forever. The prophecy was given that the Messiah’s kingdom would never
end; He would reign in peace and glory from David’s throne forever (Isaiah
9:6).

5. But the most confusing…and exciting…of all, were the prophecies that Show all of ATSOH #20
spoke of the sufferings of the Messiah and the blessings that would come from
those sufferings:

…He would be disfigured and

marred beyond human likeness… to cleanse the nations.

…He would be pierced… to pay for our rebellion

…He would be crushed… to pay for our sins

…He would be punished… to bring us peace

Bible Memory Activity
…He would be wounded… to heal us Write grouped word
phrases of the verse you’re
…He would suffer, be crushed, killed… to prolong our days learning on small pieces
of paper or small sticky
…His soul would suffer, post-it notes. Make 2 sets.
then see the light of life (!) … to justify many and bear their Divide the group into two
sins (Isaiah 52-53). teams. Pick a leader from
Does that sound like anyone you have ever heard of? Next time, we will get to each team to stand across
learn about this person. the room to receive the
cards and put them up in
order. Provide him with
tape if needed. Hand a set
Music of verses to each team and
distribute. Line up players
Sing of the King on opposite sides of the
room. On go, one player
Sing the chorus and verse one of “Sing of the King.” Teach verse two. Sing from each group runs to
chorus, verse one, chorus, verse two, and chorus. Notice the prophecies the leader and hands him
referred to in this verse. Ask the students to point them out: Immanuel— the verse portion. The
God with us (Isaiah 7:14), virgin birth (Isaiah 7:14), Prince of Peace, Mighty leader sticks the phrase
God (Isaiah 9:6), light in the darkness (Isaiah 9:2). Sing other songs as time to the wall. The player
allows. hops back to tap the next
player in line. Continue
until one group has
M e m o r y Ve r s e correctly reconstructed
the scripture verse.
Encourage players to help
Isaiah 53:6 - All we like sheep have gone astray; we have turned, every one, to
each other if they’re stuck
his own way; and the Lord has laid on Him the iniquity of us all. on the verse.

Adventures in the Story of Hope Lesson Number 20

Teacher Guide Page 175
 Coloring Book
Artwork at the end of the lesson can be used for coloring, either by the teacher or by the student. Say,
“This picture shows a prophet sitting down and writing out a message or prophecy from God. What
do you think he was thinking?” Let the children color the picture and discuss this question with you.

My Story of Hope
Prophets foretold that (1) the Messiah would be from the line of David, (2) He would come from Bethle-
hem (House of Bread. (3) He would be born of a virgin (unmarried woman), (4) He would shine as
a great light on those living in the shadow of death, (5) His suffering would bring many blessings for all
mankind and (6) He would reign in peace and glory from David’s throne forever.

Lesson Number 20 Adventures in the Story of Hope

Page 176 Teacher Guide
 Teacher Notes

3 Review and Close

Questions

1. What is a prophet? (a person sent by God to give His Word to the Israelites)

2. What would be the main purpose of the Messiah’s coming? (to solve our sin
problem once and for all)

3. What would be special about the woman who would be the Messiah’s
mother? (She would be a virgin, unmarried woman)

4. Where would the Messiah be born? (Bethlehem which means house of

bread)

5. What did Isaiah say the Messiah would do for those living in the shadow of
death? (He would shine as a great light)

6. How long will the Messiah’s kingdom last? (forever)

7. Why did the Messiah choose to suffer and die? (for our sins)

THEME: Isaiah and Micah told about Messiah seven hundred years before
Jesus came to the earth.

Apply the Lesson

Isaiah uses four names to describe the Messiah: (1) Wonderful Counselor.
He is the one who gives the right advice. (2) Mighty God. He is the One who
is very powerful. (3) Everlasting Father. He is forever, no beginning or end.
(4) Prince of Peace. He will rule with justice and peace. These four names
have special meaning to us. Which one means the most to you?

Eight essential truths emerge from the Bible’s Story of Hope. From this story
in the Bible, we learn that David wrote about a Special Man who would be
King forever and that person is Jesus Christ.

Adventures in the Story of Hope Lesson Number 20

Teacher Guide Page 177
21 The Birth of
Jesus Christ
Matthew 1:1-2; 18-25
Luke 2:1-14
THEME: God’s Son was born. His name was
Jesus.
Teacher Notes
Study the Lesson (before class) A beautiful full color pic-
ture of the artwork above
is available for purchase
• Luke tells us the exact time of Jesus’ birth. It was during the reign of as a set through www.
Caesar Augustus. Roman emperors were thought to be gods so there [Link]/resources.
is a great contrast between Caesar Augustus and Jesus, who became a Look for the “40 Events”
king. version. This picture can
• A census was taken and each family had to return to the home of be used as you tell the
story. You may also want
their ancestors for that census. So, Joseph and Mary returned to the
to post these pictures
home of Joseph’s ancestors, Bethlehem. Mary went with Joseph as
around your classroom
she was close to giving birth. Both Mary and Joseph knew that Jesus
to visually remind your
was a very special baby.
class of previous lessons
• Both Joseph and Mary were in the royal line of ancestors. as you teach Adventures
in The Story of Hope.
• Jesus was born and placed in a manger, or a place where livestock fed.
• Because there was no room for Mary and Joseph in the hotel, Jesus ATSOH Bible Visual #21
was most likely born in a cave or a place where animals live.
• The appearance of the angel terrified the shepherds. The angel re-
sponded with a very calming message and told them not to be afraid.
This was good news of great joy, Christ the Lord was just born.
• Then the angel was joined by a great host of angels who also praised
God.
• After seeing the baby Jesus, the shepherds were the first to tell of the
arrival of the Messiah. The shepherds returned praising God, just like
the angels had done.

Adventures in the Story of Hope Lesson Number 21

Teacher Guide ©Copyright 2012 Sow and Harvest International Page 179
 Teacher Notes
Review and Games: 20
1 Begin the Lesson Questions

Using the names, objects

Review Question from Lesson 1: The Eternal God and places from a previ-
ous game (place them
Who was the only one who existed before time began? (God) all in the basket) ask
one student to draw a
Can we see God? (No, God does not have a body. He is spirit) piece of paper. He will
then tell the class he has
Review Questions from Lesson 16: The Ten Commandments drawn a person, place
or thing. Children will
God gave the Israelites a whole system of laws to help them know how to then take turns asking
worship and obey Him. What do we call the main part of God’s law? (the yes or no questions to try
ten commandments) to identify the answer. If
after 20 questions no one
Name one of the three promises God made to the Israelites if they would has guessed the correct
obey His commandments (covenant). (They would be His treasured posses- answer, the student tells
sion, a kingdom of priests, and a holy nation). the answer.
Review Question from Lesson 17: Worship in the Wilderness Example: “thing”
Why must blood be shed to pay for sin? (without the shedding of blood, Is it in the Old Testa-
there is no forgiveness of sin) ment? (yes)
Review Questions from Lesson 18: Bronze Snake Did Adam see it? (no)
What was the result of the Israelites being bitten by the snakes? (the people Did Moses see it? (yes)
realized they had sinned against God and asked Moses to pray for them that
God would take the snakes away) Was he a boy when he
saw it? (no)
What did God tell Moses to do so the Israelites would be saved? (Make a
bronze snake and put it up on a pole. When the people looked at it they Did Moses touch it? (no)
would be healed)
Was it as big as a house?
Review Questions from Lesson 19: Reign of King David (no)
Who was the prophet who anointed Saul and David as king? (Samuel) Was it in Egypt? (no)
Who was Israel’s second king? (David) Was it in Midian? (yes)
Review Questions from Lesson 20: Prophecies of a Coming Messiah Was it the burning bush?
(yes)
What is a prophet? (a person sent by God to give His Word to the Israelites)

Lesson Number 21 Adventures in the Story of Hope

Page 180 Teacher Guide
What would be the main purpose of the Messiah’s coming? (to solve our sin Teacher Notes
problem once and for all)

2 Te a c h t h e L e s s o n
Introduction to Lesson 21: The Birth of Jesus Christ

Read through the Luke account of the birth of Jesus Christ with the kids.
Have them notice what took place on this first Christmas morning. As you
read, have kids listen for: who was there at the birth, who came after the birth,
where was the birth, and what everyone did when they saw the baby Jesus for
the first time?

Te l l T h e S t o r y

Remember in our last lesson we talked about prophets?

Isaiah the prophet declared, “Take note and be watching: A young, unmarried
woman will become pregnant and have a son. He will be called Emmanuel”
(Hebrew for “God with us”). When the time was finally right in God’s plan
(more than 600 years later), He sent His messenger, Gabriel, to a village in
Galilee. There he spoke with a young virgin (a girl who has not been mar-
ried) who was promised in marriage to a man named Joseph. They were both
descendants of King David.

“Hello, Special One!” Gabriel greeted her. “God be with you.”

Mary was shocked and shaken.

“Don’t be afraid, Mary. God is blessing you with a special baby! Call him
Jesus.

He will be great;
There is no other One
Who comes from the Most High;
He’s truly God’s Son.
To Him the Lord God
Will give David’s throne.
On it He will sit
And rule, He alone.

Adventures in the Story of Hope Lesson Number 21

Teacher Guide Page 181
 He’ll rule Jacob’s house, Teacher Notes
Forever defend
His nation, His kingdom
Will never end. “

Amazed and confused, Mary asked, “How will I have a baby? I’ve not had
relations with a man.”

“The Holy Spirit will come on you, covering you with the power of the Most
High. So the One to whom you give birth will be called the holy Son of
God…Nothing is impossible with God.”

Joseph loved Mary. So when Mary started to show evidence of being preg-
nant before they were married, he wanted to cancel the engagement quietly
so she wouldn’t be embarrassed.

But God sent an angel to him in a dream. “Joseph, descendant of David, go

ahead and get married. It’s true Mary is pregnant, but the child was con-
ceived by God’s Holy Spirit. I want you to name the son that will be born
Jesus (which means God saves), because He will save His people from their
sins.”

When Joseph woke up, he did as he was told in the dream. He went ahead
with his marriage to Mary and determined to name the baby Jesus.

About that time, Caesar Augustus decreed: “Everyone must register in your
hometown.” So Joseph and Mary, being from David’ line, left Nazareth in
Galilee and went to Bethlehem (known as “The City of David”) in Judea.
They had trouble finding a place to stay and ended up in a stable. While they
were there, the baby came! Mary wrapped him in strips of cloth and laid
him in a feeding trough, called a manger.
Show ATSOH #21
That night shepherds were looking after their sheep in the field close by.
Without warning, an angel from God showed up in blazing glory. The shep-
herds were paralyzed with fear!

“Don’t be afraid,” the angel told them. “I came to tell you of a great, joyous
event everyone should know about: A Savior who will be Messiah and Mas-
ter of all was born today in David’s city. Look for a baby wrapped in cloths
lying in a feeding trough.”

Amazed, the shepherds said, “God has revealed something special to us.
Let’s get to Bethlehem now to see it.” They ran to the town and found the
baby in the feeding trough; Mary and Joseph at His side. Then they told
everyone they met what the angel had told them about Jesus.

Lesson Number 21 Adventures in the Story of Hope

Page 182 Teacher Guide
 Teacher Notes
Sing chorus, verse one,
Music chorus, verse, two, chorus
and then teach verse
Sing of the King. Review entire song and sing other songs as time allows. three. Help the students
notice again the reference
to the virgin birth, but
also the reference to
Genesis 3:15 (‘through the
woman’s seed’).
M e m o r y Ve r s e
Luke 2:11 - For there is born to you this day in the city of David a Savior, who
Bible Memory Activity
is Christ the Lord.
Divide into two or three
groups. Have the groups
stand in lines at one end
Bible Activity of the room. A teacher/
helper will stand at the
Play a review game - “Which one is missing?” Using small cards (3x5”) or other end of the room
pieces of paper, write words, or draw a picture of one of the characters in the opposite each team. Give
story of the birth of Jesus. (Jesus, Mary, Joseph, inn, manger, star, wise men, the first student in each
shepherds, Herod, etc) Lay them all out on a table, then briefly review the line a paper plate or coffee
story by using these word or pictures. Have the children close their eyes or filter and also a light
turn their backs, then remove one of the cards. Let them guess which one is object like a feather/toilet
missing, then tell the significance of that part of the story. This can be used as paper. When the teacher
a game by dividing into teams. You can give one point for telling which one says Go! the students with
the plates walk carefully
is missing, and another point for telling what it means to the story. Continue
to the other side of the
playing as time and attention allows.
room. If the object falls
from the plate, they
must stop and pick it up.
Coloring Book Once they arrive at the
opposite side, they recite
the memory verse to the
Artwork at the end of the lesson can be used for coloring, either by the teacher teacher, and then run
or by the student. Say, “This picture shows Mary and Joseph with the baby back to their line, giving
Jesus. What do you think Mary and Joseph were thinking as they looked the next student in line
at this very special baby?” Let the children color the picture and discuss this the objects. The team that
question with you. finishes first wins.

Adventures in the Story of Hope Lesson Number 21

Teacher Guide Page 183
 My Story of Hope
(1) The angel Gabriel told Mary that she would have a son. His name would be Jesus. (2) An angel ap-
peared to Joseph in a dream and told him that Mary’s son was to be called Jesus because He would save His
people from their sin. (3) Mary and Joseph traveled to Bethlehem to be registered. (4) Mary gave birth to
Jesus in a stable. (5) An angel announced the news of Jesus’ birth to some shepherds and suddenly there
were many angels praising God and saying, “Glory to God in the highest” (can write these words above the
angels).

Lesson Number 21 Adventures in the Story of Hope

Page 184 Teacher Guide
 Teacher Notes

3 Review and Close

Questions
1. When the time was finally right, who did God choose to be the mother of
His son? (a young, unmarried woman from a village in Galilee, a descendant
of King David, named Mary)
2. How did God let Mary know that she was going to give birth to the Son of
God? (He sent His messenger, Gabriel, to tell her)
3. How did Joseph (the future husband of Mary and also a descendant of King
David) find out that Mary’s baby was the Son of God? (an angel told him in a
dream)
4. What did God want Joseph and Mary to name the baby and why? (Jesus
(God Saves) because He would save His people from their sins)
5. Why did Joseph and Mary go all the way to Bethlehem when Mary was
pregnant? (the ruler of that day, Caesar Augustus, said everyone must register
in his hometown…and this was the fulfillment of prophecy; Micah 5:2)
6. Where did Joseph take Mary to have her baby after they arrived in Bethle-
hem? (He took her to a stable because it was the only place they could find.
Many people had come to the city to register)
7. How did God announce the birth of His son? (he sent an angel to the shep-
herds near Bethlehem to tell the great news…and then a whole multitude of
angels appeared and began praising God)
THEME: God’s son was born. His name was Jesus.

Apply the Lesson

The name “Jesus” means “the Lord saves”. That is why Jesus came to earth - to
save people from their sin. No matter how good you are, only Jesus can save.

Eight essential truths emerge from the Bible’s Story of Hope. From this story
in the Bible, we learn that God’s Son was born in a very special way. His name
is Jesus.

Adventures in the Story of Hope Lesson Number 21

Teacher Guide Page 185
 22 Temptations
by Satan
Matthew 4:1-11
THEME: Satan tempted
Jesus. Jesus did NOT sin.

Teacher Notes
Study the Lesson (before class) A beautiful full color pic-
ture of the artwork above
is available for purchase
• After Jesus was baptized, Jesus was led by the Spirit of God into the as a set through www.
wilderness where He fasted for 40 days. [Link]/resources.
• After Jesus fasted for 40 days, the devil tempted Him three different Look for the “40 Events”
times. version. This picture can
be used as you tell the
• The three tests demonstrated that Jesus was without sin and could not story. You may also want
sin. to post these pictures
• The first test, verses 3-4, was a test of His Sonship. He was hungry around your classroom
and the devil tried to convince Him that if He was the Son of God, to visually remind your
He should turn the stones into bread. It was God’s will for Him to be class of previous lessons
hungry at that time. Jesus answered with the Word of God by say- as you teach Adventures
ing that man should live by every word of God (Deuteronomy 8:3). in The Story of Hope.
When Jesus quoted from Deuteronomy, He was recognizing the iner-
ATSOH Bible Visual #22
rancy of the Bible.
• In the second test, verses 5-7, Satan tempted Jesus with popularity.
Satan incorrectly referred to Psalm 91:11-12 where it says that the
angels would protect Him. However, Satan left out “in all your ways.”
That was a glaring error by Satan and Jesus again answered the temp-
tation with Scripture, quoting from Deuteronomy 6:16 and telling
Satan that it would not be right to try to test God.
• The third test, verses 8-11, was a test of the authority of Jesus. If Jesus
bowed down to Satan, He would not have been the sinless Substitute
on the cross. He would have submitted to Satan, but He did not.
Once again, Jesus answered from Scripture (Deuteronomy 6:13 and
10:20) by saying that God alone should be worshipped and served.

Adventures in the Story of Hope Lesson Number 22

Teacher Guide ©Copyright 2012 Sow and Harvest International Page 187
 Teacher Notes

1 Begin the Lesson

Review and Games:
Review Questions from Lesson 2: Creation of the Earth Bible A, B, C’s

What did God use to create everything? (God made everything from nothing) First student says ‘A’ and
names a Bible person,
What did God say about His creation after He had finished? (He called it ‘very
place, or thing that
good’)
begins with A, and tells
Review Question from Lesson 17: Worship in the Wilderness one fact about it. The
next student says ’B’ and
What does it mean when we say God is holy? (he is totally good; without sin) names something that
begins with ‘B’ and tells
Review Questions from Lesson 18: Bronze Snake one fact about it. Con-
tinue until all students
Why did God heal the people when they looked at the bronze snake on the have had a turn. The
pole? (because they were sorry for their sin of complaining against God and teacher can keep track
had faith to believe that looking at the snake would heal them) as the students give
answers.
Review Questions from Lesson 19: Reign of King David
Examples:
From which tribe was David? (Judah)
‘A’ – Adam: He was the
What did God mean when He said He would establish David’s house forever?
first man
(one of David’s descendants would reign forever)
‘B’ – Bronze Serpent:
Review Questions from Lesson 20: Prophecies of a Coming Messiah
Moses lifted it up in the
What would be special about the woman who would be the Messiah’s moth- wilderness and when the
er? (She would be a virgin, unmarried woman) people looked at it, they
were healed.
Where would the Messiah be born? (Bethlehem which means house of bread)

Review Questions from Lesson 21: The Birth of Jesus Christ

When the time was finally right, who did God choose to be the mother of his
son? (a young, virgin woman from a village in Galilee, a descendant of King
David, named Mary)

How did God let Mary know that she was going to give birth to the Son of
God? (He sent His messenger, Gabriel, to tell her)

Lesson Number 22 Adventures in the Story of Hope

Page 188 Teacher Guide
 Teacher Notes

2 Te a c h t h e L e s s o n
Introduction to Lesson 22: Temptations by Satan

The Bible activity for this lesson (page 191) should be done before you tell the
story.

Te l l T h e S t o r y

Lucifer, that most beautiful of angels, became proud and wanted to be like
God. God cast him out of heaven and he became known as Satan, the accuser.

In the garden he took the form of a serpent and tempted Eve to disobey. God
judged him and promised to send one who would defeat him once and for all.
Adam and Eve and all moms and dads, and grandmas and grandpas, and boys
and girls have been waiting for that one to come.

Meanwhile, Satan continued to be powerful and had the freedom to tempt

and accuse people through the centuries. He went before God, trying to get
his way, even challenging God. He tempted Job (a famous Bible person in
the Old Testament), King David, and others. Even though God allowed these
opportunities, He rebuked Satan and protected His people from him. Satan
knew Jesus was God’s special promised One so he wanted to try to disqualify
Him by tempting Him to sin.

Jesus had come down from Nazareth in Galilee to the Jordan River where
He was baptized by John. As soon as Jesus came out of the water He saw the
heavens torn apart! Out came the Spirit and a voice. The Spirit looked like a
dove descending on Jesus. The voice said: “I am pleased with you, my dearly
loved Son.”

That’s when it happened. The Spirit, controlling Jesus, led Him into the des-
ert to be tempted by Satan for forty days. Jesus fasted the entire time. (That
means He didn’t eat or drink anything) At the end of forty days He was hun-
gry. Satan saw an opportunity. He would tempt Jesus at a moment of weak-
ness.

(Do Satan’s voice in a whiny, evil manner.) “You must be hungry. Since you
are God’s Son, make bread out of these stones.” Jesus is God’s Son, God had
said so at His baptism. Satan was tempting Jesus to use His power for Himself,

Adventures in the Story of Hope Lesson Number 22

Teacher Guide Page 189
not following God’s plan. Teacher Notes
Jesus answered, “God’s Word says, ‘It takes more than just bread to sustain Show ATSOH #22
man’s life.’”

Satan took Jesus to the top of the temple in Jerusalem and said, “If you are
God’s Son, jump! The Bible says that God will protect His own with angels;
even keep Him from stubbing His toe.”

But Jesus answered, “God’s Word says, ‘Do not test the Lord your God.’”

Satan took Jesus and gave Him a glimpse of all the kingdoms of the world at
once. He said, “I will give you authority over all this and the glory that goes
with it. It is at my disposal to give to whomever I wish. Just worship me and
all this can be yours.” God had said He was pleased with His Son. Satan was
attempting to disqualify Jesus so He would be ‘displeased.’

Jesus had had enough. “God’s Word says, ‘Worship and serve the Lord God
alone.’”

Satan was finished. Since he had no more with which to tempt Jesus, he left
Him until another opportunity arose.

Jesus was victorious. Where Adam and Eve failed in similar temptations,
He passed the test, always responding with God’s Word. God showed Satan Bible Memory Activity
(and us) that Jesus couldn’t fall; he wouldn’t fail. He is God’s Son; the one
sent to defeat Satan. Print the verse with the
letters written backwards
on a piece of paper. Check
by looking through a mir-
ror to make sure it is done
Music correctly. Make enough
papers for the amount
There is no new song for this lesson. Take this opportunity to sing through of groups you will have.
all of the songs—possibly in order. The students should be able to follow Group the students, giving
the story from the beginning to this point. them the verse written
backward, a mirror, and
a blank sheet of paper to
write it out correctly. The
first team to finish jumps
M e m o r y Ve r s e up, then the next… Once
everyone is finished and
Matthew 4:4 - But He answered and said, “It is written, ‘Man shall not live by standing, have each of the
bread alone, but by every word that proceeds from the mouth of God.’” groups say the verse.

Lesson Number 22 Adventures in the Story of Hope

Page 190 Teacher Guide
 Teacher Notes
Bible Activity
Lesson illustration: Before telling the story of the temptation of Christ,
show the children Hebrews 4:12 which refers to the Word of God as a sharp
sword. Say: Jesus used the Word of God to combat the attacks of Satan.
Ahead of time, cut out four “swords” from cardboard or poster board (an
old, large cardboard box is a good source) On 3 of the swords, carefully print
the words of Jesus from Scripture when He answered the attack of Satan.
(Matthew 4:4, 4:7, 4:10). Leave the last sword blank. As you tell the story of
the temptation, after telling what the devil said to Jesus, pull out the sword
(Scripture verse) that Jesus used to fight against the attack of Satan. After
you finish the story, ask this question: “What about you?” What will you
do when Satan comes to tempt you to sin? (Give an illustration of tempta-
tion that fits the age and life experience of your students, for example: You
see a plate of cookies on the counter, but Mom said you can’t eat them, they
are for guests that are coming over this evening. You know you could slip
one out and she would never know…. And besides, Satan tells you in your
heart that it’s really not fair that she won’t let you have just one little cookie)
You ask your class: “What are you going to do? Satan is tempting you to
sin!” At that point, you pull out the blank sword. Looking shocked, you say:
“What??? You haven’t learned any Bible verses that can help you? Satan is
telling you a lie, and you are weak and vulnerable to disobey because you
have not armed yourself with the weapons you need for spiritual warfare.
Does anyone know a Bible verse that could help you in this situation?”
(Allow children to respond, and give positive feedback to those who try to
quote a Bible verse, even if it is not perfect) Jesus was victorious, and He
wants us to be victorious over Satan through His powerful word, the Bible.

Coloring Book

Artwork at the end of the lesson can be used for coloring, either by the teach-
er or by the student. Say, “This picture shows Satan tempting Jesus. How
does Jesus’ response to Satan’s temptations differ from Eve’s response?”
Let the children color the picture and discuss this question with you.

Adventures in the Story of Hope Lesson Number 22

Teacher Guide Page 191
 My Story of Hope
(1) John baptized Jesus in the Jordan River and a dove came and God said, “This is my Son, whom I love; I
am well pleased with Him.” (can write, ‘This is my son’ above Jesus). (2) Satan told Jesus to turn the stones
to bread, but Jesus responded with Scripture. (3) Satan told Jesus to jump from the top of the temple, but
Jesus responded with Scripture. (4) Satan told Jesus to worship him and he would give Jesus all the king-
doms of the world, but Jesus responded with Scripture. Jesus never sinned.

Lesson Number 22 Adventures in the Story of Hope

Page 192 Teacher Guide
 Teacher Notes

3 Review and Close

Questions

1. How long did Jesus fast in the wilderness before Satan came to tempt Him?
(forty days)

2. How many times did Satan try to get Jesus to sin? (three)

3. Why didn’t Jesus use His power to turn the stones to bread? (it would have
meant using His power for Himself and not following God’s plan)

4. Why did Satan ask Jesus to jump from the top of the temple? (He wanted
Jesus to test God by doing something foolish)

5. Why wouldn’t Jesus agree to worship Satan in exchange for control over all
the kingdoms of the world? (God says to only worship Him)

6. In each temptation how did Jesus respond? (he quoted Scripture – God’s
Word)

7. What did Satan do when he realized he could not get Jesus to sin –do
wrong? (he left him to wait for another opportunity)

THEME: Satan tempted Jesus. Jesus did NOT sin.

Apply the Lesson

Jesus was tested by the devil to do wrong. Jesus did not give in to those temp-
tations. When tempted to do wrong, we should resist temptations. How did
Jesus do that?

Eight essential truths emerge from the Bible’s Story of Hope. From this story
in the Bible, we learn that Jesus did not sin when He was tempted by Satan.

Adventures in the Story of Hope Lesson Number 22

Teacher Guide Page 193
 23 Announcement by
John the Baptist
John 1:29-34; 2:1-18
THEME: Jesus is the Lamb of God
who takes away the sins of the world.

Teacher Notes
Study the Lesson (before class) A beautiful full color pic-
ture of the artwork above
is available for purchase
as a set through www.
• John saw Jesus and said that He took away the sins of the world. John [Link]/resources.
was referring to Old Testament sacrifices such as those found in Le- Look for the “40 Events”
viticus 16 where a goat was the sin offering on the Day of Atonement. version. This picture can
• John may have been referring to the Passover Lamb from Exodus 12. be used as you tell the
Isaiah also made mention of this in Isaiah 53:7. story. You may also want
to post these pictures
• John the Baptist saw Jesus Christ as the sacrifice for the sins of the around your classroom
world. John may have been thinking about Isaiah 53:12. to visually remind your
• The invisible Holy Spirit descended in a visible body as a dove who class of previous lessons
had come from heaven. as you teach Adventures
in The Story of Hope.
• John had been told by God that when this sign of the dove occurred,
it would be the One who would baptize with the Holy Spirit. So when ATSOH Bible Visual #23
John saw Jesus again after the baptism, he declared ... “Behold the
Lamb of God.”
• It probably wasn’t until the baptism of Jesus by John that John rec-
ognized Jesus as the Messiah who was prophesied about in the Old
Testament.
• From Luke 1:36, it is probable that John and Jesus were related. How-
ever, it was not until this event that John recognized Jesus as God.
• John’s testimony was clear. This was the Son of God. The King who
had been prophesied in 2 Samuel 7:13 was now present.
• The messianic King is uniquely the Son of God; Psalm 2:7.

Adventures in the Story of Hope Lesson Number 23

Teacher Guide ©Copyright 2012 Sow and Harvest International Page 195
 Teacher Notes

1 Begin the Lesson Review and Games:

Question Game
Review Questions from Lesson 3: Creation of People
Using the names, ob-
In whose image did God create the man and woman and how did God give the jects and places from
man life? (They were created in God’s image and God breathed into the man a game (place them all
the breath of life) in the basket) ask one
student to draw a piece
What did God tell Adam he could not do? (eat from the Tree of the Knowl- of paper. He will then
edge of Good and Evil) tell the class he has
drawn a person, place
Review Questions from Lesson 18: Bronze Snake or thing. Children will
then take turns asking
Why did God send poisonous snakes to bite the Israelites in the wilderness? yes or no questions
(they weren’t thankful for the things God had provided for them like manna to try to identify the
and water; instead, they chose to complain) answer. If after 20
questions no one has
Why did God heal the Israelites when they looked at the bronze snake on the guessed the correct an-
pole? (because they were sorry for their sin of complaining against God and swer, the student tells
had faith to believe that looking at the snake would heal them) the answer.

Review Question from Lesson 19: Reign of King David Examples: “thing”

Who did God tell David would build His temple? (David’s son ... we find out Is it in the Old Testa-
later it was his son, Solomon) ment? (yes)

Review Questions from Lesson 20: Prophecies of a Coming Messiah Did Adam see it? (no)

What did Isaiah say the Messiah would do for those living in the shadow of Did Moses see it? (yes)
death? (He would shine as a great light)
Was he a boy when he
How long will the Messiah’s kingdom last? (forever) saw it? (no)

Review Questions from Lesson 21: The Birth of Jesus Christ Did Moses touch it?
(no)
How did Joseph (the future husband of Mary and also a descendant of King
David) find out that Mary’s baby was the Son of God? (an angel told him in a Was it as big as a
dream) house? (no)

What did God want Joseph and Mary to name the baby and why? (Jesus Was it in Egypt? (no)
which means “God Saves” because He would save His people from their sins)

Lesson Number 23 Adventures in the Story of Hope

Page 196 Teacher Guide
Review Questions from Lesson 22: Temptations by Satan Teacher Notes
How long did Jesus fast in the wilderness when Satan came to tempt Him?
(forty days)

How many times did Satan try to get Jesus to sin? (three)

2 Te a c h t h e L e s s o n

Introduction to Lesson 23: Announcement by John the Baptist

Use Bible activity on page 199 before you tell the story.

Te l l T h e S t o r y

Even though Jesus grew up in a small town, supposedly the son of a simple
carpenter, there were signs that He was special; that He was the unique God-
sent Messiah. A few years after His death a man would write that He existed
with God before time began; that He actually was the Creator-God who gives
life to men, lights their way, and overpowers darkness. This man saw Jesus
as God taking on a human body and coming to earth to live with mankind.
Hundreds of years earlier, the LORD God was with His people, Israel, in the
desert and they saw His glory through the cloud and the fire. Now He had
come in human form to truly live with people and some saw Him as the Son
of God. But many—even His own people—did not recognize Him for who
He was.

One man did recognize Him as God, and told others about Him. His name
was John the Baptist. God sent John for this very purpose: to be a witness
that Jesus was the light that overpowers the darkness. But John hadn’t always
known who Jesus was. He had an experience that convinced him. Listen to
his story.

One day John was in Bethany on the East side of the Jordan River talking
with some priests who had been sent by the Jewish leaders to question him.
Among other things, he said, “One is coming after me who is better than I
because He existed before me.”

“Are you the Messiah?”

Adventures in the Story of Hope Lesson Number 23

Teacher Guide Page 197
“No.” Teacher Notes
“Then are you Elijah returning to us before the day of the Lord as Malachi
prophesied?”
“I am not.”
“Are you ‘The Prophet’ Moses told our fathers about?”
“No.”
“Well then, who? We need an answer for those who sent us! Who are you?”
“I am the one Isaiah spoke of when he declared that there would be a voice
crying out in the desert, ‘Prepare the way of the Lord.’”
The next day Jesus approached John. When John saw Him, he lifted his voice,
“Look! Here is the Lamb of God who takes away the sin of the world! He is
the One I spoke of when I said ‘One is coming after me who is better than I
because He existed before me.’ Even though my purpose in baptizing with
water was to reveal the Messiah to Israel, I hadn’t recognized Jesus as that
Messiah. But after I baptized Him, I saw the Spirit come down out of heaven
in the form of a dove and remain on Him. I still may not have realized what
was happening but the One who sent me to baptize with water told me, ‘The
man on whom you see the Spirit descend and remain is the One who baptizes
with the Holy Spirit.’ Listen! With my own eyes I have seen it. I can testify
without a doubt to you: This is the Son of God.”

Music
As with “What They Needed,” this song tells a story with each verse and
then each chorus is a little different, emphasizing the truth about Jesus that
comes out in that event. The verse is a lilting 6/8 which changes to a sit-
up-and-notice 4/4 on the chorus: “Look!” Point out to students that this
Lamb is fulfilling God’s promises. The phrase “as Abraham’s descendant,
He brings blessings, He’s the One!” not only refers to the promises made to
Abraham, but also to the promise in Genesis 3:15, the promise about the
Satan Conqueror. A fourteen-year-old boy going through The Story of Hope
with me reached this lesson (John the Baptist’s declaration) and blurted out,
“He’s the One! He’s the One God promised back in Genesis!” and became
the inspiration for that line of the song. Teach the first verse and chorus of
“Look!” Sing previous songs as time allows.
Bible Memory Activity

M e m o r y Ve r s e Display the Bible verse

and repeat several times.
Have the students do
John 1:29 - The next day John saw Jesus coming toward him, and said, “Be- the verse in each of the
following ways:
hold! The Lamb of God who takes away the sin of the world!”

Lesson Number 23 Adventures in the Story of Hope

Page 198 Teacher Guide
 Teacher Notes
Bible Activity At a normal pace while
standing
Plan ahead for this activity. On the previous lesson day, tell the children that In fast forward while
next time we will be having a “show and tell” session. They are to bring in jogging in place
one special thing and they will have one minute to tell everyone about their
special object. Depending on the size of the class, you may need to allow In a whisper while
tiptoeing
only a few students to bring something so this doesn’t use up all your lesson
time. Shouting while marching

As the children tell about their chosen object, notice how excited they are to In slow motion while
share with the class something that means a lot to them. At the end of the jogging in slow motion
“show and tell” time, say: Today we are going to learn about a man who was
In a normal voice while
very excited to tell everyone about a special person. That person was Jesus! walking backward
The man who was introducing Jesus was called John, and this was his greatest
job, to tell everyone about Jesus. Why were you so excited to share with the
others when it was your turn? (because the object was very special to them).
Is Jesus that special to you? Let’s see what John had to say about this most
special person…

Coloring Book

Artwork at the end of the lesson can be used for coloring, either by the teach-
er or by the student. Say, “This picture shows John recognizing Jesus as the
Lamb of God who would take away the sins of the world. How did John
know that Jesus would take away the sins of the world?” Let the children
color the picture and discuss this question with you.

My Story of Hope
(1) John was in Bethany on the east side of the Jordan River. Some priests
sent by the Jewish leaders asked him, “Who are you?” (2) The next day when
John saw Jesus coming toward him he said, “Look! The Lamb of God!

Adventures in the Story of Hope Lesson Number 23

Teacher Guide Page 199
 3 Review and Close

Questions

1. What did God send John the Baptist to do? (to prepare the way for the coming of Jesus Christ, the One
whose light would overpower the darkness)

2. Why did John say Jesus was better than he was? (Jesus existed before Him)

3. When the priests asked John who he was, which prophet did he say had spoken about him? (Isaiah)

4. What came down from heaven and rested on Jesus after his baptism? (a dove)

Lesson Number 23 Adventures in the Story of Hope

Page 200 Teacher Guide
5. Why was the sign of the dove resting on Jesus important to John? (Up until Teacher Notes
then he had not recognized who Jesus really was)

6. When John saw Jesus approaching him at the river one day after he had
baptized Jesus, what amazing words did he say about Jesus? (Look! Here is
the Lamb of God who takes away the sin of the world. Remember what we
studied about sacrificial lambs taking away sins?)

7. John baptized with water. With what did Jesus baptize? (Holy Spirit)

THEME: Jesus is the Lamb of God who takes away the sins of the world.

Apply the Lesson

The sins of the world were removed when Jesus Christ died as the perfect
sacrifice on the cross. However, one must have faith in Jesus Christ’s perfect
sacrifice before they can have their sins forgiven and have eternal life. Have
you ever trusted Jesus to personally take away all your sins?

Eight essential truths emerge from the Bible’s Story of Hope. From this story
in the Bible, we learn that John declared Jesus to be the Lamb of God who
would take away all sins.

Adventures in the Story of Hope Lesson Number 23

Teacher Guide Page 201
24 Jesus Meets a
Religious Leader
John 3:1-18
THEME: The religious man needs to
be forgiven of his sin to go to heaven.

Teacher Notes
Study the Lesson (before class) A beautiful full color pic-
ture of the artwork above
is available for purchase
• Nicodemus represented the most respected people in the nation. He as a set through www.
was a teacher, a Pharisee, and a member of the Sanhedrin (the Jewish [Link]/resources.
ruling council). The Sanhedrin was responsible for religious decisions Look for the “40 Events”
while under Roman law. version. This picture can
• Two Sanhedrin members who are spiritually sensitive are Joseph of be used as you tell the
Arimathea (19:38) and the Rabbi Gamaliel (Acts 5:34-39; 22:3). story. You may also want
to post these pictures
• The Sanhedrin put Jesus on trial (Luke 22:66). Later, Nicodemus around your classroom
challenged the Pharisees for condemning Jesus without hearing Him to visually remind your
(John 7:50-51), and he helped Joseph of Arimathea bury Jesus (19:39- class of previous lessons
40). as you teach Adventures
• John does not tell us why Nicodemus came to Jesus at night. But, we in The Story of Hope.
can probably assume that Nicodemus did not want any distractions
ATSOH Bible Visual #24
from the crowds who were always around Jesus. It is also probable
that he came to Jesus at night because he did not want others to know
of his interest in Jesus’ religious views.
• “To be born again” literally meant “to be born from above” or to have
a spiritual transformation out of the kingdom of darkness and into the
kingdom of God.
• Jesus told Nicodemus that to enter the kingdom of God he had to
repent in order to be born again. Repentance refers back to John the
Baptist’s ministry of baptism by water, an evidence of repentance.
• Nicodemus wanted to know how this transformation took place and
Jesus responded by telling Nicodemus the story of the bronze snake
on a pole, Numbers 21:4-9. It was simply by faith now as it was then.

Adventures in the Story of Hope Lesson Number 24

Teacher Guide ©Copyright 2012 Sow and Harvest International Page 203
 Teacher Notes

1 Begin the Lesson Review and Games: Yes

or No
Review Questions from Lesson 4: Creation of People
Give each student a card
What was the main reason Lucifer wanted to be like the Most High? (pride) that says ‘yes’ on one side
and ‘no’ on the other.
What happened to Lucifer after he rebelled against God? (He was cast out of The teacher will then state
heaven) a Bible story fact (some-
Review Questions from Lesson 19: Reign of King David times you will insert
wrong information). You
From which tribe was David? (Judah) can use the review ques-
tions to form your Bible
What did God mean when He said He would establish David’s ‘house’ for- story facts. The students
ever? (one of David’s descendants would reign forever) will then hold up either
the ‘yes’ card (if they
Review Question from Lesson 20: Prophecies of a Coming Messiah think it is correct) or the
‘no’ side (if they think it is
Why did the Messiah choose to suffer and die? (for our sins) wrong).

Review Questions from Lesson 21: The Birth of Jesus Christ Examples:

Why did Joseph and Mary go all the way to Bethlehem when Mary was preg- Angels guarded the Gar-
nant? (the ruler of that day, Caesar Augustus, said everyone must register in den of Eden entrance on
his/her hometown…and this was the fulfillment of prophecy; Micah 5:2) the west side. (no)

Where did Joseph take Mary to have her baby after they arrived in Bethle- Jesus rose from the dead
hem? (He took her to a stable because it was the only place they could find. after three days. (yes)
Many people had come to the city to register)

Review Questions from Lesson 22: Temptations by Satan

Why didn’t Jesus use His power to turn the stones to bread? (it would have
meant using His power for Himself and not following God’s plan)

Why did Satan ask Jesus to jump from the top of the temple? (He wanted
Jesus to test God by doing something foolish)

Review Questions from Lesson 23: Announcement by John the Baptist

What did God send John the Baptist to do? (to prepare the way for the com-
ing of Jesus Christ, the one whose light would overpower the darkness)

Lesson Number 24 Adventures in the Story of Hope

Page 204 Teacher Guide
Why did John say Jesus was better than he was? (Jesus existed before Him) Teacher Notes

2 Te a c h t h e L e s s o n

Introduction to Lesson 24: Jesus Meets a Religious Leader

Use the Bible activity on page 207 before you tell the story.

Te l l T h e S t o r y

The Passover, the highlight of the Jewish calendar, had come and Nicode-
mus should have been pleased and excited. After all, this would be one more
opportunity to look good to God—and he was well on his way. He believed, as
all good Pharisees did, that the two things you had to do to please God were
to be born into a Jewish family (or convert to Judaism) and to keep the Law
and traditions. He was not only a Jew, but as part of the Sanhedrin, he was a
ruler of the Jews! And Passover—one more chance to gain favor with God—
had arrived. So why was he unhappy?

It was this new teacher, Jesus. Nicodemus wondered about Him. Could He be
the Messiah? Some things just didn’t seem to make sense, like when people
asked Jesus for a sign. Jesus’ answer was confusing: “Destroy this temple, and
in three days I will raise it up.” Nicodemus had watched the building of the
temple for forty-six years—nearly his entire life—and this man would raise it
in three days?

People came to Him at the Passover Feast, ‘believing’ in Him because of His
miracles. And yet Jesus was not impressed by them. It’s as if He could see their
hearts; as if He knew they simply liked the miracles but were not truly placing
their trust in Him.

Nicodemus had to see Jesus; he had to have his questions answered: Are you
the Messiah? Are we missing something? How does someone truly get into
the kingdom of God? But he couldn’t be seen with Jesus, not as a member of
the Sanhedrin (the Jewish rulers). So he met Jesus at night.

“Teacher, we know that you come from God or else you couldn’t do these
signs.”
Show ATSOH #24

Adventures in the Story of Hope Lesson Number 24

Teacher Guide Page 205
Even though Nicodemus didn’t ask the questions rolling around in his mind, Teacher Notes
Jesus knew what he was thinking, and He answered his questions.

“This is the truth: to see God’s kingdom, you need to experience a second
birth.”

“How can I, a grown man, get into my mother’s womb again to be born?”

Nicodemus was still thinking about his belief that he had to be physically
born into a Jewish family. But Jesus was talking about a spiritual birth; about
God giving mankind a new heart and a new spirit. Nicodemus didn’t get it.

Jesus continued. “Even you, a teacher of Israel, don’t understand these things.
People only talk about what they know; they tell others what they see and
understand. I know what I’m talking about, but you people don’t believe Me. I
explain truths about heaven with stories from the earth, and you don’t under-
stand. What else can I do? I have come from heaven to make this truth clear.”

“Just like Moses lifted up the serpent in the desert, so the Son of Man must
be lifted up so that those who believe in Him may live. God loved the world
so much that He gave His unique Son so that those who believe won’t be lost,
but will have eternal life. God didn’t send His Son into the world to condemn
people; He sent Him to save them through Him. But while anyone who does
not believe is already condemned, those who believe are saved from condem-
nation.”

That night Nicodemus learned that it is not physical birth or keeping the Law
that guarantees entrance into God’s kingdom. Instead, he needed to believe;
to let God’s Son be his substitute and give him a new heart and a new spirit.

Music

Have the students sing verse one and chorus of “Look!” Teach the second
verse and chorus. Sing previous songs as time allows.

Lesson Number 24 Adventures in the Story of Hope

Page 206 Teacher Guide
 Teacher Notes
M e m o r y Ve r s e Bible Memory Activity
Break the verse up into
John 3:16 - For God so loved the world that He gave His only begotten Son, smaller sections and give
that whoever believes in Him should not perish but have everlasting life. a motion to act out the
meaning.
For God (point up)
Bible Activity
So loved (cross hands
over chest)
Discussion starter: Citizenship in God’s kingdom
The world (make a circle
Bring in a flag of your country, or a picture of the flag. Ask the children: with both hands starting
“What does it take to become a citizen of (fill in country name)? Make sure at the top)
to “do your homework” and find out what it takes to do this! Who sets up
the rules for what it takes? The leaders, or the foreigners wanting to get in That He gave (put out
and live here? both hands like you are
giving something)
What if people came into this country and demanded to be made citizens on His only begotten Son
their own terms? What if they wore a flag around their shoulders? Would (hold hands like your
they become citizens of _______ because they had a flag on? Of course not! holding a baby)
They have to follow the rules set up, or they will never become (example:
Japanese) citizens. That whoever believes in
Him (point out to people)
Nicodemus wanted to become a part of God’s family, a citizen in the king- Should not perish (cross
dom of God. Who do you think makes the rules about what it takes to be a your hands in front of
part of God’s kingdom? Of course, God does! Yet how many people think you, then uncross and
they can make up their own way to be in God’s kingdom! They think if they bring to your side)
look a certain way on the outside, or follow a set of rules set up by men, they
will be pleasing to God – not so!! Nicodemus found out he needed to be But have everlasting life.
born again; He needed to believe in Jesus. (raise both hands and
point to heaven)

Coloring Book

Artwork at the end of the lesson can be used for coloring, either by the teach-
er or by the student. Say, “Jesus was talking to a religious leader at night.
Why do you think this man came to Jesus at night?” Let the children color
the picture and discuss this question with you.

Adventures in the Story of Hope Lesson Number 24

Teacher Guide Page 207
 My Story of Hope

(1) Nicodemus, a Pharisee, went to talk to Jesus at night. (2) Jesus told him that he must be born again.
Just as Moses lifted up the serpent in the wilderness, so must the Son of Man be lifted up.

Lesson Number 24 Adventures in the Story of Hope

Page 208 Teacher Guide
 3 Review and Close
Questions

1. Who was Nicodemus? (a ruler of the Jews – Sanhedrin)

2. Why did Nicodemus really want to talk to Jesus? (Jesus’ words, actions and miracles had raised many
questions in his mind. He wanted to know if Jesus was the long-awaited Messiah)

3. Why did Nicodemus come to talk to Jesus at night? (Because he was afraid the other Jewish believers
might not like it.)

4. What did Jesus mean when He told Nicodemus he needed to be born again? (Jesus was talking about a
spiritual birth - giving man a new heart and spirit)

5. Why did Jesus say He would be lifted up just as Moses lifted up the serpent in the wilderness? (When the
Israelites looked at the serpent and believed, they would be healed. Jesus would also be lifted up on a pole
[cross] and those who believed in Him would be healed [sins forgiven]).

6. What did Jesus say would be given to anyone who believed in the Son of God? (eternal life)

7. What did Jesus say about anyone who does not believe in the Son of God? (He/she is condemned.)

THEME: The religious man needs to be forgiven of his sin to go to heaven.

Apply the Lesson

Nicodemus came to Jesus at night because he was afraid of what others might think. In what ways are you
afraid to identify with Jesus? When Jesus dies, we see that Nicodemus asked Pilate to have the body of
Jesus, a bold move. Nicodemus grew a lot and was not afraid to identify with Jesus at the end.

Eight essential truths emerge from the Bible’s Story of Hope. From this story in the Bible, we learn that
even religious people need to place their faith in Jesus Christ to have their sins forgiven.

Adventures in the Story of Hope Lesson Number 24

Teacher Guide Page 209
25 Jesus Meets an
Unreligious Woman
John 4:3-12
THEME: The sinful woman can also
be forgiven of her sin and go to
heaven.
Teacher Notes
Study the Lesson (before class) A beautiful full color pic-
ture of the artwork above
is available for purchase
• Now that Jesus had begun His public ministry, there was some opposi- as a set through www.
tion to His message. However, it was not the right time, yet, for Jesus [Link]/resources.
to confront those who opposed Him. So, Jesus travelled from Jerusa- Look for the “40 Events”
lem to Galilee. He went through Samaria which was the shortest route version. This picture can
but not the only route. be used as you tell the
• Samaria was a separate political state under the Roman empire. The story. You may also want
races were mixed and their religion included many forms of worship. to post these pictures
around your classroom
• Jesus came to the village, Sychar, which is located between Mount Ebal to visually remind your
and Mount Gerazim. class of previous lessons
• This meeting happened at the sixth hour which would be noon. as you teach Adventures
in The Story of Hope.
• While His disciples were in town buying food, Jesus did a surprising
thing. He talked to a Samaritan woman. The woman was shocked ATSOH Bible Visual #25
that a Jewish man would ask a drink from her. This is because most
Jewish men of that day would rather go thirsty than talk to her or ac-
cept anything from her.
• Having captured her attention, Jesus caused her to be curious when he
talked of “living water.”
• This plot of land was probably bought by Jacob and given to Joseph
many years before. But now, the Samaritan woman asked Jesus if He
was greater than Jacob. She considered Jacob to be the father of her
religion, even though she lived a sinful lifestyle.
• Jesus told her how to become a true worshipper of God.
• Jesus acknowledged that He was greater than Jacob and that He is the
living water which anyone can have who puts their faith in Him.

Adventures in the Story of Hope Lesson Number 25

Teacher Guide ©Copyright 2012 Sow and Harvest International Page 211
 Teacher Notes

1 Begin the Lesson Review and Games: Who

Am I?
Review Questions from Lesson 5: Beginning of Human Sin
Write the names of all
What lie did Satan tell the woman about eating from the Tree of the Knowl- the Bible characters that
edge of Good and Evil? (you won’t die) have been studied thus
far on small pieces of
How is man’s sin in the garden like Satan’s sin in heaven? (They both wanted paper and place them in
to be like the Most High God) a basket. Ask one stu-
dent to draw a piece of
Review Questions from Lesson 20: paper and, pretending to
be that person, state one
The Messiah’s kingdom will last __________. (forever) fact about him/her. The
student continues giv-
The Messiah would __________ (suffer) and _______ (die) for our sins. ing facts until someone
guesses correctly. Where
Review Question from Lesson 21: The Birth of Jesus Christ Am I? and What Am I?
can be played in a similar
How did God announce the birth of His son? (He sent an angel to the shep- manner by changing the
herds near Bethlehem to tell the great news…and then a whole multitude of names to places or ob-
angels appeared and began praising God) jects.

Review Questions from Lesson 22: Temptations by Satan Examples: Who Am I?

Why wouldn’t Jesus agree to worship Satan in exchange for control over all the • I am a man from the
kingdoms of the world? (God says to only worship Him) Old Testament.

In each temptation how did Jesus respond? (He quoted Scripture – God’s • I had an older brother
Word) and sister.

Review Questions from Lesson 23: Announcement by John the Baptist

When the priests asked John who he was, which prophet did he say had spo-
ken about him? (Isaiah)

What came down from heaven and rested on Jesus after his baptism? (a dove)

Review Questions from Lesson 24: Jesus Meets a Religious Leader

Who was Nicodemus? (a man of the Pharisees; a ruler of the Jews – Sanhe-
drin)

Why did Nicodemus really want to talk to Jesus? (Jesus’ words, actions and

Lesson Number 25 Adventures in the Story of Hope

Page 212 Teacher Guide
miracles had raised many questions in his mind. He wanted to know if Jesus Teacher Notes
was the long-awaited Messiah)

2 Te a c h t h e L e s s o n

Introduction to Lesson 25: Jesus Meets an Unreligious Woman

The Bible activity on page 215 should be used before you tell the story.

Te l l T h e S t o r y

One day Jesus went from Judea to Galilee. To make this trip Jews normally
crossed the Jordan, travelled north, then crossed the Jordan again to arrive
in Galilee. (Show the way on a map and point to Samaria.) In this way they
avoided Samaria. The Jews and Samaritans had been unfriendly for many
years, and disliked each other.

But Jesus loved all people. He didn’t let prejudices affect His actions. He was
determined to go through Samaria on this day to reach Galilee. About noon, Show ATSOH #25
tired from the trip, He stopped outside Sychar and sat by a well Jacob had dug
many years before. A woman from the town, a despised Samaritan, came to
draw water. Jesus asked her for a drink.

(Show surprise in your voice, face, and actions as you do the woman’s part.)
“You, a Jew, are asking for a drink from me, a Samaritan?”

(Change your voice and demeanor and face ‘the woman’ to do Jesus’ part.) Change your voice back
“If you understood who it is asking for a drink and what He has to offer, you and forth as you do the
would have asked and He would have given you living water.” dialogue between the
Samaritan woman and
“How, sir? You have no way to draw water from this deep well. Certainly you Jesus.
are not greater than our father Jacob who gave us this well! He drank from it
and provided water for his family and livestock.”

“Everyone who drinks water from this well will be thirsty again, but those
who drink from the water I offer will have their thirst quenched forever. The
water I give will become a fountain of water springing up to eternal life.”

“Oh, give me some of that water! Then I will never be thirsty or have to come
here to draw water.”

Adventures in the Story of Hope Lesson Number 25

Teacher Guide Page 213
“Go get your husband.” Teacher Notes
“I don’t have a husband.”

“Good answer. You’ve been married five times, and you are living with some-
one now that you are not married to.”

“Sir, you must be a prophet from Israel. Our ancestors worshiped here on this
mountain, but your people say all must worship in Jerusalem.”

“Listen, woman, the time is coming when the Father will be worshiped nei-
ther here nor in Jerusalem. Your people worship in ignorance, but we worship
the God we know will bring salvation through the Jews. Soon, even now, true
worshipers will worship the Father in spirit and truth. Those are the type of
worshipers God seeks, for He is spirit, and those who would worship Him
must worship in spirit and truth.”

“I know Messiah, the One called Christ, will tell all about these things when
He comes.”

(Matter-of-factly) “I am He.”

The woman left her jar and ran to town. (Shout) “Come, see a man who was
able to tell me everything about myself! Could He be the Christ?”

People came to Jesus at the well. Many Samaritans from Sychar believed in
Jesus because of the woman’s story. They asked Jesus to stay, so He did for two
days, and many more believed. Then they told the woman, “We no longer
believe because of what you said. We heard Jesus ourselves and know without
a doubt that He is the Savior of the world.”

Music
Look

Have the students sing verses one and two with their choruses of “Look!”
Then teach verse three. The “Look!” in this verse comes from the text where
Jesus tells the disciples to lift up their eyes and look to the harvest which is
already white. Explain that Jesus very well could have been referring to the
white headdresses and clothing of the people on their way out to see Him. He
immediately talks about the disciples sharing in a harvest of which they had
not worked (the woman, Jesus, and the prophets had prepared the way).

Lesson Number 25 Adventures in the Story of Hope

Page 214 Teacher Guide
 Teacher Notes
M e m o r y Ve r s e Bible Memory Activity
On 13 plastic cups stick
John 4:14 - But whoever drinks of the water that I shall give him will never paper with grouped words
thirst. But the water that I shall give him will become in him a fountain of of the verse on them. Ex.
water springing up into everlasting life. (But whoever drinks) (of
the water) (that I shall
give him) (will never
thirst.) (But the water)
Bible Activity (that shall I shall) (give
him) (will become) (in
him) (a fountain) (of
Bring 2 water bottles to class, but instead of clean water, fill one of the bottles
water) (springing up)
with sand, dirt, or small stones. If water bottles are not available, use 2 cups,
(into everlasting life.)
or drinking glasses. Hide the 2 bottles so that the children can’t see what is
inside. One of the bottles has drinking water, the other has sand or dirt. Tell Mix up the word-cups
the children: “Today we are going to use our imaginations to go on a long on a flat surface. Let
hike. It’s a hot day, so let’s get started!” Have the class stand up, walk in the student take turns
place, and talk about what you are doing. (Discuss this; possible comments arranging the cups to
could be: wow, this hill is really steep, climb up carefully! Here comes a form the verse. This can
wolf, run fast to get away! OK, now we can walk again, I wonder how far be done as a group or
we’ve come, maybe 2 miles?, etc.) After a few minutes, have the class sit back individual project.
down, and say: “What do you think we might want at the end of this long
hot walk?” Answer: (Water!) “Oh good, I brought along just the thing.”
Pull out the bottle filled with sand, watch the reactions of the kids! “Oh no,
what are we going to do now? I’m SOOOO disappointed! But wait! I have
another bottle, let’s see”… bring out the bottle of water. (if possible, have
small drinking cups so you can give each child a cup of water) “This water
tastes so good right now, but before too many hours have passed, our bod-
ies will need more water. Physical thirst is a natural thing that never goes
away as long as we are alive. Let’s hear about a very interesting conversa-
tion between Jesus and a woman of Samaria that is found in God’s word,
the Bible.”

Coloring Book

Artwork at the end of the lesson can be used for coloring, either by the teach-
er or by the student. Say, “This picture shows Jesus talking to the woman
by the well. Do you think either Jesus or the woman felt awkward about
this conversation? Why? or Why not?” Let the children color the picture
and discuss this question with you.

Adventures in the Story of Hope Lesson Number 25

Teacher Guide Page 215
 My Story of Hope
(1) Jesus spoke to the Samaritan woman about ‘living water’. He told her that a day was coming when she
would worship the Father neither in Jerusalem nor on Mt. Gerizim (see mountain in the background).
Jesus told her, “True worshippers will worship the Father in Spirit and in Truth.” (2) When Jesus told the
woman that He was the Messiah, she left her water jar, ran into town (Sychar) and told the people to come.
(3) After Jesus taught the people of Sychar for two days, the people said, “We believe that Jesus is the Savior
of the world.”

Lesson Number 25 Adventures in the Story of Hope

Page 216 Teacher Guide
 Teacher Notes

3 Review and Close

1. Why did the Jews hate the Samaritans? (They were a mixed people who
did not follow the entire Old Testament Law and they did not worship at the
temple in Jerusalem)

2. Why was Jesus willing to talk to this hated Samaritan woman? (Jesus loved
all people and He didn’t let prejudice affect His actions)

3. What did Jesus ask the Samaritan woman to give him? (a drink from the
well)

4. What was the living water Jesus offered to the Samaritan woman? (spiritual
water that leads to eternal life)

5. Who did the Samaritan woman think Jesus was when He told her about her
sinful past? (she thought He was a prophet)

6. How did the Samaritan woman respond when Jesus told her He was the
Messiah? (she left her water jar and ran into town to tell everyone the won-
derful news)

7. What did the people from Sychar say after Jesus taught them for two days?
(now we know for ourselves that Jesus is the Savior of the world)

THEME:The sinful woman can also be forgiven of her sin and go to heaven.

Apply the Lesson

The sinful woman came from a race that many people hated and she was liv-
ing in open sin. Everyone needs Jesus, even if they are hated by some people.
Who do you know that some people do not like that you can share the Good
News with?

Eight essential truths emerge from the Bible’s Story of Hope. From this story
in the Bible, we learn that even sinful people need to place their faith in Jesus
Christ to have their sins forgiven.

Adventures in the Story of Hope Lesson Number 25

Teacher Guide Page 217
 26 Jesus Claims To Be
One With God
John 5:16-18; 8:48-
59; and 10:22-33
THEME: Jesus taught that He was
One with God.
Teacher Notes
Study the Lesson (before class) A beautiful full color pic-
ture of the artwork above
is available for purchase
• Jesus did many good things on the Sabbath such as healing an invalid as a set through www.
in John 5:1-15. [Link]/resources.
• Because this took place on the Sabbath, some men began to oppose Look for the “40 Events”
Jesus. In response to their opposition, He told them that He and His version. This picture can
Father were always working. This made those who opposed Jesus even be used as you tell the
more upset, so much so that they wanted to kill Him. story. You may also want
to post these pictures
• Jesus claimed to be one with the Father and since His opposition around your classroom
claimed to believe the Father, His opposition had two choices: 1) be- to visually remind your
lieve Jesus or 2) accuse Him of blasphemy. class of previous lessons
• In John 8:48, the opposition of Jesus said that He was a Samaritan. as you teach Adventures
This was a term they used to belittle Him as most Samaritans were not in The Story of Hope.
highly regarded.
ATSOH Bible Visual #26
• When accused, Jesus did not seek to justify Himself. Rather, He chose
to let the Father be His judge. If the people falsely accused Him, the
Father would vindicate Him and make their charges seem senseless.
• Jesus claimed that whoever paid attention to His word would not see
death. Therefore, He taught that He had power over death.
• By acknowledging that God was His Father, Jesus taught that He was
equal with God or had the same essential nature as God.
• In John 10, Jesus taught that He had the power to keep anyone who
believed in Him from eternal separation.
• He offered security to frail sheep so they would never be lost.

Adventures in the Story of Hope Lesson Number 26

Teacher Guide ©Copyright 2012 Sow and Harvest International Page 219
 Teacher Notes

1 Begin the Lesson

Review and Games:
Move to the Head of the
Review Questions from Lesson 6: Origin of Death Class
Why did the man and woman hide when they heard God walking in the gar- Students sit in chairs or
den? (they were afraid because they knew they had disobeyed God) on the floor all facing the
same direction. If the
What kind of death did the man and woman experience immediately after student answers a ques-
disobeying God? (spiritual death) tion correctly he moves
up one position. If he
Review Questions from Lesson 21: The Birth of Jesus Christ answers wrong he goes to
back of the row.
What did God want Joseph and Mary to name the baby and why? (Jesus;
because He would save His people from their sins)

Why did Joseph and Mary go all the way to Bethlehem when Mary was preg-
nant? (the ruler of that day, Caesar Augustus, said everyone must register in
his/her hometown…and this was the fulfillment of prophecy; Micah 5:2)

Review Question from Lesson 22: Temptations by Satan

What did Satan do when he realized he could not get Jesus to sin –do wrong?
(he left him to wait for another opportunity)

Review Questions from Lesson 23: Announcement by John the Baptist

Why was the sign of the dove resting on Jesus important to John? (Up until
then he had not recognized who Jesus really was)

When John saw Jesus approaching him at the river one day after he had
baptized Jesus, what amazing words did he say about Jesus? (“Look! Here is
the Lamb of God who takes away the sin of the world.” Remember what we
studied about sacrificial lambs taking away sins?)

Review Questions from Lesson 24: Jesus Meets a Religious Leader

Why did Nicodemus come to talk to Jesus at night? (he was afraid the other
Jewish rules might not like it)

What did Jesus mean when He told Nicodemus he needed to be born again?
(Jesus was talking about a spiritual birth - giving man a new heart and a new
spirit)

Lesson Number 26 Adventures in the Story of Hope

Page 220 Teacher Guide
Review Questions from Lesson 25: Jesus Meets an Unreligious Woman Teacher Notes

Why did the Jews hate the Samaritans? (They were a mixed people who did
not follow the entire Old Testament Law and they did not worship at the
temple in Jerusalem)

Why was Jesus willing to talk to this hated Samaritan woman? (Jesus loved all
people and He didn’t let prejudice affect His actions)

2 Te a c h t h e L e s s o n
Introduction to Lesson 26: Jesus Claims To Be One with God

Bible activity on page 223 should be used before you tell the story.

Te l l T h e S t o r y

Some people, like John the Baptist, noticed things about Jesus that made Him
very special. Some believed He was Messiah, specially sent from God. Others
didn’t.

One Sabbath Jesus visited the beautiful Bethesda Pool near the Sheep Gate in
Jerusalem. Many blind, lame, and paralyzed people lay in the shelter around
the pool. One of them had been unable to walk for 38 years.

Jesus spoke to the man. “Get up, roll up your mat, and walk.”

Immediately the man was healed. He rolled up his mat and walked around.

Jewish leaders saw the man carrying his mat on the Sabbath. They told him,
“It is against the law for you to carry your mat on the Sabbath.”

Now it wasn’t really against the Law that Moses had received from God. It was
against what they taught (that went far beyond the original law), but the man
who was healed didn’t know the difference. He answered the Jews. “I’m just
carrying my mat because the man who healed me told me to roll it up and
walk.”

Adventures in the Story of Hope Lesson Number 26

Teacher Guide Page 221
“Who told you that?” they asked. Teacher Notes

The man didn’t know. A crowd had gathered and Jesus had slipped away. Later
Jesus found him in the temple. “Look how you can walk now! Live right so
nothing worse happens to you.”

Then the man went and told the Jewish leaders Jesus was the one who had
healed him. That’s why they were persecuting Him—for healing people on the
Sabbath. Jesus told them, “Listen. My Father works every day and so do I.” Af-
ter that, the Jewish leaders wanted to kill Him even more; not only for break-
ing the Sabbath, but because He called God His own Father and made Himself
equal with God.

Another time the Jewish leaders were insulting Jesus. He answered them. “If
anyone keeps My word, he will never see death.”

“Now we know you are crazy!” Abraham died along with all the prophets, but
You say anyone who keeps Your word will not die. Are you greater than Abra-
ham, who died? And the prophets, who died? Who do You think You are?”

“Abraham rejoiced that he would see My day. He saw my coming and was
glad.”

“What? You are not even fifty years old, and You have seen Abraham?”

“Listen to me: before Abraham was, I am.”

The Jews considered this a blasphemous claim to be God. Their law said He
should be stoned! So they picked up stones to throw at Jesus, but Jesus hid
himself and left the temple.

Later, during Hanukkah, Jesus was walking in the temple. The Jewish leaders
Show ATSOH #26
gathered around and asked, “How long will You keep us in suspense? If You
are the Christ, tell us in plain language.”

“I told you, but you don’t believe…I and the Father are one.” Twice more that
day they picked up stones to kill Him. They tried to grab Him, but He escaped.

Lesson Number 26 Adventures in the Story of Hope

Page 222 Teacher Guide
 Teacher Notes
Music
Look

Sing all of “Look!” teaching the fourth verse. Here again, the “Look!” is turned
around, this time to the crowd who are picking up stones to stone Jesus. It
is a ‘look’ of horror as we realize they have rejected Jesus and, angry at Him
for declaring He is God, they try to kill Him. The original chorus (“Look, the
Lamb of God”) is repeated at the end to bring continuity and remind us that
Jesus who is One with the Father is also the Lamb who takes away the sin of
the world.

Bible Memory Activity

M e m o r y Ve r s e After reviewing the verse
several times, have the
John 10:28 - And I give them eternal life, and they shall never perish; neither students form a circle and
shall anyone snatch them out of My hand. choose one person to be
in the center. Give the
center person a simple
object to guard from
Bible Activity the others. The outer
circle students will try to
Say, “Have you ever met a famous person?” (Allow children to answer) capture the object without
There is a TV show in America called “Undercover Boss.” This is how being touched by the
center person. Several
it works: The president or owner of a very large company decides to see
students trying at the
what it is like to work an ordinary job in his company instead of sitting in
same time should allow
his expensive office in the big city. For example, it might be the owner of one to capture the object
McDonalds that would “get hired” as a person that makes the hamburgers without being touched.
at a local McDonald’s restaurant. Of course, none of the people who work Whoever captures
there even know the name of the owner of the company; they just got a job the object will say the
flipping burgers to make some money. He works alongside these ordi- verse and then have the
nary people, pretending to be an ordinary worker himself. He talks to the opportunity to be guard.
other workers, asks them what they think of working here, etc. Imagine Repeat as desired.
their surprise when at the end of this “experiment” they find out who was
working with them! Did they have any idea who this person was? Maybe
they saw clues along the way, if they were paying attention, but maybe they
were totally unaware! Now……bring that same idea all the way up to the
very highest level: What if you found out that God Himself was living and
walking with you?!! Let’s see what happened in that very situation, as we
read God’s Word today.

Adventures in the Story of Hope Lesson Number 26

Teacher Guide Page 223
 My Story of Hope
(1) Jesus told a lame man to pick up his mat and walk. (2) Some Jewish leaders saw him carrying the mat
and were shocked because it was against their law to carry things on the Sabbath. (3) Jesus told some Jew-
ish leaders, “Before Abraham was, I am!” They picked up stones to stone him. (4) Jesus told some Jewish
leaders, “My Father and I are one.”

Lesson Number 26 Adventures in the Story of Hope

Page 224 Teacher Guide
 Teacher Notes
Coloring Book
Artwork at the end of the lesson can be used for coloring, either by the teacher
or by the student. Say, “This picture shows Jesus teaching the people that
He was one with God. Do you think this was an easy teaching for them
to understand? Why? or Why not?” Let the students color the picture and
discuss this question with you.

3 Review and Close

Questions

1. Why were the Jewish leaders persecuting Jesus after He healed the man at
the Bethesda pool? (because He healed someone on the Sabbath- a day of
rest)

2. What was the Jewish leaders’ response when Jesus called God His Father,
making Him equal with God? (they wanted to kill Him because they thought
he was merely a man claiming to be equal with God)

3. What did the Jewish leaders think about Jesus when He said, “If anyone
keeps my Word, he will never see death?” (they thought He was crazy)

4. What did Jesus say Abraham felt about His coming? (he was glad)

5. What did the Jewish leaders try to do when Jesus said, “Before Abraham
was, I AM?” (they tried to stone Him)

6. What did Jesus say about His relationship with His Father? (My Father and
I are one)

7. The Jewish leaders tried to stone Jesus several times for what they though
was blasphemy against God. Why weren’t they able to do it? (Jesus was able
to slip away because it wasn’t yet time for Him to die)

THEME: Jesus taught that He was One with God.

Adventures in the Story of Hope Lesson Number 26

Teacher Guide Page 225
 Teacher Notes

Apply the Lesson

Anyone who reads the Bible will sometime have to ask the question, “Is Jesus
really God?” He claimed to be God and to have faith in Jesus Christ, we must
believe that He is God. If you don’t believe He is God, why don’t you believe
what Jesus said about Himself? If you do believe, what is the strongest reason
for you to believe that Jesus is God?

Eight essential truths emerge from the Bible’s Story of Hope. From this story
in the Bible, we learn that Jesus Christ is God.

Lesson Number 26 Adventures in the Story of Hope

Page 226 Teacher Guide
27 Teachings about Hell
Mark 9:42-48
Luke 16:19-31

THEME: Worms and fire FOREVER -

repent!
Teacher Notes
Study the Lesson (before class) A beautiful full color pic-
ture of the artwork above
is available for purchase
• Jesus strongly warned people not to turn others away from believing as a set through www.
in God. [Link]/resources.
• The punishment for turning away from God would be very severe. Look for the “40 Events”
version. This picture can
• The reference to hell is a picture of a garbage dump where there was be used as you tell the
continual fires and maggots or worms. It is a picture of excruciating story. You may also want
pain and suffering. to post these pictures
• The worms represent internal torment and the fire represents exter- around your classroom
nal torment. Hell is a place of unending torment for the unbeliever. to visually remind your
class of previous lessons
• The rich man in Luke 16 was in great torment as he experienced the as you teach Adventures
flames of hell. He even wanted Abraham to warn his brothers about in The Story of Hope.
the reality of this horrific place.
• Jesus’ response was quite simple: to avoid the place of eternal tor- ATSOH Bible Visual #27
ment, hell, one should listen to and pay attention to the Scriptures.

Lesson Number 27 Adventures in the Story of Hope

Page 228 ©Copyright 2012 Sow and Harvest International Teacher Guide
 Teacher Notes

1 Begin the Lesson Review and Games: Ball

Toss
Review Questions from Lesson 7: Promise of a Victor Over Satan
Toss a ball to a student
T or F. Satan will bruise the woman’s descendant’s head and the woman’s de- who then answers a ques-
scendant will crush Satan’s heel. (false. Satan will bruise the woman’s descen- tion. If he answers it cor-
dant’s heel and the woman’s descendant will crush Satan’s head) rectly, he can choose who
to toss it to next. If he
Did Adam and Eve understand immediately how awful the consequences of answers wrong, he throws
their sin were? (no, it would take many years and even then they would not it back to the teacher
fully understand it all)

Review Questions from Lesson 22: Temptations by Satan

How long did Jesus fast in the wilderness when Satan came to tempt him?
(forty days)

In each temptation how did Jesus respond? (he quoted Scripture – God’s
Word)

Review Question from Lesson 23: Announcement by John the Baptist

John baptized with water. With what did Jesus baptize? (Holy Spirit)

Review Questions from Lesson 24: Jesus Meets a Religious Leader

Why did Jesus say He would be lifted up just as Moses lifted up the serpent in
the wilderness? (When the Israelites looked at the serpent and believed, they
would be healed. Jesus would also be lifted up on a pole [cross] and those who
believed in Him would be healed [sins forgiven]).

What did Jesus say would be given to anyone who believed in the Son of God?
(eternal life)

Review Questions from Lesson 25: Jesus Meets an Unreligious Woman

What did Jesus ask the Samaritan woman to give him? (a drink from the well)

What was the living water Jesus offered to the woman? (spiritual water that
leads to eternal life)

Review Questions from Lesson 26: Jesus Claims To Be One with God

Adventures in the Story of Hope Lesson Number 27

Teacher Guide Page 229
Why were the Jewish leaders persecuting Jesus after He healed the man at the Teacher Notes
Bethesda pool? (because He healed someone on the Sabbath- a day of rest)

What was the Jewish leaders’ response when Jesus called God His Father,
making him equal with God? (they wanted to kill Him because they thought
a man was claiming to be equal with God)

2 Te a c h t h e L e s s o n
Introduction to Lesson 27: Teachings About Hell

Have you ever been punished before? What do you think would be the worst
kind of punishment for something you or someone else has done?

Te l l T h e S t o r y

Jesus healed many people as He moved around Palestine. He claimed to be

God on several occasions. He preached about God’s love and forgiveness. But
He also taught about hell more than anyone else in the Bible. As God’s Son, He
understood what hell was really like more than anyone could and loved people
more than anyone else. One day, after telling several stories about God’s love
and forgiveness, Jesus told this story: ATSOH Bible Visual #27

A rich man wore the finest clothes money could buy and ate like a king every
day.(Run your hands over your sleeves as if they are fine clothes. Act ‘puffed
up’ like the rich would.) Living in the street outside the walls of the rich man’s
mansion, a poor beggar named Lazarus lay covered with sores. (Get down on
the floor, act as if your clothes are now tattered, you are suffering.) As the dogs
licked at his sores he hoped to eat at least whatever fell from the rich man’s
table.

When the poor man died, angels carried him to Abraham’s side. The rich man
also died and was buried.

From Hades, in constant torment, the rich man looked and saw Abraham and
Lazarus far away. He cried out!

(Now, get down low as if you are the rich man in Hades. Look up to a corner
where Abraham would be.) “Father Abraham, have mercy on me! Let Lazarus

Lesson Number 27 Adventures in the Story of Hope

Page 230 Teacher Guide
dip the tip of his finger in water and come cool my tongue. I am in agony in Teacher Notes
these flames!”

(Stand up tall, look down to where the rich man would be; speak calmly and
dignified, but lovingly.)

“Child, don’t you remember that while you lived, you had everything you
needed and Lazarus suffered hard times? Now he is comforted here and you
are in agony. But even if someone from here wanted to go there or if someone
there wanted to come here, it is impossible because a huge gulf that no one can
cross is in place between us.

(Crouch down low, in anguish, plead for your family.)

“Then please, send Lazarus to warn my five brothers so they can escape this
terrible place.”

(Abraham, again higher up.) “The Word of God gives clear warning. Let them
listen to it.”

(Down low.) “But, Father Abraham, if someone comes back from the dead to
warn them, they will repent.”

(Up high.) “No, if they aren’t convinced by God’s Word, then they won’t be
convinced by someone coming back from the dead.”

(Standing normally, finish the story as yourself.)

Jesus spoke of this future place of torment many times and in vivid detail. He
spoke of darkness, weeping, gnashing of teeth, an unquenchable, eternal fire,
and where the worm does not die. He used the well-known Valley of Gehenna
(a perpetually burning maggot-infested garbage dump southwest of Jerusa-
lem) as a stark illustration of hell. He spoke with conviction of its reality and
encouraged people to repent to avoid going there.

Music
Final Days

The catchy chorus about Jesus’ final days (each of these events is alluded to
in the chorus) introduces the short story line of each verse. Teach the chorus
and first verse of “Final Days.” Sing other songs as time allows.

Adventures in the Story of Hope Lesson Number 27

Teacher Guide Page 231
 Teacher Notes
M e m o r y Ve r s e Bible Memory Activity
Write the Bible verse to be
Matthew 25:41b – Depart from Me you cursed, into the everlasting fire pre- learned on a board for all
pared for the devil and his angels to see. Let one student at a
time erase one important
word. Repeat the verse
after each student erases
Bible Activity a word. Continue until all
words are erased and the
This is a good lesson to act out as a drama. Choose one student to be Abra- verse is learned.
ham, Lazarus, Rich man, angels, 5 brothers, people in heaven, people in
hell. (Involve all students) After telling the story, have students act it out.
If possible, have some “props” to use – simple clothing to represent wealth
(for the rich man), poverty (such as rags to tie around Lazarus’ “sores”), red,
orange, and yellow paper to wave (representing the fire of hell). Use your
imagination, and encourage the kids to be creative in their drama, and use
of props. The teacher should be the narrator, filling in the gaps to keep it
moving smoothly along. As the narrator tells the story, the children play the
part being described. Remind the children that hell is a real place with real
suffering.

Coloring Book
Artwork on the following page can be used for coloring, either by the teacher
or by the student. Say, “This picture shows Jesus explaining hell to religious
leaders. Do you think they knew He was talking about them?” Let the chil-
dren color the picture and discuss this question with you.

My Story of Hope
(1) A rich man (see left of gate) who lived in luxury had a poor man named
Lazarus (see right of gate) living outside his gate. Dogs came and licked his
sores. (2) The poor man died and went to Abraham’s side. The rich man also
died and went to hell. The rich man asked Abraham to send Lazarus to bring
him water because he was in agony in the flames (can write, ‘please send Laza-
rus’ above the rich man). But there was a big gap between them and Lazarus
could not go to him.

Lesson Number 27 Adventures in the Story of Hope

Page 232 Teacher Guide
 3 Review and Close
Questions

1. Describe the rich man in the story Jesus told about the rich man and Lazarus (he was dressed in purple
and fine linen and lived in luxury every day) Describe Lazarus. (he was a poor beggar who lived in the
street, he was covered with sores and didn’t have enough to eat)

2. Where did Lazarus go when he died? (to Abraham’s side) the rich man? (to Hades)

3. What did the rich man ask Abraham to do to help him after he had died and gone to hell? (let Lazarus
dip the tip of his finger in water and come cool his tongue because he was in agony in the flames- hell is a
place of conscious suffering)

Adventures in the Story of Hope Lesson Number 27

Teacher Guide Page 233
4. Why did Abraham say that it would be impossible for Lazarus to go to Teacher Notes
him? (a huge gap separated them- no one can escape hell)

5. What did the rich man ask Abraham to do for his family? (send Lazarus to
warn my five brothers who are still alive so they won’t have to come here)

6. Why did Abraham say that even if Lazarus came back from the dead, his
brother’s would not believe? (they had not been convinced by God’s Word)

7. Name at least two of the words or phrases Jesus used to describe hell.
(darkness, weeping, gnashing of teeth, fire that never dies, where the worm
does not die)

THEME: Worms and fire ... FOREVER! Repent!

Apply the Lesson

The rich man kept his wealth for himself and did not share it. Do you use
what you have to share with others or do you keep it for yourself?

Eight essential truths emerge from the Bible’s Story of Hope. From this story
in the Bible, we learn that hell is a very real place where sin is punished.

Lesson Number 27 Adventures in the Story of Hope

Page 234 Teacher Guide
28 Miracles of Jesus
Matthew 4:23-24
John 11:1-45

THEME: Jesus is powerful. Jesus can

do miracles.
Teacher Notes
Study the Lesson (before class) A beautiful full color pic-
ture of the artwork above
is available for purchase
• Jesus Christ not only preached, He did many miracles. His miracles
as a set through www.
became known all over the country of Israel, even to neighboring [Link]/resources.
countries. Look for the “40 Events”
• When Jesus healed the people, it authenticated His role as a prophet. version. This picture can
be used as you tell the
• The miracles of Jesus were supposed to lead a person to repentance
story. You may also want
from his/her sins, not just better health.
to post these pictures
• Large crowds began to follow Jesus because of His miracles. around your classroom
to visually remind your
• Lazarus was a special friend of Jesus who lived in Bethany, which
class of previous lessons
was located near Jerusalem. You can only read about Lazarus in two
as you teach Adventures
chapters in the Bible, John 11 and 12.
in The Story of Hope.
• Lazarus had become very sick and his sisters, Mary and Martha, sent
for Jesus. They knew Jesus could heal their brother because they saw ATSOH Bible Visual #28
Him heal many other people. Jesus and His disciples were not near
Bethany.
• However, when Jesus got the word that Lazarus was sick, He did not
come immediately. He delayed for two days and said that this sick-
ness was for the glory of God.
• Mary and Martha did not understand His delay of two days. In that
time, Lazarus had died. By the time Jesus got to Bethany, Lazarus
had been dead for four days.
• Jesus raised Lazarus from the dead when He arrived and told the
family of Lazarus that “I am the resurrection and the life.” They
knew that Jesus had power over sickness, even death.

Lesson Number 28 Adventures in the Story of Hope

Page 236 ©Copyright 2012 Sow and Harvest International Teacher Guide
 Teacher Notes

1 Begin the Lesson Review and Games:

Bible Tic-Tac-Toe
Review Questions from Lesson 8: Provision of Clothes
Draw a large tic-tac-toe
Why did God not accept the fig leaves that Adam and Eve made to clothe on the board or large
themselves? (man made them – man can’t create his own covering for sin) paper. Divide the class
into two teams (‘X’ and
Because Adam and Eve had disobeyed God, what did theynow have inside ‘O’). Ask the first student
them? (sin) on Team ‘X’ a question. If
he answers it correctly, he
Review Questions from Lesson 23: Announcement by John the Baptist gets to choose where to
put the ‘X’. Then ask the
When John saw Jesus approaching him at the river one day after he had first student on Team ‘O’
baptized Jesus, what amazing words did he say about Jesus? (Look! Here is a question. If a question
the Lamb of God who takes away the sin of the world. Remember what we is missed the opposite
studied about sacrificial lambs taking away sins?) team gets to choose where
to put the other team’s let-
John baptized with water. With what did Jesus baptize? (Holy Spirit) ter.

Review Question from Lesson 24: Jesus Meets a Religious Leader

What did Jesus say about anyone who does not believe in the Son of God?
(he/she is condemned)

Review Questions from Lesson 25: Jesus Meets an Unreligious Woman

Who did the Samaritan woman think Jesus was when He told her about her
sinful past? (she thought He was a prophet)

How did the Samaritan woman respond when Jesus told her He was the Mes-
siah? (she left her water jar and ran into town to tell everyone the wonderful
news)

Review Questions from Lesson 26: Jesus Claims To Be One with God

What did the Jewish leaders think about Jesus when He said, “If anyone keeps
my Word, he will never see death?” (they thought He was crazy)

What did Jesus say Abraham felt about His coming? (he was glad)

Adventures in the Story of Hope Lesson Number 28

Teacher Guide Page 237
Review Questions from Lesson 27: Teaching About Hell Teacher Notes
Describe the rich man in the story Jesus told about the rich man and Lazarus
(he was dressed in purple and fine linen and lived in luxury every day) De-
scribe Lazarus. (he was a poor beggar who lived in the street, he was covered
with sores and didn’t have enough to eat)

Where did Lazarus go when he died? (to Abraham’s side) the rich man? (to
Hades)

2 Te a c h t h e L e s s o n

Introduction to Lesson 28: Miracles of Jesus

Use the Bible activity on page 240 before you tell the story.

Te l l T h e S t o r y

Jesus performed many miracles to demonstrate that He was the Son of God You can have the stu-
as John had said. He healed the sick, caused the blind to see, and the lame to dents act out each--hand
walk. Many of these He did for strangers in the crowd, but sometimes He did on stomach for sick,
miracles for His friends. hand covering eyes for
blind, down on knees for
Lazarus, Mary and Martha, a brother and sisters living in Bethany, were good lame.
friends of Jesus whom He loved very much. Lazarus became sick so his sisters
sent a message to Jesus: “Lord, one you love is sick.” Jesus told the messenger,
“Don’t worry, this illness will not leave Lazarus dead. He is sick so that God
will be glorified as He glorifies His Son through this event.” So Jesus stayed Change your voice when
where He was two more days after He received the message. Finally, Jesus said moving from disciples to
to the disciples, “It’s time to go to Judea. Our friend Lazarus sleeps now but I Jesus to Martha.
will wake him up.”

(As disciples) “Lord, if he is able to rest and sleep he must be getting better!”

But Jesus had used the word ‘sleep’ figuratively of his death.

(Now Jesus) “Lazarus is dead. For your sake I am glad I was not there, so you
may believe. Let’s go.”

Lesson Number 28 Adventures in the Story of Hope

Page 238 Teacher Guide
By the time Jesus arrived Lazarus had been dead and buried four days and Teacher Notes
many Jews from Jerusalem (only about two miles from Bethany) were present
trying to console the sisters. When Martha heard Jesus was close, she ran to
meet Him.

(Martha, kneeling.) “Master, if only you had been here, my brother would not
have died. But I am convinced that whatever You ask of God, He will grant it.”

(Jesus, standing.) “Your brother will rise again.”

(Martha, confused.) “I know he will rise in the resurrection on the last day.”

(Jesus) “I am the resurrection and the life. Anyone who believes in me will live,
even if he dies. Everyone who lives and believes in me will never die. Do you
believe?”

(Martha) “Yes, Master; I believe that You are the Christ, the Son of God, sent
into the world.” Then she left to get her sister. “Mary, the Teacher has arrived
and is asking for you.” Mary came and fell at Jesus’ feet and also said, “Master,
if You had been here, my brother would not have died.”

Jesus was quite disturbed when He saw her crying and the Jews with her cry-
ing, too.

“Where have you laid him?”

“Master, come and see.” they replied.

Jesus was deeply affected and cried with them. When He reached the cave with
the stone in front of it that served as a tomb, Jesus said, “Move the stone.”

(Martha confused) “But Master, it’s been four days, I’m sure there will be a
strong odor.”

(Jesus) “Didn’t I tell you through the messenger that if you believed you would
see God glorified in this?”

So they moved the stone. Then Jesus looked to heaven and said, “Father, thank
You for hearing me as you always do. I am speaking aloud so that those stand-
ing here might believe that You sent me.” Then, focusing on the tomb, Jesus
shouted, “Lazarus, come out here.”

With hands and feet still bound in linen burial strips and face wrapped in a
cloth, the one who had died came out!

Adventures in the Story of Hope Lesson Number 28

Teacher Guide Page 239
(Jesus) “Free him from those grave clothes.” Teacher Notes
Show ATSOH #28
When they saw what Jesus did, many Jews who had accompanied Mary be-
lieved in Jesus, but others went and told the Pharisees. So the leading priests
and the Pharisees called the Council together. “What can we do now? Since this
man performs miracles like this, everyone will believe in him, and the Romans
will take away our position as leaders of the nation.” From then on they made
plans to kill Him.

But Jesus continued to travel about. Six days before the Passover, He returned
to Bethany. Martha served a dinner and Lazarus, along with others, ate with
Him. A large crowd heard Jesus was there and came. They wanted not only to
see Jesus, but Lazarus, too, since he had died and now lived. Now the leading
priests planned to kill Lazarus also, because many of the Jews believed in Jesus
after seeing and talking with Lazarus.

Music
Final Days

Sing the chorus and verse one of “Final Days,” then teach verse two. Sing both
verses and other songs as time allows.

M e m o r y Ve r s e
Bible Memory Activity
John 11:25 - Jesus said to her, “I am the resurrection and the life. He who be-
lieves in Me, though he may die, he shall live.” Place the students in
two groups and have
them face each other,
while still sitting in their
Bible Activity chairs. Have group 1
stand up and say the first
word. Then have group
Has someone you knew well died and gone to heaven? (Teacher can share 2 stand up and say the
an experience of losing a family member or friend) Allow children time to second word. Group 1
share. How did you feel when you lost that person that meant so much to will sit down and say the
you? On the other hand, 5 minutes after that person was in the presence of third followed by group 2
God, how do you think THEY were feeling? What were they thinking about? sitting down and saying
What were you thinking about? What a big difference in perspective! (ex- the fourth… Continue
plain the meaning of perspective – it’s HOW you see a certain thing. Two until you finish the verse.
people can both look at the same event, and see two totally different things, Give it a couple tries to
all based on different perspectives) Talk about the difference between being see if you can get a good
rhythm going.

Lesson Number 28 Adventures in the Story of Hope

Page 240 Teacher Guide
in heaven, and being on earth. In today’s story, we will learn how very differently Mary, Martha, Jesus, and
Lazarus viewed this situation, let’s join them!

After the lesson, re-visit this discussion. Ask the children: “What were Mary & Martha thinking and
feeling? What was Lazarus most likely thinking and feeling? What was Jesus thinking? Who had the
accurate view of Lazarus’ death and coming back to life? What SHOULD have been Mary & Martha’s
response? Why?

My Story of Hope
(1) Jesus received the message that His good friend Lazarus was sick. (2) Two days later, Jesus and His fol-
lowers went to Bethany where Lazarus lived (can write ‘two days later’ above Jesus and His disciples). (3)
Jesus cried with Mary, Lazarus’ sister. (4) Jesus told Lazarus to come out of the tomb and Lazarus obeyed.
He was wrapped in strips of linen (grave clothes).

Adventures in the Story of Hope Lesson Number 28

Teacher Guide Page 241
 Teacher Notes
Craft
Jesus Walks on Water Paper Craft

This miracle was not covered in the story. If the craft is used, teachers should
say, “Another one of the many miracles that Jesus performed was ...”

Materials:

printer
paper
scissors
glue
something to color with (B&W version)
Piece of paper for the background (blue or white construction paper works
well)
Optional: drinking straw and masking tape

Directions:

Using the picture (right), create a template for students to copy.

Color pieces as appropriate.

Cut out the template pieces. I've added a circle shape (halo) behind Jesus'
head and arms to make it easier for the children to cut out.

INSTRUCTIONS - TEMPLATE 2 (the boat):

Cut out the pieces along the SOLID lines (adult assistance may be required).

Set the pieces out in front of the child. Spend a bit of time talking about
them (colors, shapes, sizes).

Ask the child to pick up the circle (don't give it to them, let them have the
chance to pick out the correct shape).

Ask the child to fold the circle in HALF (you may want to have your own
circle so you can do it at the same time... children learn a lot by copying what
we do).

Lesson Number 28 Adventures in the Story of Hope

Page 242 Teacher Guide
 Teacher Notes
Once that is done, reiterate that they now have HALF a circle.

Glue the half circle together.

Do the same thing with both triangles and the rectangle.

INSTRUCTIONS - COMPLETING THE PICTURE:

Glue the “Keep Your Eyes on Jesus” cloud to the top left corner of the paper

Glue the larger strip of waves to the bottom of the paper.

Assemble the boat on the bottom right corner of the paper, so it sits in the
waves:

The half circle is the body of the boat

The rectangle is the mast

The two rectangles are the sails

Coloring Book
Artwork at the end of the lesson can be used for coloring, either by the teacher
or by the student. Say, “This picture shows Jesus raising Lazarus from the
dead. How surprised do you think the sisters of Lazarus were when Lazarus
came back to life?” Let the children color the picture and discuss this question
with you.

3 Review and Close

Questions

1. What news did Jesus receive about his good friend Lazarus? (he is sick)

2. Why did Jesus tell His disciples not to worry about Lazarus’ illness? (because
Lazarus was sick so that God would be glorified)

3. Jesus knew when He left for Bethany (Lazarus’ home town) that Lazarus was
already dead. Why did He tell His disciples that He was glad he hadn’t been

Adventures in the Story of Hope Lesson Number 28

Teacher Guide Page 243
there when he died? (so that they would believe) Teacher Notes
4. What did Jesus mean when He said that anyone who believes in Him will
live, even if he dies? (Jesus was talking about eternal life for all who believe in
Him)

5. When the stone had been removed from the tomb, what did Jesus say?
(Lazarus, come out here)

6. When Lazarus was raised to life many Jews believed. What did the others
do? (they went and told the Jewish leaders what had happened)

7. Why did Jesus raising Lazarus from the dead make the Pharisees want to
kill Jesus even more? (they thought after this great miracle, everyone would
believe in Jesus and the Romans would take away their positions as leaders of
the nation)

THEME: Jesus is powerful. Jesus can do miracles.

Apply the Lesson

Jesus can do extraordinary things like raise people from the dead. Name two
or three miracles that you have seen God do. If you cannot think of two or
three, what two or three miracles have you heard about or read?

Eight essential truths emerge from the Bible’s Story of Hope. From this story
in the Bible, we learn that Jesus is powerful and can do miracles.

Lesson Number 28 Adventures in the Story of Hope

Page 244 Teacher Guide
29 Betrayal of Jesus
Matthew 26:1-56

THEME: Judas betrayed Jesus.

Teacher Notes
Study the Lesson (before class) A beautiful full color pic-
ture of the artwork above
is available for purchase
• There was a deliberate plot to kill Jesus. Without this plot, there as a set through www.
would have been no charges brought against Jesus. [Link]/resources.
Look for the “40 Events”
• Matthew and Mark record this story to have happened right before
version. This picture can
the last supper. The contrast is obvious: the devotion of Mary and
be used as you tell the
the betrayal by Judas.
story. You may also want
• Judas probably betrayed Jesus because he expected a political over- to post these pictures
throw of the Roman government. Judas was the treasurer for the around your classroom
group of disciples. When he realized Jesus would not establish His to visually remind your
kingdom as Judas expected, Judas chose to betray Jesus for 30 pieces class of previous lessons
of silver. as you teach Adventures
in The Story of Hope.
• Judas betrayed Jesus with a kiss in the garden, a sign to the Roman
soldier that this was Jesus whom they should arrest. ATSOH Bible Visual #29
• Judas pointed out Jesus not because it was hard to recognize Jesus but
because Judas would become the formal accuser in a trial of law.
• Peter cut off the ear of one of the Roman soldiers, Malchus. Peter
was trying to prevent defeat. However, Peter did not realize that
Jesus had to die to gain victory.
• The kingdom of God was not to go forward with swords but with
faith and obedience.
• The religious leaders could have arrested Jesus anytime but they
chose to do it at night because the crowds were usually gone at night.
• The Jewish council recommended death which was approved by the
Romans.

Lesson Number 29 Adventures in the Story of Hope

Page 246 ©Copyright 2012 Sow and Harvest International Teacher Guide
 Teacher Notes

1 Begin the Lesson Review and Games: Who

Am I?
Review Questions from Lesson 9: Expelled from the Garden of Eden
Write the names of all
T or F. Because the man and woman had disobeyed God by eating from the the Bible characters that
forbidden tree, they now had the knowledge of good and evil from personal have been studied thus
experience. far on small pieces of
paper and place them in
Does God know about sin personally? (No, He knows about the facts of sin a basket. Ask one stu-
but has never sinned.) dent to draw a piece of
paper and, pretending to
Review Questions from Lesson 24: Jesus Meets a Religious Leader be that person, state one
fact about him/her. The
What did Jesus mean when He told Nicodemus he needed to be born again? student continues giv-
(Jesus was talking about a spiritual birth - giving man a new heart and a new ing facts until someone
spirit) guesses correctly. Where
Am I? and What Am I?
What did Jesus say would be given to anyone who believed in the Son of God? can be played in a similar
(eternal life) manner by changing the
names to places or ob-
Review Question from Lesson 25: Jesus Meets an Unreligious Woman jects.

What did the people from town say after Jesus taught them for two days? Examples: Who Am I?
(now we know for ourselves that Jesus is the Savior of the world)
• I am a man from the
Review Questions from Lesson 26: Jesus Claims To Be One with God Old Testament.

What did the Jewish leaders try to do when Jesus said, “Before Abraham was, I • I had an older brother
AM?” (they tried to stone Him) and sister.

What did Jesus say about His relationship with His Father? (My Father and I • My mother placed me
are one) in a basket in the Nile
River when I was a
Review Questions from Lesson 27: Teaching About Hell baby. (Moses)

What did the rich man ask Abraham to do to help him after he had died and
gone to hell? (let Lazarus dip the tip of his finger in water and come cool his
tongue because he was in agony in the flames; hell is a place of conscious suf-
fering)

Why did Abraham say that it would be impossible for Lazarus to go to him?
(a huge gap separated them; no one can escape hell)

Adventures in the Story of Hope Lesson Number 29

Teacher Guide Page 247
Review Questions from Lesson 28: Miracles of Jesus Teacher Notes
What news did Jesus receive about his good friend Lazarus? (he is sick)

Why did Jesus tell His disciples not to worry about Lazarus’ illness? (because
Lazarus was sick so that God would be glorified)

2 Te a c h t h e L e s s o n

Introduction to Lesson 29: Betrayal of Jesus

Use the Bible activity on page 250 before telling the story.

Te l l T h e S t o r y
We live in a world of people, creatures, and things we can see, touch and hear.
We call it the visible or natural world. But God, who is invisible, influences
our world. In fact, God’s angels and Satan and his demons are invisible and
also influence our world often in ways we usually don’t see or perceive. But
Jesus was aware of the invisible, supernatural world. He knew His time to die
was approaching; Satan was working hard to make it happen.

As the Passover drew near once again, the leading priests were trying to figure
out how to kill Jesus without upsetting the crowd. Satan entered into Judas
(one of Jesus’ twelve closest followers) and influenced him to contact the
priests and betray Jesus to them when the crowds of people were not around.
They were happy to pay Judas for this, so he left looking for such an opportu-
nity.

On the night of the Passover meal, Jesus wrapped Himself in a towel and
performed the most meaningful act of love and service in Jewish culture; He
washed His followers’ feet—including Judas’—and explained the significance
of that act. As He finished, He said, “If you understand what I do you will
happily do it, too. But, of course, not all of you will.” Then Jesus quoted part of
Psalm 41, saying, “He who ate My bread has lifted his heel against Me.” As Je-
sus continued, He was more and more troubled. Finally He stated clearly, “It’s
true, one of you will betray Me.” Later He even said, “The betrayer is the one
to whom I give this piece of bread I have dipped,” and He gave it to Judas.

At that point, Satan entered into Judas again, and Jesus told him to “do it
quickly.” Judas was in charge of keeping the money of the group, so everyone

Lesson Number 29 Adventures in the Story of Hope

Page 248 Teacher Guide
thought Jesus was talking about paying for the meal or giving money to the Teacher Notes
poor. As soon as Judas received the bread, he went out into the night.

Later Jesus led His followers across the Kidron Valley to ‘Olive Press Garden’
on the Mount of Olives where He told them, “Pray that you won’t give in to
temptation.” Then He Himself went a little further to pray. Jesus prayed ear-
nestly “Father, deliver Me from this impending suffering and separation from
You, but only if it accomplishes Your will.” Three times He prayed these words
in agony, His perspiration falling to the ground like huge drops of blood.

Judas knew where they would be. He led armed soldiers, officers, leading
priests and Pharisees to the garden with torches and lanterns. Then he kissed Show ATSOH #29
Jesus as a signal to the soldiers. Jesus, fully aware of what was about to happen
to Him, stepped forward and asked, “Who are you looking for?” They an-
swered, “Jesus of Nazareth.”

Jesus, with all the power of the Old Testament name for God behind him,
answered, “I am” and they fell backwards to the ground! He asked them again,
“Who are you looking for?” and again, they said, “Jesus of Nazareth.” Jesus
answered, “I told you that I am. If I am the one you want, let these men go.”

Peter had brought a sword. He drew it wildly now and cut off the right ear of
Malchus, the high priest’s servant. Jesus healed the man’s ear and said to Peter,
“Put your sword away. I accept the suffering the Father has planned for Me.
Don’t you realize that I could call to my Father and He would immediately
send Me more than 50,000 angels?”

Turning to the mob led by the priests, He said, “You come after Me with
swords and clubs as if I were a robber? I was in the temple day after day and
you never touched Me. This is the time you chose, night; and this is the power
you chose, the power of darkness.”

Many other times Jesus simply disappeared from them when they tried to kill
Him. Now it was time. He willingly gave Himself to the soldiers because He
willingly gave Himself to God’s will.

Music

Final Days

Sing choruses and verses one and two of “Final Days.” Then teach verse three.
The colloquial ‘Went to make his deal,’ and the paraphrase ‘Jesus said, “Why
come, sirs,”’ should be easily understood by the children, but feel free to
explain, if necessary.

Adventures in the Story of Hope Lesson Number 29

Teacher Guide Page 249
 Teacher Notes
M e m o r y Ve r s e Bible Memory Activity
Write the verse on a small
Matthew 26:56 - “But all this was done that the Scriptures of the prophets sheet of paper with the
might be fulfilled. Then all the disciples forsook Him and fled.” words in incorrect order.
Learn the
verse. Give each child a
Bible Activity copy of this scrambled
verse along with scissors,
If possible, bring a dictionary to class. Also bring at least six small treats, but glue, and
keep that part a secret! Before class, write each of the following words on a
another full sheet of pa-
separate piece of paper or card: betray, humility, treasurer, agony, darkness,
per. Have the children cut
submit. Ask for volunteers to choose a card, then look up the word that is on
the words out, put them
the card. They should then read the definition to the class. The teacher (or
in the correct
student if they are able to do this) should write the definition of each word on
its respective card. After defining these words, say: we are going to listen for order, and glue them to
each of these words (or ideas) during the story today. When you hear one of the full sheet.
these words either said, or described, hold up the card with that word on it.
Once the story is finished, go back and talk about each of these key words and
concepts.

Coloring Book
Artwork at the end of this lesson can be used for coloring, either by the
teacher or by the student. Say, “This picture shows Jesus being betrayed
with a kiss by Judas. Why did Judas do such a bad thing?” Let the children
color the picture and discuss this question with you.

My Story of Hope
(1) Judas received thirty pieces of silver from the leading priests to betray
Jesus (can write ‘Judas’ and ‘thirty pieces of silver’). (2) Jesus gives a morsel
of bread to Judas identifying him as His betrayer. (3) Jesus prays at Geth-
semane (can write ‘Gethsemane’). (4) Judas betrayed Jesus with a kiss as the
Roman soldiers looked on.

Lesson Number 29 Adventures in the Story of Hope

Page 250 Teacher Guide
 3 Review and Close

Questions

1. Did Jesus know that Judas and the leading priests were plotting His death at the time of the Passover
meal? (yes)

2. What did Jesus do during the Passover meal to show that Judas would be His betrayer? (He said the one
to whom I give this bread is the one who will betray Me)

3. What did Jesus mean when he held up the cup and said, “This is My blood of the covenant, which is
poured out for many for the forgiveness of sins?” (Jesus was predicting that His body would be broken
and His blood would be shed…just as John the Baptist had said that Jesus was the Lamb of God who takes
away the sin of the world.)

Adventures in the Story of Hope Lesson Number 29

Teacher Guide Page 251
4. Where did Jesus and His followers (except Judas) go after the Passover Teacher Notes
meal? (they went to “Olive Press Garden” to pray)

5. What signal did Judas use to show the soldiers which man was Jesus? (Ju-
das told them the one I kiss is Jesus)

6. Did Jesus have the power to resist arrest that night? (yes, He told Peter He
could call 50,000 angels to come and help Him)

7. Why did Jesus go willingly with the soldiers? (He willingly submitted Him-
self to God’s will)

THEME: Judas betrayed Jesus.

Apply the Lesson

The life of Judas makes us ask the question: Am I a committed follower or am

I pretend follower? Of course, no one is perfect and everyone needs God’s
grace and forgiveness. Identify one or two main areas in your class where
they are not completely following Christ.

Eight essential truths emerge from the Bible’s Story of Hope. From this story
in the Bible, we learn that Judas claimed to be a follower of Christ, but really
he was a pretend follower.

Lesson Number 29 Adventures in the Story of Hope

Page 252 Teacher Guide
30 Jesus Appears
Before Unfair
Judges
Matthew 27:1-24
THEME: Jesus was innocent, but the
people shouted, “Crucify Him!”
Teacher Notes
Study the Lesson (before class) A beautiful full color pic-
ture of the artwork above
is available for purchase
• The Jewish religious leaders had to convince the Roman authori- as a set through www.
ties to crucify Jesus because they did not have the authority to do it [Link]/resources.
themselves. Look for the “40 Events”
• To be sentenced to die, Jesus had to be brought before the Roman version. This picture can
governor, Pilate. Pilate governed from Caesarea but happened to be used as you tell the
be in Jerusalem for a special occasion. Pilate had one accusation story. You may also want
to post these pictures
brought against Jesus, that He claimed to be the King of the Jews.
around your classroom
The Jews arrested Jesus for blasphemy but that charge meant noth-
to visually remind your
ing to the Romans. If Jesus called Himself a King, then the Romans
class of previous lessons
would act.
as you teach Adventures
• Judas realized that he had betrayed Jesus but by that time it was too in The Story of Hope.
late. He decided to get rid of the money which only reminded him of
his sinful actions. ATSOH Bible Visual #30
• When Pilate asked Jesus if He was the King of the Jews, the answer
came back positive. Pilate realized that this King was no threat to the
Roman empire and tried to release Jesus. However, the crowd would
have nothing to do with that.
• Because it was Passover, it was a custom to release a criminal. A no-
torious criminal named Barabbas and Jesus were the possibilities for
a release. Pilate thought the Jewish people would pick Jesus whom
they loved. However, the crowd wanted nothing to do with that and
shouted “Crucify Him!” When Pilate wanted further confirmation
from the crowd, they only shouted louder “Crucify Him!”

Lesson Number 30 Adventures in the Story of Hope

Page 254 ©Copyright 2012 Sow and Harvest International Teacher Guide
 Teacher Notes

1 Begin the Lesson

Review and Games:
Chronological Order
Review Questions from Lesson 10: The Great Flood
Play a game with the kids.
Why did God want to destroy the earth with a flood? (the people were think- Have them arrange all 30
ing and doing bad all the time) pictures in order.

What promise did God make after the flood? (never to destroy the earth by
flood again)

Review Questions from Lesson 25: Jesus Meets an Unreligious Woman

What was the living water Jesus offered to the Samaritan woman? (spiritual
water that leads to eternal life)

How did the Samaritan woman respond when Jesus told her He was the Mes-
siah? (she left her water jar and ran into town to tell everyone the wonderful
news)

Review Question from Lesson 26: Jesus Claims To Be One with God

The Jewish leaders tried to stone Jesus several times for what they though was
blasphemy against God. Why weren’t they able to do it? (Jesus was able to slip
away because it wasn’t yet time for Him to die)

Review Questions from Lesson 27: Teaching About Hell

What did the rich man ask Abraham to do for his family? (send Lazarus to
warn my five brothers who are still alive so they won’t have to come here)

Why did Abraham say that even if Lazarus came back from the dead, his
brother’s would not believe? (they had not been convinced by God’s Word)

Review Questions from Lesson 28: Miracles of Jesus

Jesus knew when He left for Bethany (Lazarus’ home town) that Lazarus was
already dead. Why did He tell his disciples that He was glad He hadn’t been
there when he died? (so that they would believe)

What did Jesus mean when He said that anyone who believes in Him will live,
even if he dies? (Jesus was talking about eternal life for all who believe in Him)

Adventures in the Story of Hope Lesson Number 30

Teacher Guide Page 255
Review Questions from Lesson 29: Betrayal of Jesus Teacher Notes

Did Jesus know that Judas and the leading priests were plotting His death at
this time? (yes)

What did Jesus do during the Passover meal to show that Judas would be
His betrayer? (He said the one to whom I give this bread is the one who will
betray me)

2 Te a c h t h e L e s s o n
Introduction to Lesson 30: Jesus Appears Before Unfair Judges

What do you think it would be like to be convicted of a crime that you never
committed? On top of that, penalty for that crime was death. That is what
happened to Jesus.

Te l l T h e S t o r y
It was a terrible, mixed up night. The perfect, pure, innocent Son of God
appeared before sinful men in trial after trial. After the mob of soldiers and
religious leaders arrested Jesus and tied him up, they took Him to Annas, the
head of the high priestly family. He and his five sons had been high priest and
now his son-in-law had that position, but Annas had the final word. He ques-
tioned Jesus and sent Him to his son-in-law, Caiaphas, the acting high priest.

All the leaders were there trying to get people to lie about Jesus so they could
kill Him, but none of them could agree. Finally, they got two people to say the
same thing. Caiaphas said to Jesus, “I ask you in God’s name, tell us if you are
the Christ, the Son of God.”

Jesus answered simply, “You said it.” But then He added, “Listen, from now on
you will see the Son of Man coming on the clouds seated at God’s right hand.”
Jesus was claiming to be the Son of Man (the Messiah) described in Daniel 7,
and they were furious!

Caiaphas, tore his clothes, yelling, “He is claiming to be God! Why do we

need any other witnesses? You all heard His blasphemy!” Then he called for a
vote. While they spit on Him, struck, and slapped Him, the vote came in: “He
deserves death.”

Lesson Number 30 Adventures in the Story of Hope

Page 256 Teacher Guide
But they couldn’t kill Jesus legally, so the entire group brought Him to the Teacher Notes
governor of the Roman province of Judea, Pontius Pilate. They needed to
prove Jesus had broken the law and deserved to die. So they said He told Jews
not to pay taxes and claimed He was king instead of Caesar. Pilate asked Jesus,
“Are you king of the Jews?” Like before, Jesus answered, “You said it.”

But Pilate told them, “I find no guilt in this man.” Frantically, they replied,
“He stirs up the people with His teaching all over Judea, from Galilee to here.”
When Pilate learned that Jesus was from Galilee (Herod’s territory) he sent
Him off to be judged by Herod, who was visiting Jerusalem at the time.

Now since Herod had wanted to see Jesus for a long time, he was delighted
that Pilate sent Him over. He was hoping Jesus would do some miracle. He
asked question after question of Jesus, but Jesus didn’t answer even a word.
All the while the Jewish leaders accused Him harshly. Herod was offended at
Jesus’ lack of answers so he mocked Him. His soldiers joined in and dressed
Jesus in kingly clothing and sent Him back to Pilate for Jesus’ fifth trial that
night.

Pilate called Jesus’ accusers before him and said, “You said this man disturbed
the peace. In your presence I examined him and found your charge untrue,
as did Herod, who sent Him back to me. It is clear to me that He is innocent,
and certainly does not deserve to die. I’ll just warn Him with a good whipping
and let him go.”
Show ATSOH #30
The accusers went crazy: “Get rid of Him! Give us Barabbas!” (Barabbas had
been imprisoned for rioting and murder.) Pilate couldn’t understand this
crowd and tried to release Jesus again.

“Crucify! Crucify Him!” the mob shouted back at Pilate.

“But for what crime? He doesn’t deserve to die. I’m warning Him and let-
ting Him go,” Pilate tried the third time. But the mob, not to be quieted, kept
demanding crucifixion and finally wore Pilate down. He saw he was getting
nowhere and that a riot was about to break out, so he gave them what they
wanted: a murderer on the loose and an innocent man who would be cruci-
fied. (Pilate pardoned Barabbas and had Jesus whipped and handed over for
crucifixion.) Then he washed his hands in view of the crowd, saying, “The
responsibility of this man’s death is not on me; it’s totally on you.”

The crowd responded, “We take the blame for His blood, as will our chil-
dren.

Adventures in the Story of Hope Lesson Number 30

Teacher Guide Page 257
 Teacher Notes
Sing the first three verses
Music of “Final Days” and then
teach the final verse. Sing
Final Days the entire song and any
others as time allows.

Bible Memory Activity

M e m o r y Ve r s e
Make a cross out of
construction paper.
1 Corinthians 5:7b - Therefore purge out the old leaven, that you may be a Learn the Bible verse.
new lump, since you truly are unleavened. For indeed Christ, our Passover, The students will then
was sacrificed for us. need to sit in chairs in
a circle. Everyone must
close their eyes. Place the
Bible Activity cross under a chair. That
student then has a chance
to say the verse. If the
Ask the children: “Have you ever been accused of something that you didn’t child can say the verse,
do? (Allow time to respond) How did that make you feel? When Jesus was he or she gets to place
accused of doing wrong, was He guilty? (No) Had Jesus ever done any- the cross under someone
thing wrong? (No) Did He try to argue with His accusers? Why not? Let’s else’s chair. Continue
see what that might have felt like… Choose one child that volunteers to be until everyone gets a turn.
the “accused.” The teacher will lead the “accusing” of the volunteer. Tell the Variation: A coin or other
class that anyone who wants to may bring an accusation, but the volunteer is token may be used in the
not to answer in his/her defense. Possible accusations: “Joe stole some food place of a cross.
from the market” or “Mary got in trouble at school for hitting someone, and
I think we should tell her parents” (Be creative, and get the other kids to join
in on each accusation – such as “yes, I saw them do it!” or “that’s not all they
did, I know something even worse!” After the volunteer has been accused of
2-3 things, ask for a different volunteer to be accused. Let several children
have a turn. If you run short of volunteers, let the kids accuse you (teacher)
of a few things. Emphasize that it is hard to not defend yourself when you
know you have done nothing wrong.

Say: “We were just playing a little game here, with no consequences.” How
much harder would it be if this had been REAL? What if you were accused
and you knew you would get a really bad spanking if the teacher believed
the story? Or what if you were on trial in a court and the punishment was
death? That would be a different story! Jesus is an amazing example to us
in this Bible story. Let’s see what happened…..

Lesson Number 30 Adventures in the Story of Hope

Page 258 Teacher Guide
 Coloring Book
Artwork at the end of the lesson can be used for coloring, either by the teacher or by the student. Say,
“This picture shows Jesus before Pilate with the crowd in the background. What would you have done
if you were in the crowd?” Let the children color the picture and discuss this question with you.

My Story of Hope
(1) Jesus faced five trials the night of his arrest. First with Annas who believed He was guilty, but sent Him
to Caiaphas who accused Him of blasphemy. He sent Him to Pilate who believed Jesus was innocent, so
he sent Him to Herod. He mocked Jesus and sent Him back to Pilate. (2) Pilate washed his hands in front
of the crowd to show that he was not guilty of Jesus’ blood as the crowd shouted, “Crucify Him!” (3)
Jesus was beaten.

Adventures in the Story of Hope Lesson Number 30

Teacher Guide Page 259
 Teacher Notes

3 Review and Close

Questions

1. After Jesus was arrested the Sanhedrin got people speak against Jesus. Were
they telling the truth? (no)

2. When Caiaphas asked Jesus if He was the King of the Jews, what did Jesus
say? (yes, it is as you say)

3. What did Caiaphas do when Jesus told him that from now on he would see
the Son of Man coming on the clouds seated at God’s right hand? (he tore his
robes and accused Jesus of blasphemy)

4. When Jesus was brought before the Roman governor Pilate, did he think
Jesus was guilty? (no, he didn’t think that Jesus was guilty of any crime)

5. What did Herod and his soldiers do when Jesus was brought before them?
(they mocked Him and dressed Him in royal clothes)

6. What did the crowd say when Pilate told them he wanted to let Jesus go?
(they shouted crucify him, crucify him)

7. Name at least two reasons that show that Jesus did not have a fair trial?
(possible answers: the Jewish leaders determined that Jesus would be put to
death before the trial started, they got witnesses to lie about Jesus, they accused
Him of different crimes when they brought Him before the Roman governor)

THEME: Jesus was innocent but the people shouted “Crucify Him.”

Apply the Lesson

The Jewish leaders were trying to influence the Roman government that Jesus
was rebel not a king. Specifically, what are you doing to show that Jesus is the
King in your life?

Eight essential truths emerge from the Bible’s Story of Hope. From this story
in the Bible, we learn that Jesus was unfairly accused by the Jewish leaders.

Lesson Number 30 Adventures in the Story of Hope

Page 260 Teacher Guide
31 The Crucifixion
of Jesus
Luke 23:26-38
I Corinthians 5:7
THEME: Jesus was nailed to the
cross for our sins.
Teacher Notes
Study the Lesson (before class) A beautiful full color pic-
ture of the artwork above
is available for purchase
• Crucifixion was a common way to put a criminal to death. However, as a set through www.
it was a cruel and usually slow method. A Roman citizen could not [Link]/resources.
be crucified. Crucifixion was reserved for the worst criminals. Look for the “40 Events”
• Simon, from northern Africa, was forced to carry the cross when version. This picture can
Jesus could not. be used as you tell the
story. You may also want
• Jesus forgave those who were killing Him (Luke 23:34) and He for- to post these pictures
gave one who was killed with Him (Luke 23:43). around your classroom
• From the sixth hour, noon, until the ninth hour, 3 p.m., there was to visually remind your
darkness on the earth. class of previous lessons
as you teach Adventures
• The curtain in the Temple tore in two, from top to bottom. This was in The Story of Hope.
symbolic, indicating that the common person now had free access to
the presence of God. ATSOH Bible Visual #31
• Luke verifies that Jesus gave His life, it was not taken from Him.
• A Roman soldier called Jesus a righteous man and that Jesus was not
guilty of the crimes He was charged with. The Roman soldier praised
God.
• Luke notices that many people who observed the death of Jesus
mourned for Him.
• No gospel writer records any instance of any woman who opposed
Jesus.
• Jesus was crucified on Golgotha, probably a hill outside Jerusalem
along a main road.

Lesson Number 31 Adventures in the Story of Hope

Page 262 ©Copyright 2012 Sow and Harvest International Teacher Guide
 Teacher Notes

1 Begin the Lesson

Review Questions from Lesson 11: Promises to Abraham Review and Games:
Bible Charades
Did God tell Abraham the location of the land where He wanted him to go?
(no, Abraham went out in faith not knowing where he was going) Ask one student to
choose a Bible story (or
Name at least two of the seven promises God gave to Abraham. (I will make
you a great nation, I will bless you, I will make your name great, you will be a part of a story) and act
blessing, I will bless those who bless you and curse those who curse you) it out while the other
students try to guess
Review Questions from Lesson 26: Jesus Claims To Be One with God which story it is.

What was the Jewish leaders’ response when Jesus called God His Father, mak-
ing Him equal with God? (they wanted to kill Him because they thought a
man was claiming to be equal with God)

What did Jesus say about His relationship with His Father? (My Father and I
are one)

Review Question from Lesson 27: Teaching About Hell

Name at least two of the words or phrases Jesus used to describe hell. (dark-
ness, weeping, gnashing of teeth, fire that never dies, where the worm does not
die)

Review Questions from Lesson 28: Miracles of Jesus

When the stone had been removed from the tomb, what did Jesus say? (Laza-
rus, come out here)

When Lazarus was raised to life many Jews believed. What did the others do?
(they went and told the Jewish leaders what had happened)

Review Questions from Lesson 29: Betrayal of Jesus

What did Jesus mean when he held up the cup and said, “This is My blood of
the covenant, which is poured out for many for the forgiveness of sins?” (Jesus
was predicting that His body would be broken and His blood would be shed…
just as John the Baptist had said that Jesus was the Lamb of God who takes
away the sin of the world.)

Where did Jesus and His followers (except Judas) go after the Passover meal?

Adventures in the Story of Hope Lesson Number 31

Teacher Guide Page 263
(they went to Olive Press Garden to pray) Teacher Notes

Review Questions from Lesson 30: Jesus Appears Before Unfair Judges

After Jesus was arrested, the Sanhedrin got two witnesses to __________ (lie)
about Jesus.

When Caiaphas asked Jesus if He was the King of the Jews, what did Jesus say?
(yes, it is as you say - as a descendant of Judah and David, Jesus was qualified
to be the King of the Jewish people)

2 Te a c h t h e L e s s o n
Introduction to Lesson 31: The Crucifixion of Jesus

People use the cross for different reasons. Some people use the cross for jew-
elry. Some people use the cross for religious reasons. Other people use the
cross for a variety of reasons. What does the Christian cross mean to you?

Te l l T h e S t o r y

After five trials, Pilate’s soldiers took Jesus into the governor’s palace and
called the leaders together. Stripping Jesus of His clothing, they dressed Him
in bright red. They made a crown from thorns and put it on His head. They
put a hollow stick in His hand to serve as a scepter. Then bowing down to
Jesus, they said to Him, “Honor to You, King of the Jews!” Then they spit on
Him and hit Him on the head with the ‘scepter.’ When it was no longer fun,
they removed the red toga, replacing it with His own clothes, and took Him
out to be crucified.

When a person was going to be crucified, they had to carry their own cross.
Jesus began to carry the heavy cross beam to the crucifixion site. He was so
weak from the beatings that He fell under the heavy load. They found a man
named Simon and made Him carry the cross. When they arrived at ‘Skull
Hill,’ they offered Jesus a mixture of wine and perfume as a pain killer. When
He had tasted what it was, Jesus refused it.

The soldiers nailed Jesus to the cross along with two criminals, one on His
right, the other on His left. While waiting for them to die, the soldiers passed
the time gambling for Jesus’ clothes.

Lesson Number 31 Adventures in the Story of Hope

Page 264 Teacher Guide
They wrote the ‘criminal charge’ against Him and posted it on the cross above Teacher Notes
His head: This is Jesus, the King of the Jews. People passing by shook their
heads and made fun: “Oh, You can tear down the Temple and rebuild it in
three days? Let’s see some of that power! Son of God, are You? Then come on
down from the cross!”

The leading priests and religious men joined in the mockery: “He saved oth-
ers, but He can’t save Himself! The King of Israel could get Himself off the
cross. We would believe in Him if He did that! He trusted in God. Let’s see if
God will rescue him now; if He even wants Him! After all, He claimed he was
God’s Son, didn’t He?”

Crowds of people, religious leaders, soldiers all made fun of him. If that wasn’t
enough, the two criminals being crucified with Him joined in, too.
Show ATSOH #31 while
Mocked. going through this poem.
Rejected.
Lifted up.
Beaten.
Heads shaking.
People amazed.
Pierced hands and feet.
Dying with criminals.
Forsaken, despised, naked.
Rejected by God.
“He trusts God, let Him deliver!”
These are descriptions of Jesus at His death, right? Well yes, but these are
prophecies David and Isaiah wrote in Psalm 22 and Isaiah 52 and 53 about the
Messiah that was to come. Jesus fulfilled them in His horrible, painful, humili-
ating death that day on the cross.

Music
Something to Proclaim

Teach verse one of “Something to Proclaim.” Notice that the crucifixion is de-
clared to be the act of crushing the serpent’s head. Be sure to help the students
catch that. Notice also, that the first verse proclaims the resurrection already—
a little bit of frontloading. Teach the song, but don’t emphasize that part until
lesson thirty-three.

Adventures in the Story of Hope Lesson Number 31

Teacher Guide Page 265
 Teacher Notes
M e m o r y Ve r s e Bible Memory Activity

Print a verse on the chalk

1 Peter 3:18 - For Christ also suffered once for sins, the just for the unjust,
or white board, in reach
that He might bring us to God, being put to death in the flesh but made alive
of the students. Under the
by the Spirit.
verse, print all the letters
of the alphabet about 1
Bible Activity inch apart. Children take
turns coming to the board
and circling their letter
“Show and Know.” Bring in as many objects as you can to “show” the chil-
in the verse in consecu-
dren, so they will “know” what really happened on the day of Jesus’ cruci-
tive order, 1st letter all A’s,
fixion. Example – 6” long nails, a crown of thorns made from a thorny bush
2nd all letter B’s…until
such as a rose bush, dirty rags, a leather whip if you can find or make one, a
the end of the alphabet.
hollow stick that could be used to beat a criminal. Talk about each item and
For each turn the student
help the children understand the horrible punishment that Jesus willingly
will receive points for the
took in our place.
number of letters circled
in the verse. Have a way
Optional Activity: Make a “Punishment Substitution” chart. Explain to the
to keep track of the stu-
class that they will sign this chart and take it home. At home they will explain
dent’s individual points.
it to their parents, and if it is acceptable with them, they will take turns bear-
The student with the most
ing the punishment for anything that anyone else in their family does wrong.
points wins. If you’re
For example, if Johnny signs up for the first week, and his brother leaves a toy
running out of time, stop
out in the rain and is grounded from TV for a week, Johnny has to take that
when the students have
punishment instead of his brother, even though he didn’t do anything wrong.
had an equal number of
Make a chart for each child, and put enough spaces on it for each person in
chances.
the family to be the “sin substitute” for one week. Talk about the unfairness
of the system, but that Jesus was not concerned about standing up for His
own rights, He was concerned about making us right with God! He wanted
us to be in heaven with Him one day! Encourage your students to sign up for
the first week of this exercise themselves. Their family members can learn
from them how it should be done……

Week 1 - ____________________________________

Week 2 - _____________________________________

Week 3 - _____________________________________

Week 4 - _____________________________________

Week 5 - _____________________________________

Week 6 - _____________________________________

Lesson Number 31 Adventures in the Story of Hope

Page 266 Teacher Guide
 My Story of Hope
(1) The Roman soldiers dressed Jesus in a bright red robe and placed a crown of thorns on his head. They
pretended to worship Jesus and beat Him with rods. (2) Simon of Cyrene (can write his name) was forced
to carry the heavy cross beam of Jesus’ cross up the hill. (3) Jesus was hung on a cross between two crimi-
nals. A sign was placed above His head that read ‘This is the King of the Jews’. The soldiers gambled for
Jesus’ clothes and Jews mocked Him as He hung on the cross (can write ‘He saved others, but He can’t save
Himself ’).

Coloring Book
Artwork at the end of the lesson can be used for coloring, either by the teacher or by the student. Say,
“This picture shows Jesus on the cross. Why did Jesus have to die?” Let the children color the picture
and discuss this question with you.

Adventures in the Story of Hope Lesson Number 31

Teacher Guide Page 267
 Teacher Notes

3 Review and Close

Questions

1. Who was made to carry Jesus’ cross? (Simon of Cyrene)

2. When Jesus was crucified, what did they offer Jesus to relieve the pain? (a
mixture of wine and perfume). Did Jesus accept it? (no)

3. Who else was crucified with Jesus? (two criminals)

4. While waiting for the three men on the cross to die, how did the soldiers pass
their time? (they gambled for Jesus’ clothes)

5. What did the sign hanging above Jesus’ head say? (This is Jesus, King of the
Jews)

6. What prayer did Jesus pray for those who took part in His crucifixion? (Fa-
ther, forgive them, for they do not know what they are doing)

7. What did Jesus’ enemies do as they watched him dying on the cross? (they
mocked Him; “He saved others, why can’t He save Himself?”)

THEME: Jesus was nailed to the cross for our sins.

Apply the Lesson

Jesus died for our sins on the cross. He paid for every evil deed or thought
that all of us have done. Anyone can enter a personal relationship with Jesus
Christ when they admit to Him that they trust Him for dying for their own
personal sins. They can invited Him into their own life by prayer when they
confess Him as Lord and admit their sin to Him. Have you put your faith in
Jesus Christ for dying on the cross for you?

Eight essential truths emerge from the Bible’s Story of Hope. From this story
in the Bible, we learn that Jesus is the only One who can carry our sins from
us to God.

Lesson Number 31 Adventures in the Story of Hope

Page 268 Teacher Guide
32 A Repentant
Dying Thief
Luke 23:39-47

THEME: Jesus forgave the thief

on the cross.
Teacher Notes
Study the Lesson (before class) A beautiful full color pic-
ture of the artwork above
is available for purchase
• Luke’s gospel contains the word “sinner” more than all the other as a set through www.
gospels combined. It is found in Matthew five times, Mark also uses [Link]/resources.
“sinner” five times, John uses it four times, but Luke uses the word Look for the “40 Events”
version. This picture can
“sinner” sixteen times. At the cross, there was a sinner that wanted
be used as you tell the
forgiveness.
story. You may also want
• Two sinners were nailed to the cross and Jesus was on a cross be- to post these pictures
tween them. One of the sinners hurled malicious insults at Jesus and around your classroom
blasphemed Jesus or reviled Him. to visually remind your
class of previous lessons
• The other sinner recognized that Jesus was God, Luke 23:40. That
as you teach Adventures
sinner, a thief, made a magnificent confession. And here, on the
in The Story of Hope.
cross, Jesus could display that salvation does not happen because a
person is good. Obviously, this sinner was not good.
ATSOH Bible Visual #32
• Jesus also showed that salvation is not a matter of doing good works.
This sinner obviously had no time left for good works and could not
earn the grace of God.
• Jesus immediately answered the thief on the cross. On that day, the
thief would join Jesus in glory. Forgiveness was full and complete. It
was not earned.
• Jesus offered His assurance that this would happen. It was not
merely a kind response to a dying request. It was the assurance that
God could and would offer forgiveness when anyone, such as a thief,
would only ask.

Lesson Number 32 Adventures in the Story of Hope

Page 270 ©Copyright 2012 Sow and Harvest International Teacher Guide
 Teacher Notes

1 Begin the Lesson

Review Questions from Lesson 12: The Lord Provides Review and Games:
Bible Story Facts
What did God ask Abraham to do as a test of his faith? (offer his son Isaac)
Draw 2 to 6 pictures or
What did God tell Abraham when he stopped him from sacrificing Isaac? words on a note card.
(Now I know that you fear God, since you have not withheld your only son) Then ask a student to
tell a Bible story using
Review Questions from Lesson 27: Teaching About Hell all the pictures/words
on the card.
Why did Abraham say that even if Lazarus came back from the dead, his
brother’s would not believe? (they had not been convinced by God’s Word)

Name at least two of the words or phrases Jesus used to describe hell. (dark-
ness, weeping, gnashing of teeth, a fire that never dies, where the worm does
not die)

Review Question from Lesson 28: Miracles of Jesus

Why did Jesus raising Lazarus from the dead make the Pharisees want to
kill Jesus even more? (they thought after this great miracle everyone would
believe in Jesus and the Romans would take away their positions as leaders of
the nation)

Review Questions from Lesson 29: Betrayal of Jesus

What signal did Judas use to show the soldiers which man was Jesus? (Judas
told them the one I kiss is Jesus)

Did Jesus have the power to resist arrest that night? (yes, He told Peter He
could call 50,000 angels to come and help Him)

Review Questions from Lesson 30: Jesus Appears Before Unfair Judges

What did Caiaphas do when Jesus told him that from now on he would see
the Son of Man coming on the clouds seated at God’s right hand? (he tore his
robes and accused Jesus of blasphemy)

When Jesus was brought before the Roman governor Pilate, did he think
Jesus was guilty? (no, he didn’t think that Jesus was guilty of any crime)

Adventures in the Story of Hope Lesson Number 32

Teacher Guide Page 271
Review Questions from Lesson 31: The Crucifixion of Jesus Teacher Notes
Who was made to carry Jesus’ cross? (Simon of Cyrene)

When Jesus was crucified, what did they offer Jesus to relieve the pain? (a
mixture of wine and perfume). Did Jesus accept it? (no)

2 Te a c h t h e L e s s o n
Introduction to Lesson 32: A Repentant Dying Thief

Has anyone ever wronged you and you were not willing to forgive them?
Tell us about one situation in which you were wronged or treated unfairly.
What was your response?

Te l l T h e S t o r y

The day innocent Jesus was crucified in between two guilty criminals, one of
them mocked Him.

“You aren’t much of a Messiah! Come down from there! Save us, too!”

The other criminal said to the first thief:

“You still don’t fear God, do you? We’re hanging here—both of us—receiv-
ing punishment we deserve. This man is suffering the same as we are, without
having done any wrong.” (Turning to Jesus) “Jesus, remember me when You
enter Your kingdom.”

(Jesus) “Oh, I will. Today you join Me in paradise.”

Show ATSOH #32
How could this be? A sinful, evil man expresses a simple faith as he is dying
for his crimes and he gets to go to heaven? When New Testament writers,
looked back on this event, they wrote, “God proved His love for us, sinful,
useless people, by sacrificing His Son...God put all of our wrong doings on
Him—the one who never did anything wrong—so we could have a right
relationship with God…He carried our sins to death on that cross, taking sin
out of the way so we could live proper lives. He healed us with His wounds.
He brought us to God by making sure the payment for sin was cared for; the
innocent paying the guilty ones’ punishment.”

Lesson Number 32 Adventures in the Story of Hope

Page 272 Teacher Guide
At noon darkness settled over everything until about 3:00 pm. The sun went Teacher Notes
dark. Jesus’ voice could be heard groaning deeply and crying out loudly, “Eli,
Eli, lama sabachthani?” Can you try that? (Repeat it and get the children say-
ing it.) Do you know what that means? It means, “My God, my God, why
have You forsaken Me?”

All this happened on a hill outside town. In town, many people still went
about their normal day. Merchants sold their goods. Customers bought
them. Priests were at work in the temple. A thick curtain hung in the temple
blocking the entrance into the Holy of Holies. The curtain was God’s way
of protecting men from death; the consequence for sinful man entering the
presence of Holy God. At this point, that thick, tall curtain tore from top to
bottom; ripping into two pieces! The earth seemed to tremble under a huge,
invisible weight; rocks split in two. Tombs opened up and many believers,
dead and buried, rose from the dead.

Then, Jesus called loudly, “Father, I give You my life!” (Breathe out slowly.)
and breathed no more.

The captain of the guard—everyone there—observed the earthquake and all

the events surrounding Jesus’ death. They were amazed. The captain ex-
claimed, “This must be the Son of God!”

Joseph from the town of Arimathea was a good man. He had a good heart. He
lived expectantly, watching for God’s kingdom. Although he was a member
of the Sanhedrin (some of the people who wanted to kill Jesus), he had not
agreed with the council in killing Jesus. Joseph went to Pilate and asked for
Jesus’ body. He took Jesus’ body down from the cross, wrapped it in a linen
cloth, and buried it in a brand new tomb carved out of solid rock.

The Sabbath (resting day) was about to begin, so the women (friends of Jesus)
who had helped Joseph, saw where the body was placed and went home to
prepare spices and perfumes for Jesus’ burial. Then during the Sabbath they
faithfully rested and waited. They waited until Sunday to treat the body for its
final burial.

Music
Something to Proclaim

Sing the first verse and chorus of “Something to Proclaim,” then teach the
second verse that deals with the thief on the cross. Sing other songs as time
permits.

Adventures in the Story of Hope Lesson Number 32

Teacher Guide Page 273
 Teacher Notes
M e m o r y Ve r s e Bible Memory Activity
On a board write, then
Luke 23:42 - Then he said to Jesus, “Lord, remember me when You come into review the verse several
Your kingdom.” times together. Erase it,
then write the words in
random order over the
Bible Activity board, leaving some space
for the student to rewrite
the verse. Let a student
Bring in a variety of different keys, and (if possible) a lock that fits one of choose the correct first
them. Have keys that look different from each other. Show the keys to the word and write it on the
class, then ask the kids: “What are some things that people think are the key board. Choose someone
to someday having a home in heaven?” Possible answers: doing good things, else and continue until
being baptized, going to church, being a good person, giving money to chari- the entire verse is written
ties, etc. Explain that just like a lock has only one key that will open it, the correctly.
key to heaven is only one truth, which is found in God’s word, the Bible. Tell
the first part of the story, about the thief on the cross being promised a home
in heaven with Jesus. Refer back to the answers that were given at the begin-
ning of class. “Did the thief on the cross do any good things (mention some
good things they could relate to, such as visiting sick people in the hospital,
helping feed hungry people, etc.) Hold up the first key and say: “That must
not have been the key to heaven.” Did he go to church? No. Did he get
baptized? No. Each time, hold up another key and say: “That must not have
been the key to heaven.”

So then, if none of these things are the keys to heaven, what DID he do? Go
back and re-read the passage and help the children see that it was his repen-
tance and faith in Jesus that was the key to having a home in heaven. If you
have a lock that fits one of the keys, show it at this time, and say: “Just like
this key is the only one that will open this lock, repentance (being truly sorry
for your sins) and faith in Jesus is the only thing that God will accept. There
is no other way!

Craft
See templates on pages
Help children make a simple mobile made up of crosses with John 15:13 in 393-395.
the center. We usually create our mobiles by using two straws or sticks taped
or tied in a criss-cross or by using one paper towel or gift wrap roll with all
the pieces tied to it (this isn’t as 3D a mobile, but is good for recycling).

Lesson Number 32 Adventures in the Story of Hope

Page 274 Teacher Guide
Materials: Teacher Notes
a printer

a piece of paper... I always prefer to use a heavy paper (like construction

paper), but it isn’t necessary.

some crayons, paint, markers or pencil crayons,

scissors,

glue,

string or yarn.

EITHER a small paper plate or circle of cardboard (old cereal boxes are a
good source of cardboard) AND two straws or sticks OR a paper towel roll

Instructions:

Print out the template.

You can color with sparkle glue if desired or use paint, crayons markers or
pastels. New mediums are always fun for kids.

Fold the crosses in half and glue the front and back together. Let dry.

Poke a small hole in the top of each cross and tie with yarn or string to the
mobile you’ve chosen (straws, sticks or paper towel roll).

Coloring Book
Artwork on the following page can be used for coloring, either by the teacher
or by the student. Say, “This picture shows the thief on the cross as Jesus
forgave him. Why did Jesus forgive the thief?” Let the children color the
picture and discuss this question with you.

Adventures in the Story of Hope Lesson Number 32

Teacher Guide Page 275
 My Story of Hope
(1) One criminal mocked Jesus, but the other asked him to remember him when He entered His kingdom
(can write ‘remember me when You enter Your paradise’). (2) At noon darkness settled over everything.
(3) The curtain in the temple was torn in two. There was a great earthquake and rocks spit in two, tombs
were opened and many believers rose from the dead. (4) The captain of the guard cried out that Jesus was
the Son of God. (5) Joseph of Arimathea placed Jesus’ body in a new tomb (can write ‘Joseph of Ari-
mathea’).

Lesson Number 32 Adventures in the Story of Hope

Page 276 Teacher Guide
 Teacher Notes

3 Review and Close

Questions

1. Jesus was crucified between two criminals. What did the first one do to Jesus? (He
mocked Him ... “You aren’t much of a Messiah! Come down from there. Save us too!)

2. What did the criminal on the other side of Jesus say to the first criminal? (He
scolded him for talking like that to Jesus.)

3. What did one of the criminals crucified with Jesus ask Jesus to do? (remember me
when You enter Your kingdom)

4. How could Jesus tell this man he would be in paradise when he was a condemned
criminal? (Jesus’ innocent blood paid the penalty for this man’s sins as well as anyone
who believes on Him)

5. What did Jesus cry out to His Father from the cross? (My God, My God, why have
You forsaken Me?)

6. What happened to the temple curtain enclosing the Holy of Holies as Jesus neared
death? (It tore in two)

7. Who took Jesus’ body down from the cross and placed it in a brand new tomb?
(Joseph of Arimathea)

THEME: Jesus forgave the thief on the cross.

Apply the Lesson

Jesus died for our sins on the cross. He paid for every evil deed or thought
that all of us have done. Anyone can enter a relationship with Jesus Christ
when they admit to Him that they trust Him for dying for their own sins.

Eight essential truths emerge from the Bible’s Story of Hope. From this story
in the Bible, we learn that Jesus is the only One who can carry our sins from
us to God.

Adventures in the Story of Hope Lesson Number 32

Teacher Guide Page 277
33 The Resurrection
of Jesus
Luke 24:1-12, 36-43

THEME: Jesus rose again. Jesus has

power over death.
Teacher Notes
Study the Lesson (before class) A beautiful full color pic-
ture of the artwork above
is available for purchase
• The women brought spices to the tomb as a symbol of respect. as a set through www.
• When the women got to the tomb, they found the large stone rolled [Link]/resources.
away from the entrance and the body missing. Two men dressed in Look for the “40 Events”
gleaming clothes, certainly angels, appeared to them and told them version. This picture can
that Jesus Christ had risen from the dead, just as He said He would. be used as you tell the
story. You may also want
• The women reported back to the apostles what they had seen and to post these pictures
heard but the apostles did not believe the women. around your classroom
• While the women remembered what Jesus said, the men didn’t. In to visually remind your
fact, Peter ran to the empty tomb and when he got there, he won- class of previous lessons
dered how this could happen. as you teach Adventures
in The Story of Hope.
• Then, Jesus appeared on a road to two people. He did not have an
imaginary body, like a ghost, because the disciples could touch Him ATSOH Bible Visual #33
and He ate food. Yet, He did not have a body like ours because He
was able to appear or disappear. He had a glorified, perfect body
which is immortal.
• When Jesus rose from the dead, He did what no other person had
ever done or will ever do. He conquered death. This is proof that He
is the great “Satan crusher” of Genesis 3:15.
• When Jesus rose from the dead, He showed His followers all the facts
from the Old Testament that He was indeed the Messiah.
• Because of His death and resurrection, the message of repentance
and forgiveness was to be proclaimed to the world by those who
believed His message.

Adventures in the Story of Hope Lesson Number 33

Teacher Guide ©Copyright 2012 Sow and Harvest International Page 279
 Teacher Notes

1 Begin the Lesson

Review and Game:
Twenty Questions
Review Questions from Lesson 13: Moses Leads His People
Using the names, objects
What did God ask Moses to do through the burning bush at Mt. Horeb? (Go and places from a previ-
to Pharaoh and tell him to let God’s people go) ous game (place them
all in the basket) ask one
How did God respond when Moses was afraid to go back to Egypt and talk to student to draw a piece of
Pharaoh? (I will be with you) paper. He will then tell
the class he has drawn a
Review Questions from Lesson 28: Miracles of Jesus person, place or thing.
Children will then take
Jesus knew when He left for Bethany (Lazarus’ home town) that Lazarus was turns asking yes or no
already dead. Why did He tell His disciples that He was glad He hadn’t been questions to try to iden-
there when He died? (so that they would believe) tify the answer. If after
20 questions no one has
What did Jesus mean when He said that anyone who believes in Him will guessed the correct an-
live, even if he dies? (Jesus was talking about eternal life for all who believe in swer, the student tells the
Him) answer.
Review Question from Lesson 29: Betrayal of Jesus Suggestions –People:
Joseph, Mary, Jesus, John
Why did Jesus go willingly with the soldiers? (He willingly submitted Him- the Baptist, Nicodemus,
self to God’s will) the Samaritan woman,
the rich man, Lazarus,
Review Questions from Lesson 30: Jesus Appears Before Unfair Judges Judas, Peter. Places:
Bethlehem, stable, shep-
What did Herod and his soldiers do when Jesus was brought before them? herd’s field, Jordan River,
(they mocked Him and dressed Him in royal clothes) the temple, Nazareth,
Jerusalem, Samaria,
What did the crowd say when Pilate told them he wanted to let Jesus go? tomb. Things: well,
(they shouted crucify Him, crucify Him) cross, manger (feeding
trough)
Review Questions from Lesson 31: The Crucifixion of Jesus

Who else was crucified with Jesus? (two criminals)

While waiting for the three men on the cross to die, how did the soldiers pass
their time? (they gambled for Jesus’ clothes)

Review Questions from Lesson 32: A Repentant Dying Thief

Lesson Number 33 Adventures in the Story of Hope

Page 280 Teacher Guide
Jesus was crucified between two criminals. What did the first one do to Jesus? Teacher Notes
(He mocked Him ... “You aren’t much of a Messiah! Come down from there.
Save us too!)

What did the criminal on the other side of Jesus say to the first criminal? (He
scolded him for talking like that to Jesus.)

2 Te a c h t h e L e s s o n
Introduction to Lesson 33: The Resurrection of Jesus

You cannot explain away the resurrection of Jesus Christ but some have tried.
How would you explain that Jesus Christ conquered death and rose from the
grave?

Te l l T h e S t o r y

Early Sunday morning, Mary Magdalene, Joanna (James’ mother), and some
other women brought the spices they had prepared to the tomb. They knew
that there was a huge stone in front of the tomb, too big for several strong men
to move. How would they be able to get in and put the spices on Jesus’ body?
When they got to the tomb, the stone had been rolled away! They walked right
in! But when they didn’t find their Master’s body inside, they were confused.

All of a sudden, two men in brilliant white clothing appeared. The women
were so afraid, they fell down in front of the angels.

“Why look for the Living One in a tomb? You won’t find Him here. He is alive,
risen from the dead! Don’t you remember? He told you back in Galilee that
He had to be killed on a cross by evil men and in three days rise.” They did
remember, so they left and told the disciples and everyone else the news. The
women kept trying to convince the apostles, but they didn’t believe a word.
They thought the women were crazy! Finally, John and Peter jumped up and
ran to the tomb. They crouched down and looked in. They saw grave clothes,
nothing else. They left confused, not sure of what had happened.

Mary went back to the tomb, too. Eyes filled with tears, she saw someone she
thought to be the gardener, but when the man said, “Mary,” she knew it was
Jesus. “Teacher!” she cried.
show ATSOH #33
“Now don’t hold on to me. Soon I will be going up to the Father. Go tell My
disciples this: ‘I am going up to My Father who is your Father, My God who is

Adventures in the Story of Hope Lesson Number 33

Teacher Guide Page 281
your God.’” Teacher Notes
So Mary told the disciples, “I saw the Lord!” and told them everything He said
to her.

That same day two of the disciples were walking the seven-mile trip to Em-
maus village. As they walked, they were talking about all the recent tragic
events. Jesus came up in the middle of their conversation and walked beside
them, but He kept them from recognizing Him.

“What are you talking about so intently as you walk?”

They stopped and just stood there, looking like they had lost their best friend.
Then one of the two, Cleopas, said, “Are you the only one who hasn’t heard
what’s been going on around here lately?”

“What has happened?”

“Jesus the Nazarene was a prophet from God. He did and said amazing things
because God blessed Him. All the people loved Him! But our high priests and
leaders betrayed Him, sentenced Him to death, and crucified Him. We had
hoped he was the Messiah and would deliver Israel. This is the third day since
they killed Him and now we are really confused! Some of our women went to
the tomb this morning and couldn’t find His body. They returned with a story
about angels who said Jesus was alive. Others went to see if it was true and
found the tomb empty as the women said, but—no Jesus.”

Jesus responded: “Can’t you see? Can’t you understand? Can’t you believe the
prophets? Didn’t the Messiah have to suffer and be glorified?” Then he ex-
plained everything the Scriptures taught about his life and ministry, starting
with Moses’ books (At the beginning!) and going through the Prophets’ books
(the end of God’s revealed word at that time).

Arriving at the entrance to Emmaus, Jesus acted as if He was going on to the

next town. The friends objected.

“Stay, eat with us. It’s late; daylight is gone.” So He went in and sat down at the
table with them. He took the bread; blessed, broke, and gave it to them. That’s
when they recognized Him! But as soon as they knew it was Him, they saw
Him no more—He disappeared.

Then the two of them couldn’t stop talking. “Wasn’t that amazing?” “My heart
was burning when He revealed the meaning of the Scriptures.” “Mine, too…”

Lesson Number 33 Adventures in the Story of Hope

Page 282 Teacher Guide
 Teacher Notes
Music
Final Days

Something to Proclaim

Sing “Final Days” and then sing the first two verses and choruses of
“Something to Proclaim” as was done in the last session. Do not move on to
the third verse. Instead, sing the first three verses of “Go and Tell the Story”
and teach verse four which ties Jesus’ birth and resurrection back to the ‘hope
lost’ in Genesis. This time, teach the bridge with a different lyric: “Hope lost,
such cost, what can be done? Hope found, grace abounds through God’s
Son!” This lyric is set apart until this lesson.

Bible Memory Activity

Write the memory verse
M e m o r y Ve r s e on the board and have
the students read it aloud
together. Next, erase one
Luke 24:6 - He is not here, but is risen! Remember how He spoke to you when or two words from the
He was still in Galilee. text and have the children
repeat the verse, filling in
the blank word as they go
along. Keep erasing one
or two words each time,
until all the words are
gone.

Bible Activity
Supplies needed: a stick
As Christians we celebrate one day of the year more than any other. Do you or pen or pencil, and a
know what day that is? Easter! Easter is the day when Jesus rose from the band-aid or stiff cloth to
dead. A rich man named Joseph asked to bury the body of Jesus. Friends wrap around the stick
brought spices to take care of the burial customs. The Jewish custom at that
time was to take strips of linen and wrap them around the body of a dead
person, and then the burial spices were poured over the strips of linen and
hardened in place like a plaster cast would on a broken arm today. Hold up
the stick (or pencil) and say, let’s pretend this stick is an arm or leg. If you
have a band-aid, wrap it around the stick with the sticky side OUT so that it
doesn’t stick to the stick. Tell the rest of the story, and when you get to the
part where the disciples found the grave clothes empty, slip the bandage off
the stick and hold it up so they can see the hollow area where the stick used
to be. The clothes were there, but Jesus was gone, He had risen!!

Adventures in the Story of Hope Lesson Number 33

Teacher Guide Page 283
 Teacher Notes
Craft

The Angel Rolled the Stone Away Craft

Materials:

Large paper plate

Black tempera paint
Brown or grey tempera paint
Brown paper lunch bag (or maybe two)
Scissors
White glue or a stapler
Paper plate

Instructions:

Take a paper plate and have the children paint or color the “bottom”
(underside) of the plate brown or gray, and the “top” black.

Put the two plates together and staple or glue the round edges with the black
side in.

It should be able to stand up with a space in the middle.

Cut a “doorway” and stick a picture of an angel at the back. You can use
pictures from old greeting cards or if your children are old enough you may
want to let them draw their own angel.

Then we make a stone by crumpling up a paper lunch bag and binding it with
masking tape. You can use two bags or a larger bag if you would like a larger
stone.
Then the children can roll the stone away from the door of the cave where
Jesus body was laid to find he is not there, but there is an angel to say he has
risen!

Lesson Number 33 Adventures in the Story of Hope

Page 284 Teacher Guide
 My Story of Hope
(1) The women bowed before the two men in white at Jesus’ open tomb. (2) The women ran back to tell Je-
sus’ followers the news (can write, ‘He’s alive’). (3) Peter ran to the tomb to see for himself. (4) Mary
went back to the garden and met Jesus (can write, ‘Mary’). (5) Mary told the disciples, “I saw the Master!”
(can write these words). (6) Jesus talks to two people on the road to Emmaus.

Adventures in the Story of Hope Lesson Number 33

Teacher Guide Page 285
 Teacher Notes
Coloring Book
Artwork at the end of the lesson can be used for coloring, either by the teacher
or by the student. Say, “This picture shows Jesus after He rose from the
dead. How did the large stone by the grave get rolled away?” Let the chil-
dren color the picture and discuss this question with you.

3 Review and Close

Questions

1. What did the women find when they went to the tomb early Sunday morn-
ing? (the tomb was empty)

2. What did they do when they realized Jesus was alive? (they went and told
the eleven disciples and everyone else)

3. Which of Jesus’ followers went to the tomb to see if it was really empty?
(Peter and John)

4. What did Jesus say to Mary when she saw him later at the tomb? (I am go-
ing up to my Father who is your Father, my God who is your God)

5. Why didn’t the two men on the road to Emmaus recognize Jesus? (He kept
them from recognizing Him)

6. How did Jesus explain to the men on the road to Emmaus why the Messiah
had to suffer and be glorified? (He started at the beginning with the books of
Moses and the prophets and used them to explain His life and ministry)

7. What happened right after the two people on the road to Emmaus recog-
nized Jesus? (He disappeared)

THEME: Jesus rose again. Jesus has power over death.

Lesson Number 33 Adventures in the Story of Hope

Page 286 Teacher Guide
 Teacher Notes

Apply the Lesson

If it were not for the resurrection, the Christian faith would be meaningless.
The truth of the resurrection is God’s guarantee that Jesus Christ has con-
quered death. Those who saw Him after He rose from the dead turned the
world upside down. Because of their belief that Jesus had conquered death and
rose from the dead, the followers of Jesus were able to do amazing and spec-
tacular things. Because of your faith that Jesus has risen from the dead, what
are some things that you think God wants you to do?

Eight essential truths emerge from the Bible’s Story of Hope. From this story
in the Bible, we learn that Jesus Christ rose from the dead and that we should
put our faith in Him because of that.

Adventures in the Story of Hope Lesson Number 33

Teacher Guide Page 287
34 The Ascension
of Jesus
1 Corinthians 15:3-8
Acts 1:6-11
THEME: Jesus returned to heaven to
prepare a place for believers.
Teacher Notes
Study the Lesson (before class) A beautiful full color pic-
ture of the artwork above
is available for purchase
• Psalm 16:10 and Isaiah 53:8-10 verify that Jesus Christ had to die for as a set through www.
our sins and be raised from the dead. [Link]/resources.
• The gospel is clearly stated in these verses: Jesus Christ died for our Look for the “40 Events”
sins, was buried, and rose again. version. This picture can
be used as you tell the
• The fact that He was buried verified His death. The fact that He was story. You may also want
seen by others verified His resurrection. to post these pictures
• The 500 brothers mentioned in 1 Corinthians 15 as having seen Jesus around your classroom
were those who received the Great Commission in Matthew 28:18-20 to visually remind your
and Acts 1:3-11. Since most of these were still alive when Paul wrote class of previous lessons
1 Corinthians, they could authenticate the resurrection and ascension as you teach Adventures
of Jesus. in The Story of Hope.

• Paul (Acts 9:3-6) and James (John 7:5 and Acts 11:14) probably both ATSOH Bible Visual #35
came to faith in Christ because of resurrection appearances by Jesus.
The resurrection of Jesus was not just a theoretical appearance by
those who wanted to have faith in Jesus.
• The people who believed in God were told to make disciples of all
the nations (Matthew 28:18-20). However, they were to wait for the
power of the Holy Spirit (Acts 1:8). The power of God was reserved
for those who would work for Him.
• The disciples wanted to know when His kingdom would come to
earth. But Jesus wanted His disciples to be witnesses of Him first. The
kingdom would come later, working for Him was a priority.

Adventures in the Story of Hope Lesson Number 34

Teacher Guide ©Copyright 2012 Sow and Harvest International Page 289
 Teacher Notes

1 Begin the Lesson

Review and Games: Yes
or No
Review Questions from Lesson 14: The Plagues and the Passover
Give each student a card
How did God convince Pharaoh to let His people go? (He sent ten plagues on that says ‘yes’ on one side
the land of Egypt that demonstrated His power over the false gods and de- and ‘no’ on the other.
stroyed the land) The teacher will then state
a Bible story fact (some-
What did God tell the Israelites to do to keep their firstborn from dying? (put times inserting wrong
the blood of a healthy, one year male lamb on the doorpost of their house) information). Use the
review questions to form
Review Questions from Lesson 29: Betrayal of Jesus your Bible story facts.
The students will then
What did Jesus mean when He held up the cup and said, “This is my blood hold up either the ‘yes’
of the covenant, which is poured out for many for the forgiveness of sins?” card (if they think it is
(Jesus was predicting that His body would be broken and His blood would be correct) or the ‘no’ side (if
shed…just as John the Baptist had said that Jesus was the Lamb of God who they think it is wrong).
takes away the sin of the world.)
Examples:
Where did Jesus and his followers (except Judas) go after the Passover meal?
(they went to the Garden of Gethsemane to pray) The angels guarded the
Garden of Eden entrance
Review Question from Lesson 30: Jesus Appears Before Unfair Judges on the west side. (no,
east)
Name at least two reasons that show that Jesus did not have a fair trial? (pos-
sible answers: the Jewish leaders determined that Jesus would be put to death Jesus rose from the dead
before the trial started, they got witnesses to lie about Jesus, they accused Him after three days. (yes)
of different crimes when they brought Him before the Roman governor, they
demanded that Jesus be crucified even when Pilate declared Him innocent,
they wanted to see a known criminal released rather than Jesus)

Review Questions from Lesson 31: The Crucifixion of Jesus

What did the sign hanging above Jesus’ head say? (This is Jesus, King of the
Jews)

What prayer did Jesus pray for those who took part in His crucifixion? (Fa-
ther, forgive them, for they do not know what they are doing)

Review Questions from Lesson 32: A Repentant Dying Thief

What did one of the criminals crucified with Jesus ask Jesus to do? (remem-

Lesson Number 34 Adventures in the Story of Hope

Page 290 Teacher Guide
ber me when You enter Your kingdom) Teacher Notes
How could Jesus tell this man he would be in paradise when he was a con-
demned criminal? (Jesus’ innocent blood paid the penalty for this man’s sins
as well as anyone who believes on Him)

Review Questions from Lesson 33: The Resurrection of Jesus

What did the women find when they went to the tomb early Sunday morning?
(the tomb was empty)

What did they do when they realized Jesus was alive? (they went and told the
eleven disciples and everyone else)

2 Te a c h t h e L e s s o n
Introduction to Lesson 34: The Ascension of Jesus

Jesus appeared several times to many people, over 500. What would have
been your response if you were one of those people? Would you be a person
of faith or a doubter? Why? or Why not?

Te l l T h e S t o r y

After His death, Jesus appeared to his followers several times in different set-
tings over a period of forty days, proving over and over the truth of his resur-
rection. At times He spoke one-on-one with friends. At times He ate meals
with them and talked about the kingdom of God. As they met and ate meals
together, He told them to stay in Jerusalem and wait for the Father’s promise.
“I told you about this promise before. John baptized with water; very soon
you will be baptized by the Holy Spirit.”
The last time they were together, Jesus’ followers asked Him, “Master, now are
you going to restore Israel’s kingdom? Is this the time?”
“That’s not something you need to know. The timing is all up to the Father.
But you will receive something special: the power of the Holy Spirit. When
He comes upon you, you will have the ability to be witnesses of what I did
and will continue to do. You will be my message carriers not only to people
in Jerusalem, but all over Judea, next door in Samaria, around the world and
back again!”

Adventures in the Story of Hope Lesson Number 34

Teacher Guide Page 291
Jesus was finished talking. He began to rise. His followers looked on, amazed! Teacher Notes
He continued to rise up into the sky, and before long, clouds covered Him.
His followers just stared up at the clouds, amazed. Would He appear again? show ATSOH #34
Would He come back down? They weren’t sure what to think.
Jesus passed into and through the clouds right up into heaven. Although
Jesus’ followers on the Mount of Olives were confused, He must have been
greeted with shouts and songs of praise as He returned to heaven.
On that day Jesus began a new ministry as High Priest forever in heaven.
Knowing what it was like to be a man with weaknesses and testing, having
experienced it all—all but the sin—Jesus could be the one and only mediator
between God and man. He was perfect man and holy God. That’s why we can
come to Him confidently to receive His mercy and grace.
Back on earth, Jesus followers looked back and forth across the sky, eyes
searching the clouds for another glimpse of Jesus, their feet glued in place.
They didn’t want to leave. Suddenly, out of nowhere, two men in white stood
beside them and spoke to them.
“O Galileans, why are you gazing at clouds? Jesus has gone to heaven—you
saw it happen! But one day He will return just like you saw him go.” So His
followers left the Mount of Olives and walked the half mile back to Jerusa-
lem.
Bible Memory Activity

Music Trace your foot on a piece

of paper. Make copies
of the footprint so you
Something to Proclaim have one for each word of
Go and Tell the Story the memory verse. Print
each word of the memory
verse on a footprint.
Sing the first two verses of “Something to Proclaim” and then teach verse
Arrange the prints in a
three. Notice that the resurrection and the ascension are both in this verse.
trail (in order), so that
Sing “Go and Tell the Story” with the four verses again as last time.
each child can step on the
word and say it, whereas
reading the whole verse
M e m o r y Ve r s e while following the trail.
You will want to tape the
1 Corinthians 15:3 - For I delivered to you first of all that which I also re- footprints to the floor so
ceived: that Christ died for our sins according to the Scriptures. that they do not move
as multiple children step
on them. If you plan to
use this memory verse
in subsequent years, you
can laminate them for
durability.

Lesson Number 34 Adventures in the Story of Hope

Page 292 Teacher Guide
 Teacher Notes
Bible Activity
Bring in a history book, if possible. Look at a historical event with which
your children would be familiar. (example: a political leader’s life, a war
in your country that happened many years ago, even a sporting event that
happened before the children were born, as long as it is something that is
accepted as fact by your students) Give some facts about the event you have
chosen, and then ask the children: Are these facts true or false? (true) How
do you know? (It is in the history books, records) How do you know that
these people got it right? (You have to trust them, they were there) Could
you write a book about this event yourself? (you could, but you would have
to do research to make sure you got the facts right) How about something
that happened at school in your class yesterday? Could you write a story
about that? (yes) Which one would be easier? (The event at school) Why?
BECAUSE YOU WERE THERE!! People that are eyewitnesses to an event
are the most believable. Let’s count up how many people in the Bible were
eyewitnesses when Jesus went back to heaven. (Read 1 Corinthians 15:3-8)

Craft
Materials:

Printed template page

Construction paper (optional) to give support to template page
Coloring crayons or markers
Glue
Cotton balls
Paper or card stock to make clouds
Yarn or string
Hole puncher (or do by hand)
Instructions:

Let the children color the picture of Jesus ascending. Have them cut out a
cloud and glue cotton onto the cloud. If you have enough cotton, they may
also glue some on the large picture. Punch a hole in the cloud and attach a
string that is just long enough to go from the cloud covering Jesus to a few
inches above the picture where you will make another hole. Pull the string
through the hole on the picture of Jesus and knot it in the back enough that it
will not pull through. You will then be able to move the cloud up and down.
(Another option instead of the string is to take a small thin strip of paper and

Adventures in the Story of Hope Lesson Number 34

Teacher Guide Page 293
fold it like a accordion. The ends of the strip of paper may then be glued to Teacher Notes
the cloud and a few inches above Jesus). This will enable the cloud to cover
and uncover Jesus.

Coloring Book
Artwork on the following page can be used for coloring, either by the teacher
or by the student. Say, “This picture shows Jesus when He was ascending
to His heavenly Father. What do you think the people who saw this were
thinking?” Let the children color the picture and discuss this question with
you.

Lesson Number 34 Adventures in the Story of Hope

Page 294 Teacher Guide
 My Story of Hope
(1) After His resurrection, Jesus ate meals with His friends. (2) Jesus rose up to heaven as His followers
watched. (3) He now sits at the right hand of God. (4) Two men in white asked Jesus’ followers why they
were staring up at the clouds. They told the people that one day Jesus would come back just as they saw
him go (can write, ’Why are you staring up at the clouds? Jesus will come back just as you saw Him go’).

Adventures in the Story of Hope Lesson Number 34

Teacher Guide Page 295
 Teacher Notes

3 Review and Close

1. How many days did Jesus stay on the earth after His resurrection? (forty
days)

2. John baptized with water. With what did Jesus baptize? (Holy Spirit)

3. Once the Holy Spirit had come upon the followers, what did Jesus say His
followers would have the ability to do? (be witnesses of what Jesus did and
would continue to do –they would be God’s message carriers throughout the
world)

4. From which mountain did Jesus rise up to heaven? (Mount of Olives)

5. On the day Jesus left the earth what was His new ministry? (High Priest –
mediator between God and man)

6. Jesus was a man who lived a perfect life, but He was more than a man.
What was/is He? (God)

7. What did the two men in white say to Jesus’ followers after He left the
earth? (He will return!)

THEME: Jesus returned to heaven to prepare a place for believers.

Apply the Lesson

The resurrection of Jesus Christ is a historical fact witnessed by over 500

people. The resurrection gave them great hope over their fears and doubts.
You should be filled with hope because of the resurrection of Jesus. What are
some ways that the resurrection of Jesus can give you hope over your fears and
doubts?

Eight essential truths emerge from the Bible’s Story of Hope. From this story
in the Bible, we learn that Jesus Christ went to heaven to prepare a place for
believers in Him. This kind of faith would give believers hope and life.

Lesson Number 34 Adventures in the Story of Hope

Page 296 Teacher Guide
35 Peter Proclaims
the Good News
Acts 2:22-36

THEME: The disciples of Jesus told other

people why they should trust Jesus.

Teacher Notes
Study the Lesson (before class) A beautiful full color pic-
ture of the artwork above
is available for purchase
• Peter told other people that the miracles of Jesus were God’s way of as a set through www.
verifying that Jesus is God. [Link]/resources.
• The crucifixion of Jesus was not an accident. It was God’s plan to Look for the “40 Events”
have Jesus die on the cross for the sins of all humans. version. This picture can
be used as you tell the
• Death could not keep its grip on Jesus and He conquered death. This story. You may also want
was another sign that Jesus was the Messiah. Peter told others that to post these pictures
death could not stop Jesus. around your classroom
• The body of Jesus was not left to rot in a grave. It was resurrected and to visually remind your
glorified. This verified the resurrection and ascension of Jesus. class of previous lessons
as you teach Adventures
• The prophecy of Psalm 16:8-11 verified the resurrection and ascen- in The Story of Hope.
sion of Jesus.
• The presence of “David’s tomb” in Acts 2:25-31 emphasizes that Da- ATSOH Bible Visual #35
vid was talking about someone else’s resurrection, not his own.
• The witnesses (verse 32) verified the resurrection and ascension of
Jesus.
• The supernatural events (verse 33) of Pentecost verified the resurrec-
tion and ascension of Jesus.
• The resurrection and ascension of Jesus verified that Jesus is David’s
greater Son (Psalm 110:1; Acts 2:34-35).
• The apostles spoke of seeing the resurrected Christ five different
times; (v. 32; 3:15; 5:32; 10:39-41; 13:30-31).

Lesson Number 35 Adventures in the Story of Hope

Page 298 ©Copyright 2012 Sow and Harvest International Teacher Guide
 Teacher Notes

1 Begin the Lesson

Review Questions from Lesson 15: The Israelites Leave Egypt Review and Games: Fill
in the Letters/Jumbled
What did the Israelites do when they saw Pharaoh and his army coming? Words
(they cried out in fear to the Lord and complained to Moses for bringing
them out into the wilderness to die by Pharaoh’s hand) People: Joseph, Mary,
Jesus, John the Baptist,
What did Moses say to the people when Pharaoh’s army had trapped them Nicodemus, the Samari-
in front of the Red Sea? (Do not be afraid. God will fight for you) tan woman, the rich man,
Lazarus, Judas, Peter.
Review Questions from Lesson 30: Jesus Appears Before Unfair Judges Places: Bethlehem,
stable, shepherd’s field,
What did Caiaphas do when Jesus told him that from now on he would see Jordan River, the temple,
the Son of Man coming on the clouds seated at God’s right hand? (he tore Nazareth, Jerusalem,
his robes and accused Jesus of blasphemy) Samaria, tomb. Things:
well, cross, manger (feed-
Name at least two reasons that show that Jesus did not have a fair trial? ing trough)
(possible answers: the Jewish leaders determined that Jesus would be put
to death before the trial started, they got witnesses to lie about Jesus, they Print Bible story words
accused Him of different crimes when they brought Him before the Roman on a white board or large
governor, they demanded that Jesus be crucified even when Pilate declared paper leaving out one or
Him innocent, they wanted to see a known criminal released rather than more letters.
Jesus)
Let students guess the
Review Question from Lesson 31: The Crucifixion of Jesus missing letters until the
word is complete. Or
What did Jesus’ enemies do as they watched Him dying on the cross? (they write Bible story words
mocked Him; “He saved others, why can’t He save himself?”) arranging the letters
incorrectly. Let students
Review Questions from Lesson 32: A Repentant Dying Thief guess the word.

What did Jesus cry out to His Father from the cross? (My God, My God, Examples:
why have You forsaken Me?)
Jer_s_lem
What happened to the temple curtain enclosing the Holy of Holies as Jesus slemjerua
neared death? (It tore in two)
M_ry
Review Questions from Lesson 33: The Resurrection of Jesus yram

Which of Jesus’ followers went to the tomb to see if it was really empty?
(Peter and John)

Adventures in the Story of Hope Lesson Number 35

Teacher Guide Page 299
What did Jesus say to Mary when she saw him later at the tomb? (I am going Teacher Notes
up to my Father who is your Father, my God who is your God)

Review Questions from Lesson 34: The Ascension of Jesus

How many days did Jesus stay on the earth after His resurrection? (forty
days)

John baptized with water. With what did Jesus baptize? (Holy Spirit)

2 Te a c h t h e L e s s o n
Introduction to Lesson 35: Peter Proclaims the Good News

Use the Bible activity on page 302 to introduce the lesson.

Te l l T h e S t o r y

Fifty days after Jesus’ death and resurrection, Jerusalem was busy again with
Jews from many different areas, who all spoke different languages. The special
feast of Pentecost had come and faithful Jews from all over the Mediterranean
world had come to Jerusalem to celebrate.

Jesus’ followers were all together in one place. Suddenly, just as Jesus prom-
ised, the Holy Spirit came upon each of them with a sound like a mighty wind
filling the building and what looked like tongues of fire over their heads. The
Holy Spirit enabled them to speak different languages.

The Jews that were celebrating the feast heard the sound and came running.
Arriving at the house, they each heard their language being spoken and were
amazed.

Heads spinning, confused and bewildered, they spoke with each other: “Aren’t
these all Galileans? How can we be hearing them talk in our own language?
They’re speaking our languages, describing God’s mighty works! What’s going
on here?”

Some didn’t seem to understand any of what was spoken (possibly those from
Jerusalem who spoke only Greek or Hebrew), so they joked, “They are drunk
on cheap wine.”

Lesson Number 35 Adventures in the Story of Hope

Page 300 Teacher Guide
Then the disciples stood up in front of the crowd. Peter stepped forward and Teacher Notes
quoted from the prophet Joel. He explained they were not drunk, but that the
Spirit of God was working in ways they had not seen before, but would be
common in the future. He went on: show ATSOH #35

“Listen carefully, Israel. The miracles and signs God did through Jesus the
Nazarene are common knowledge; they show God’s working through Him.
But according to God’s plan, He was betrayed by men who had their own
ideas about law, they handed Him over to you, and you killed Him, nailing
Him to a cross. But God freed Him from death’s grip; death couldn’t hold
Him. David prophesied about Jesus’ death on the cross in Psalm 16:8-11 &
Psalm 110:1. (Look up these verses and read them, or have the children read,
if possible)

“Make sure you understand this: God made Jesus (the Man you killed on a
cross) the Master and Messiah.”

The Holy Spirit used Peter’s message to get their attention. They knew he was
right so they asked, “Brothers, what should we do now?”

Peter answered, “It’s time for a change. Turn from your old ways to God. Then
be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ, to show your genuine faith in Him.
Your sins will be forgiven and you’ll receive the gift of the Holy Spirit.”

How exciting it must have been for Peter and the others when about three
thousand believed and were baptized that day!

Music
Something to Proclaim

Since Peter was proclaiming about Jesus’ death and resurrection, this story
inspired the idea to put all of these events into one song about the proclama-
tion.

Sing the entire song, “Something to Proclaim,” including the final verse and
the repeated chorus, “We have something to proclaim” after “He (Peter) had
something to proclaim. This brings it back to our personal responsibility to
proclaim.

Adventures in the Story of Hope Lesson Number 35

Teacher Guide Page 301
 Teacher Notes
M e m o r y Ve r s e Bible Memory Activity
Make a dice out of an old
Acts 2:36 - “Therefore let all the house of Israel know assuredly that God has box. Cover the sides and
made this Jesus, whom you crucified, both Lord and Christ.” write actions on each of
the sides instead of dots
on the dice. Examples:
jumping jacks, hold your
Bible Activity tongue, say it fast, spin
around, stand on one
Give each student a small card or piece of paper. Ask this question: “What foot, etc. Kids roll the
is the best news you could possibly think of?” Write your answer on your die and then have to say
card. (Get them started thinking with some ideas, if needed, such as the cure (or read) the verse while
for a disease, end of a war, favorite sports team won the big game, etc.) Now doing whatever the die
just think if that news were really true, and you were the first to know about tells them to do.
it! What would you want to do? (Tell people) Allow time for the children
to share what is on their paper. How exciting to be able to share wonderful
news with other people! That’s exactly how Peter felt so many years ago…..

Coloring Book
Artwork at the end of the lesson can be used for coloring, either by the teach-
er or by the student. Say, “This picture shows Peter telling other people
about Jesus. Do you think they believed Peter when he told them this?” Let
the children color the picture and discuss this question with you.

My Story of Hope
(1) Jesus’ followers were all together in one place in Jerusalem (can write ‘Je-
rusalem’) when suddenly, the Holy Spirit came upon them with a strong wind
and what looked like tongues of fire on their heads. They began to speak in
different languages. (2) The Jews that were in Jerusalem to celebrate the feast
heard the sound and came running. (3) The people were surprised to hear
them speaking their own language and some thought they were drunk, but
Peter told them that this was the work of the Holy Spirit. (4) Three thousand
believed and were baptized that day.

Lesson Number 35 Adventures in the Story of Hope

Page 302 Teacher Guide
 3 Review and Close

1. What happened to Jesus’ followers on the day of Pentecost when many people were in Jerusalem cel-
ebrating the Jewish Feast of Weeks? (they heard a great wind and saw what appeared to be tongues of fire
resting on their heads –the Holy Spirit had come upon them)

2. What miraculous thing were Jesus’ followers able to do when the Holy Spirit came upon them? (they
were able to speak in many different languages)

3. The people thought Jesus’ followers were drunk when they heard them speaking in many languages?
What did Peter say was really happening? (this was the Spirit of God working in them)

4. How did Peter explain Jesus’ betrayal, death on the cross, and resurrection from the dead? (it had all

Adventures in the Story of Hope Lesson Number 35

Teacher Guide Page 303
been part of God’s plan as prophesied by David. It was impossible for Jesus to Teacher Notes
be held by death’s power)

5. What two things did Jesus become through His death and resurrection?
(Master and Messiah)

6. How did Peter respond when the people asked, “What should we do? (turn
from your old ways to God and be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ)

7. How many people were saved and baptized on the day of Pentecost after
Peter’s message? (about three thousand)

THEME: The disciples of Jesus told other people why they should trust
Jesus.

Apply the Lesson

Because the followers of Christ firmly believed that Jesus had risen from the
dead, they told other people about Him and that they should put their faith
in Jesus Christ. Write down three names of your friends who you think need
to hear about Jesus Christ. Perhaps they need to put their faith in Him. Start
praying for them and trying to share Christ with them.

Eight essential truths emerge from the Bible’s Story of Hope. From this story
in the Bible, we learn that the disciples of Jesus put their faith in Jesus and
share boldly with others about faith in their resurrected Lord.

Lesson Number 35 Adventures in the Story of Hope

Page 304 Teacher Guide
36 The Return of Jesus
for Believers
John 14:1-3
1 Thess. 4:13-18
THEME: Jesus will return to take those who
have believed in Him.
Teacher Notes
Study the Lesson (before class) A beautiful full color pic-
ture of the artwork above
is available for purchase
• A major concern that the church at Thessalonica had was they want- as a set through www.
ed to know what happened to believers who had passed away or died. [Link]/resources.
• The church at Thessalonica had just been started and was under at- Look for the “40 Events”
tack for what they believed. version. This picture can
be used as you tell the
• Paul responded to the concerns of the people in this church: he did story. You may also want
not want them to be ignorant. Surely, God wanted these believers to to post these pictures
know what would happen to their loved ones. around your classroom
• There is absolutely no hope for those who are unbelievers. But, there to visually remind your
is great hope for those who are believers. In fact, believers are to class of previous lessons
encourage each other about this blessed hope that one day those of us as you teach Adventures
who know Christ will be with Him in heaven. in The Story of Hope.

• “Those who have fallen asleep” is not teaching a semi-conscious de- ATSOH Bible Visual #36
parture. Sleep is used to describe those who have departed from this
world.
• Departed believers are with the Lord. No one has to wonder where
they are.
• Those believers who are living on the earth when Jesus Christ returns
will immediately rise to the clouds to be with the Lord when He
comes.
• When the Lord comes back, He will issue a loud command accom-
panied by the sound of a trumpet. The dead in Christ will rise first,
then those who are alive with follow.

Lesson Number 36 Adventures in the Story of Hope

Page 306 ©Copyright 2012 Sow and Harvest International Teacher Guide
 Teacher Notes

1 Begin the Lesson

Review and Games: Co-
operative Story
Review Questions from Lesson 16: The Ten Commandments
Teacher: you may choose
God gave the Israelites a whole system of laws to help them know how to
to have the students tell
worship and obey Him. What do we call the main part of God’s law? (the
the story beginning with
Ten Commandments)
lesson 21 (Birth of Jesus)
or begin at a later lesson,
Name one of the three promises God made to the Israelites if they would
such as lesson 29 (Betray-
obey His commandments (covenant). (They would be His treasured posses-
al of Jesus).
sion, a kingdom of priests, and a holy nation).

Review Questions from Lesson 31: The Crucifixion of Jesus

What did the sign hanging above Jesus’ head say? (This is Jesus, King of the
Jews)

What prayer did Jesus pray for those who took part in His crucifixion? (Fa-
ther, forgive them, for they do not know what they are doing)

Review Question from Lesson 32: A Repentant Dying Thief

Who took Jesus’ body down from the cross and buried it in a brand new
tomb? (Joseph of Arimathea)

Review Questions from Lesson 33: The Resurrection of Jesus

Why didn’t the two people on the road to Emmaus recognize Jesus? (He
kept them from recognizing Him)

How did Jesus explain to the people on the road to Emmaus why the Mes-
siah had to suffer and be glorified? (He started at the beginning with the
books of Moses and the prophets and used them to explain His life and
ministry)

Review Questions from Lesson 34:

Once the Holy Spirit had come upon the followers, what did Jesus say His
followers would have the ability to do? (be witnesses of what Jesus did and
would continue to do –they would be God’s message carriers throughout the
world)

Adventures in the Story of Hope Lesson Number 36

Teacher Guide Page 307
From what mountain did Jesus rise into heaven? (Mount of Olives) Teacher Notes
Review Questions from Lesson 35:

What happened to Jesus’ followers on the day of Pentecost when many people
were in Jerusalem celebrating the Jewish Feast of Weeks? (they heard a great
wind and saw what appeared to be tongues of fire resting on their heads –the
Holy Spirit had come upon them)

What miraculous thing were Jesus’ followers able to do when the Holy Spirit
came upon them? (they were able to speak in many different languages)

2 Te a c h t h e L e s s o n
Introduction to Lesson Lesson 36:

Use the Bible activity on page 310 to introduce the lesson.

Te l l T h e S t o r y

The night before Jesus died, He told His followers He would be leaving, but
would also come back, and take His followers with Him: “I know you are
afraid, but don’t be! You trust God. Now trust Me. There is plenty of room for
you in My Father’s home, you can be sure of that. But I’m going now—My-
self—to get your rooms ready. Then I’ll come back and get you so you can be
with Me.”

Over the next few days, Jesus died on a cross, was buried, and rose again. For
forty days after that, He talked, ate, and walked with His followers until He
went up to heaven.

So now we wait. Jesus’ helpers wrote about “waiting for our blessed hope,”
God’s “Son from heaven,” the “Savior, the Lord Jesus Christ.” But what does
that mean, to wait?

I remember waiting with my sister for our father to come home from work.
We would always wait for him to eat supper together. Sometimes I was lazy.
I would wait sprawled out on the couch, watching television. But as soon as I
heard my father coming up to the house, whistling as he came, I would jump
up, turn off the TV, straighten what I could as quickly as I could and greet him
cheerily as he walked in the door—not the best type of “waiting.” However,
when I was eager for his arrival because we had something planned, I would

Lesson Number 36 Adventures in the Story of Hope

Page 308 Teacher Guide
be up around the house, getting ready and eagerly waiting. This is the kind of Teacher Notes
waiting Jesus expects of us.

But it’s been over 2000 years since Jesus said He would return. Does He really
expect us to be about His work, eagerly looking for His return? Well, how
many years passed from the time when Isaiah spoke of Immanuel coming
to earth until Jesus was born? (700 years) Or between the time David wrote
Messianic Psalms until the Messiah came? (1000 years) How many years went
by between God’s promise to Abraham that all nations would be blessed by
his Descendent and the promise was fulfilled? (more than 2000 years) Or
from when God first promised a Satan-Conqueror until Jesus went to the
cross? (thousands of years!) One of Jesus’ followers, Peter, helps us understand
as he writes: “Don’t forget, friends: for God, one day is as good as a thousand
years, a thousand years as a day. God isn’t ‘taking His time in fulfilling His
promises’—His timing is perfect.”

But while we are waiting, some of our friends and family are dying. What
about them? Jesus’ followers asked that question. Paul, one of Jesus’ messen-
gers, remembered Jesus’ thoughts the night before He died (He left, but He’s
coming back to take us with Him):

“Don’t worry about those who have died while waiting; we don’t cry like those
who don’t have hope. In fact, they will be ahead of us. Since Jesus died and
rose again, we believe that Jesus will bring with Him those who have already
died believing. At the end of the age, Jesus will descend from heaven with
a loud shout. As He comes down from heaven, the dead will be raised first.
Then we who are still living will catch up to them in the clouds to meet our
Lord Jesus. What a wonderful day that will be! We can encourage each other
Show ATSOH #36
with this message.

Adam’s sin brought death. Jesus’ life, death and resurrection brought life.
Because of Jesus, we won’t all die. On that day when Jesus comes, the dead,
rotting bodies of believers will become new ones that will never die. In a flash
our bodies will be transformed from fragile, sinful bodies to pure, perfect
bodies.

Music
What the Future Holds

Since verse one of the next song, “What the Future Holds” deals with both
lessons thirty-six and thirty-seven, use this song time as a review of several of
the songs, possibly singing through all of them right from the beginning. Tell
the kids that in two weeks they will learn another new song.

Adventures in the Story of Hope Lesson Number 36

Teacher Guide Page 309
 Teacher Notes
M e m o r y Ve r s e Bible Memory Activity
1 Thessalonians 4:13 - But I do not want you to be ignorant, brethren, con- Prepare six small pieces
cerning those who have fallen asleep, lest you sorrow as others who have no of paper, two with the
hope. number 1, two with the
number 2, and two with
the number 3. Fold the
Bible Activity papers so the numbers
do not show. Put them in
a basket for students to
Have you ever been at home while your parents were at work, or gone
draw from later. Write
somewhere for a few hours? Let’s imagine that you are home on a Saturday the words of the verse on
afternoon, and your mom told you that you had a few jobs to do while she the board, and have an
was gone. (Make up a list of jobs that would be appropriate for your class) eraser ready.
Not only that, but she said that you must complete all the jobs before you
are allowed to play any games, watch TV, read a book, or anything else. You Repeat the verse a
know that she will be gone ALL afternoon, because she has lots of shop- couple times. Then let a
ping to do, and also she is going to visit your grandmother for a while. You student select one of the
think: “there is a TV show I really want to watch, and if I do ALL these jobs numbered papers. The
first, I will miss it. I could do some of the jobs, just until time for the show, number indicates he may
and after the show I will finish the jobs.” So….even though your mother has erase that many words.
given you very specific instructions, you decide that you know best, and you Then have the class say
the verse but when they
do one job, then sit down to watch TV. The program lasts for an hour, so
get to an erased word,
you should have plenty of time before your mom gets home. All of a sud- they should all stand and
den, when the show is only half over, you hear the front door open, and in say it.
walks your mom!!! Oh no!!! There you are, watching TV, and most of your
jobs still are unfinished! Imagine the surprise and disappointment on your Let another student
mom’s face when she realizes you have disobeyed her. Then imagine YOUR choose a numbered paper,
surprise and disappointment to hear what she has to say: “I’m so sorry that erase additional words,
you have disobeyed me and not finished your work. I’m also sorry that you and repeat the process
will not be able to go over to your best friend’s house for the rest of the day.” of saying the verse and
What??!! I didn’t know about that! I know you didn’t, says your mom. I saw standing for missing
his/her mom at the store and she invited you to come over. They are having words. Continue until
a big party with lots of food, games, and later they are going swimming. I all words are erased or
there are no papers left to
told her that I would come right home to get you, and then go visit grandma
choose.
afterwards. But since you chose to disobey, now you will have to stay here
and finish your jobs.

If only you had known when your mom would return, you would have been
ready! But wait! You should have been ready anyway, because you had your
instructions. That is a little bit like Jesus’ return to earth someday. Listen.
Listen. (Begin to tell the story.)

Lesson Number 36 Adventures in the Story of Hope

Page 310 Teacher Guide
 Coloring Book
Artwork at the end of the lesson can be used for coloring, either by the teacher or by the student. Say,
“This picture shows Jesus returning for believers. What do you think it will be like when Jesus takes
believers to heaven?” Let the children color the picture and discuss this question with you.

My Story of Hope
Jesus will return from heaven for all believers with a thunderous command and the sound of a trumpet, the
dead will rise first (the larger people came from the graves on the left). Then all who are still living will go
to meet Him in the air.

Adventures in the Story of Hope Lesson Number 36

Teacher Guide Page 311
 Teacher Notes

3 Review and Close

1. The night before Jesus died what did He tell His followers He was going to
do after He left them? (get our rooms ready for us with the Father)

2. Just before Jesus ascended to heaven He asked His followers to wait for His
return. What do we sometimes call this “waiting”? (the Blessed Hope)

3. How does Jesus want us to wait? (eagerly looking for His return as we are
busy doing His work)

4. About how many years has it been since Jesus rose to heaven? (about 2000)

5. Has Jesus forgotten His promise to return for all believers? (No, a thousand
years is as one day to Jesus and He will return, just as He fulfilled all His other
promises, in His perfect time)

6. How does Paul describe Jesus’ return for believers? (We will hear a shout
along with the trumpet of God and the dead in Christ will rise first followed by
those who are alive)

7. On that glorious day when Jesus returns for believers, how will our bodies
be changed? (from fragile, sin cursed bodies to pure, immortal bodies)

THEME: Jesus will return to take those who have believed in Him.

Apply the Lesson

The final five events of Adventures in The Story of Hope take place in the
future. Up until now, we have studied Bible history. But now we move from
Bible history (past events) to Bible prophecy (future events). As we look to the
future, how can we show God that we have faith in Him right now?

Eight essential truths emerge from the Bible’s Story of Hope. From this story
in the Bible, we learn that the disciples of Jesus put their faith in Jesus and
share boldly with others about faith in their resurrected Lord.

Lesson Number 36 Adventures in the Story of Hope

Page 312 Teacher Guide
37 The Return of Jesus
as King
Revelation 19:11-19
Revelation 20:1-6
THEME: Jesus will return to rule the earth
with those who have believed on Him.
Teacher Notes
Study the Lesson (before class) A beautiful full color pic-
ture of the artwork above
is available for purchase
• The second coming of Christ to the earth is a well established doc- as a set through www.
trine throughout Scripture (Pss. 2:1-9; 24:7-10; 96:10-13; 110; Isa. [Link]/resources.
9:6-7; Jer. 23:1-8; Ezek. 37:15-28; Dan. 2:44-45; 7:13-14; Hosea 3:4-5; Look for the “40 Events”
Amos 9:11-15; Micah 4:7; Zech. 2:10-12; 12; 14:1-9; Matt. 19:28; version. This picture can
24:27-31; 25:6, 31-46; Mark 13:24-27; Luke 12:35-40; 17:24-37; 18:8; be used as you tell the
21:25-28; Acts 1:10-11; 15:16-18; Rom. 11:25-27; 2 Thes. 2:8; 2 Peter story. You may also want
3:3-4; Jude 14-15; Rev. 1:7-8; 2:25-28; 16:15; 22:20). to post these pictures
• The second coming is a literal event that has not taken place yet. around your classroom
to visually remind your
• The rapture, which was talked about in the last lesson, is not the same class of previous lessons
as this event. None of the details of the second coming are the same as you teach Adventures
as those of the rapture. In the rapture, Christ is never said to come in The Story of Hope.
to the earth. The passages of the second coming have Christ actually
setting His feet on the earth and ruling from the earth. ATSOH Bible Visual #37
• The white horse is symbolic of coming triumph. The rider of the
horse is named Faithful and True, it could only be the Lord Jesus.
• The eyes of Jesus are like blazing fire tells us that He is coming to
judge sin. The many titles and crowns that He is wearing means that
He has the authority to judge sin.
• When Christ returns to the earth, He will lock up Satan for one thou-
sand years so that Satan will not deceive the nations anymore.
• Satan will be unbound for a brief period of time at the end of Christ’s
rule on earth with believers.

Lesson Number 37 ©Copyright 2012 Sow and Harvest International Adventures in the Story of Hope
Page 314 Teacher Guide
 Teacher Notes

1 Begin the Lesson

Review and Games:
Review Questions from Lesson 17: Worship in the Wilderness Move to the Head of the
Class
What does God say is the penalty for sin? (death)
Students sit in chairs or
Why must blood be shed to pay for sin? (without the shedding of blood, there on the floor all facing the
is no forgiveness of sin) same direction. If the
student answers a ques-
Review Question from Lesson 32: A Repentant Dying Thief tion correctly he moves
up one position. If he
Who took Jesus’ body down from the cross and buried it in a brand new answers wrong he goes to
tomb? (Joseph of Arimathea) back of the row.

What did one of the criminals crucified with Jesus ask Jesus to do? (remember me
when You enter Your kingdom)

Review Question from Lesson 33: The Resurrection of Jesus

What happened right after the two men on the road to Emmaus recognized
Jesus? (He disappeared)

Review Questions from Lesson 34: The Ascension of Jesus

On the day Jesus left the earth what was His new ministry? (High Priest –me-
diator between God and man)

6. Jesus was a man who lived a perfect life, but He was more than a man.
What was/is He? (God)

Review Questions from Lesson 35: Peter Proclaims the Good News

The people thought Jesus’ followers were drunk when they heard them speak-
ing in many languages? What did Peter say was really happening? (this was
the Spirit of God working in them)

How did Peter explain Jesus’ betrayal, death on the cross, and resurrection
from the dead? (it had all been part of God’s plan as prophesied by David. It
was impossible for Jesus to be held by death’s power)

Review Questions from Lesson 36: The Return of Jesus for Believers

Adventures in the Story of Hope Lesson Number 37

Teacher Guide Page 315
The night before Jesus died, what did He tell His followers he was going to do Teacher Notes
after He left them? (get our rooms ready for us with the Father)

Just before Jesus ascended to heaven He asked His followers to wait for His
return. What do we sometimes call this “waiting”? (the Blessed Hope)

2 Te a c h t h e L e s s o n
Introduction to Lesson 37: The Return of Jesus as King

Use the Bible activity starting on page 317 to introduce the lesson.

Te l l T h e S t o r y

God’s prophets often spoke and wrote about “The Day of the Lord” referring
to a long period of time of God’s judgment and setting up of His Kingdom on
earth. We use ‘day’ in a similar manner. My father would say, “In my day…”
and go on about something back in the ‘good old days.’ When speaking about
the late 1700’s we might say, “In George Washington’s day people didn’t have
refrigerators…”
The Day of the Lord begins with the Great Tribulation and continues for
many years after that (through the Millennium). But after the Great Tribula-
tion and before the millennial reign of Christ, something will happen that
is described in the Bible as “on that day.” That’s when Jesus will come “with
power and great glory.” Listen: (Tell the story, looking up and pointing. Fol-
low “the action” with your eyes. Use hands to gesture. Ex. “filling the sky” -
Show ATSOH #37
spread arms)
“Look, the heavens are opening! A rider called “Faithful and True” is coming
to earth on a white horse with His armies to judge and make war. No one can
miss it—He and His armies are filling the sky! This is the King of Kings and
Lord of Lords, the Word of God who died and rose from the dead. His eyes
are blazing! He sees right through to our hearts.
“But look, He is coming to protect the inhabitants of Jerusalem. He is open-
ing a fountain to wash them clean from sin. He is fighting their enemies—the
godless nations who fought against Jerusalem—and His people will share in
the victory of the battle.
“High in the sky against the sun, a winged creature—I guess it’s an angel—is
calling out: ‘Come to God’s great supper! Feast on kings and leaders of all
sizes and their horses.’” To whom is he calling? The birds?
Adventures in the Story of Hope
Page 316 Teacher Guide
Lesson Number 37
Now there will be a bad man serving Satan on earth—a world leader during Teacher Notes
the time of the Great Tribulation— who has gathered his army from among
all the kings and armies of the earth. They plan to fight against Jesus!
Bible Memory Activity
“But Jesus speaks and the nations are struck down! The beast and his false Use six pieces of paper
prophet are captured and thrown into the Lake of Fire. All the rest are slain for this method. On page
by the word of the one called “Faithful and True.” Now come the birds. They one print the words of the
are feasting freely on the flesh of the armies of the beast.” verse large enough to fill
the page. On page two re-
“Oh, the earth is shaking—it’s an earthquake! Act like it is difficult to stand. duce the size of the letters
The mountain to the east of Jerusalem is splitting in two! Half of the moun- a little. Continue reducing
tain is moving to the north and half to the south. Look! King Jesus is de- the size of the letters on
scending on His horse to what is left of the Mount of Olives. He’s climbing each page until the letter-
down from His horse and standing before His conquered enemies. What ing on the sixth page is
shouts of victory from His hosts! What a day! The Son of Man has come in very little. To do this with
power and great glory! a computer, simply change
the font size, starting at
about 78 and ending close
Music to ten.

Teach verse 1 of “What the Future Holds”. Use the page with the larg-
est print as you introduce
and explain the verse.
When you reach the step
M e m o r y Ve r s e where you are to repeat
the words ask the student,
Revelation 20:6 - Blessed and holy is he who has part in the first resurrection. “How’s your vision? I’m
Over such the second death has no power, but they shall be priests of God and going to give you an eye
of Christ, and shall reign with Him a thousand years. test.” Let them stand up
and read it together. Then
they sit down. While
showing the second largest
print say, “Stand up if you
Bible Activity can read this!” They will!
Let them be seated, show
Before class, make 3 signs. On the first one, in big letters, write “Wellington.” the next smallest size and
On the second write “defeated.” On the third, write “Napoleon.” Give the say a bit skeptically. “Stand
signs to 3 different children, and instruct them as to when they should hold if you can read this!” Re-
up their sign. peat this process until you
get to the smallest letter-
Say this: “The year was 1815, and France was fighting with much of Europe ing. The children will have
for domination. There was a fierce battle between the army of Wellington learned the words and
and the army of Napoleon. This battle would prove to be the biggest turning thoroughly enjoy thinking
point of the war. On the one side, the European allied nations were trying to that they’re fooling you by
hold on to the land they called their own. On the other hand, Napoleon was “reading” the small print.
still on the offensive. The battle was long and hard, and on the other side of

Adventures in the Story of Hope Lesson Number 37

Teacher Guide Page 317
a river where the battle was taking place, a group of people waited to find Teacher Notes
out what the outcome of the battle had been. The signal would come from
flashes of light that were sent in a code. Finally the signal started to come
through! One by one the letters were spelled out: ‘W-e-l-l-i-n-g-t-o-n’ (Have
the first child hold up his/her sign) “Here comes the next word! ‘D-e-f-e-a-
t-e-d’ (Have the second child hold up their sign) Just then a thick fog settled
in over the river, and no more lights could be seen. OH NO!! Wellington had
been defeated, they thought. It’s all over, Napoleon will come and take us as
prisoners and there is no one to defend us! But wait! The fog had lifted, and
the signal came again: ‘W-e-l-l-i-n-g-t-o-n’ (Have the first child hold up their
sign) “Here comes the next word! “D-e-f-e-a-t-e-d” (Have the second child
hold up their sign) ‘N-a-p-o-l-e-o-n’ (Have the third child hold up his/her
sign) YESSS!!! Wellington had DEFEATED Napoleon!! The whole mean-
ing changed when they saw the rest of the message! At first, they thought
that Wellington (their leader) had been defeated by Napoleon, but then they
learned the end of the message, THEY HAD WON!!!!”

Many times, it looks like Satan is winning in this sinful world, but don’t give
up, don’t be fooled! We know the end of the message from God’s word – God
Wins!!!

Coloring Book
Artwork at the end of the lesson can be used for coloring, either by the
teacher or by the student. Say, “This picture shows Jesus returning to earth
on a white horse. Watching Jesus Christ rule the earth will be great, won’t
it? Why will this be a great event?” Let the children color the picture and
discuss this question with you.

My Story of Hope
(1) Jesus, called Faithful and True, is coming to earth on a white horse with
His armies to fight the godless nations who fought against Jerusalem. High in
the sky against the sun, a winged creature is calling out, “Come to God’s great
supper!” (2) An earthquake splits the Mount of Olives east of Jerusalem in
two as King Jesus comes down on his horse.

Lesson Number 37 Adventures in the Story of Hope

Page 318 Teacher Guide
 3 Review and Close
Questions

1. What is the Day of the Lord? (a period of time of God’s judgment and the setting up of His kingdom on
earth)

2. When will the Day of the Lord begin and end? (It will begin at the Great Tribulation and end after the
millennium –thousand year reign of Christ.)

3. In what two ways will Jesus return before the millennium? (with power and glory)

4. When Jesus returns, He will be called by what two names? (Faithful and True)

Adventures in the Story of Hope Lesson Number 37

Teacher Guide Page 319
5. When Jesus returns to the earth, He will protect the people living in what Teacher Notes
city? (Jerusalem)

6. In the great battle against Satan, where will the beast and the false prophet
be thrown? (the lake of fire)

7. What will split the Mount of Olives when Jesus comes to stand once more
in the holy city of Jerusalem? (earthquake)

THEME: Jesus will return to rule the earth with those who have believed
on Him.

Apply the Lesson

Jesus will return to the earth to rule with those who have believed on Him. If
Jesus wanted to count on you now, what are two or three things you know that
He could depend on you to do? What are two or three things you know He
could not depend on you to do?

Eight essential truths emerge from the Bible’s Story of Hope. From this story
in the Bible, we learn that Jesus will come back to the earth to rule with believ-
ers.

Lesson Number 37 Adventures in the Story of Hope

Page 320 Teacher Guide
 38 The Final Doom of
Satan
Revelation 20:7-10

THEME: Satan will be cast into the

Lake of Fire forever.
Teacher Notes
Study the Lesson (before class) A beautiful full color pic-
ture of the artwork above
is available for purchase
• The millennium, the rule and reign of Jesus Christ on earth for 1000 as a set through www.
years will follow His second coming to earth. It will be a time of great [Link]/resources.
blessing. Look for the “40 Events”
version. This picture can
• At the end of the 1000 years, Satan will be loosed from his prison and
be used as you tell the
he will try to deceive the nations into following him instead of Jesus
story. You may also want
Christ.
to post these pictures
• Satan’s release will produce a worldwide rebellion against the earthly around your classroom
rule of Jesus Christ. The armies involved in this last battle are so large to visually remind your
in number that they are described “like the sand on the seashore”. class of previous lessons
as you teach Adventures
• Many will profess salvation in Jesus Christ during His 1000 year reign.
in The Story of Hope.
But when Satan is released, the shallowness of their profession will
cause them to be deceived.
ATSOH Bible Visual #38
• In this final battle, nations will come from all directions. Gog and Ma-
gog may be a reference to those who will lose the battle.
• The armies will surround the city which God loves, Jerusalem. The
result is immediate fire coming down from heaven.
• After Satan’s followers are destroyed, Satan and his angels will be
thrown into the Lake of Fire. In the Lake of Fire, they will experience
eternal torment.
• The lake of burning sulfur is not annihilation because the beast and
the false prophet are there and have been there for about 1000 years
after their final judgment.

Lesson Number 38 Adventures in the Story of Hope

Page 322 ©Copyright 2012 Sow and Harvest International Teacher Guide
 Teacher Notes

1 Begin the Lesson

Review and Games:
Who’s Am I?
Review Questions from Lesson 18: Bronze Serpent
Write the names of all
Why did God send poisonous snakes to bite the Israelites in the wilderness? the Bible characters that
(they told Moses they had no water and hated the miserable food) have been studied thus
far on small pieces of
What was the ‘miserable food’ the Israelites were complaining about? (man- paper and place them in
na that God had sent to them faithfully from heaven) a basket. Ask one stu-
dent to draw a piece of
Review Questions from Lesson 33: The Resurrection of Jesus paper and, pretending to
be that person, state one
What did Jesus say to Mary when she saw him later at the tomb? (I am going fact about him/her. The
up to My Father who is your Father, My God who is your God) student continues giv-
ing facts until someone
How did Jesus explain to the men on the road to Emmaus why the Messiah guesses correctly. Where
had to suffer and be glorified? (He started at the beginning with the books of Am I? and What Am I?
Moses and the prophets and used them to explain His life and ministry) can be played in a similar
manner by changing the
Review Question from Lesson 34: The Ascension of Jesus names to places or ob-
jects.
What did the two men in white say to Jesus’ followers after He left the earth?
(He will return!) Examples: Who Am I?

Review Questions from Lesson 35: Peter Proclaims the Good News • I am a man from the
Old Testament.
What two things did Jesus become through His death and resurrection?
(Master and Messiah) • I had an older brother
and sister.
How did Peter respond when the people asked, “What should we do? (turn
from your old ways to God and be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ)

Review Questions from Lesson 36: The Return of Jesus for Believers

How does Jesus want us to wait? (eagerly looking for His return as we are
busy doing His work)

About how many years has it been since Jesus rose to heaven? (about 2000)

Review Questions from Lesson 37: The Return of Jesus as King

What is the Day of the Lord? (a period of time of God’s judgment and the

Adventures in the Story of Hope Lesson Number 38

Teacher Guide Page 323
setting up of His kingdom on earth) Teacher Notes
When will the Day of the Lord begin and end? (it will begin at the Great
Tribulation and go through the millennium –thousand year reign of Christ)

2 Te a c h t h e L e s s o n
Introduction to Lesson 38: The Final Doom of Satan

The Bible records for us the beginning of the world and the end of the world.
In the beginning, it appears that Satan is victorious. In the end, he is de-
feated definitively. Based on what you have learned during our stories, tell us
whether you are a follower of Satan or are you a follower of God? How does
one become a follower of God?

Te l l T h e S t o r y

See if you can figure out who I am describing:

From pure and innocent to evil and deceiving.

From unequaled beauty to appearance of beauty, but truly devilish ugliness.

From worshiping God and seeing His glory to suffering eternal torment in the
Lake of Fire.

That’s Satan, from beginning to end. God created him as one of the smartest,
most beautiful, creatures of all. But he became proud; he wanted to be like
God; he wanted to take God’s place. So he was thrown out; cast down from
his high position, taking other angels with him. At that point God prepared a
place of eternal fire for him and his followers.

Then Satan began to tempt mankind. He started with Eve in the Garden and
won’t quit until God judges him once and for all. After Satan tempted Eve in
the form of a serpent, God cursed him and declared war between Satan and
the woman. He told Satan that a descendant from the woman would deal the
crushing death blow to him.

That one Who would conquer Satan came, born of a woman in Palestine at
just the right time. His name was Jesus. He didn’t fail when tempted by Satan.
He completely and perfectly resisted all of Satan’s temptations. These tempta-

Lesson Number 38 Adventures in the Story of Hope

Page 324 Teacher Guide
tions were designed specifically for Jesus, and were aimed directly at Him. Teacher Notes
Many times during His life on earth Jesus showed that He was more powerful
than Satan and his demons by casting them out of people they possessed.

Then, on an historic day outside Jerusalem, Jesus dealt the crushing deathblow
that the prophets had told about hundreds of years earlier. He gave His life to
free all mankind from Satan’s power. That’s why He came to earth: to put an
end to Satan’s works. You see, since we are made of flesh and blood, it makes
sense that Jesus took on flesh and blood; became a man. His death was the
only way to rescue us. By dying, He cancelled out any power Satan had over
death and freed us from death.

During the Millennium (the 1,000 years when Jesus will reign on earth), Satan
will be bound. Imagine that, bound for one thousand years and not able to
influence mankind during that time. How wonderful that will be!

But at the end of that time, Satan will be let loose one last time. Think of it: he
will certainly be frustrated and angry and ready to attack with one thousand
years’ worth of evil plans and revenge. In a moment he will soar from his pris-
on to launch his plan to deceive the nations—what he had done for centuries
before. Satan will search all over the earth for people who would be enemies of
God. He will convince them to go to war against God, gathering the greatest
human army ever—millions and millions of them. They will attack Jerusalem.

But as soon as Satan and his army arrive, fire will come from Heaven and burn
up the armies. From among the smoldering, stinking bodies, Satan, the one
who deceived them, will be whisked away and thrown into Fire and Brimstone
Lake, where his servants, the Beast and False Prophet, will already be suffering.
There they will continue in agony forever.

Music
What the Future Holds

Teach the chorus and first verse of “What the Future Holds.” The chorus asks
the question, “What does the future hold for believers, unbelievers, and the
world?” which began to be dealt with in the previous lesson (believers). After
learning this new song, review other songs as time allows.

Adventures in the Story of Hope Lesson Number 38

Teacher Guide Page 325
 Teacher Notes
M e m o r y Ve r s e Bible Memory Activity
Learn the verse in
Revelation 20:10 - The devil, who deceived them, was cast into the lake of fire
phrases. Have the
and brimstone where the beast and the false prophet are. And they will be students form a circle
tormented day and night forever and ever. and give a soft ball or
object to someone to
begin the game. The first
Bible Activity person will say the first
phrase and toss the ball
Have you ever gone fishing? How do you know what kind of bait to put on to someone else. The
your hook? (worms, other little fish, etc. – the point you need to get the chil- second student says the
dren to see is that you have to use bait that is appealing to the fish you want first phrase and adds the
to catch) Expert fishermen know just the right bait that will “catch” the fish second phrase, and then
they want. What if you put a piece of valuable jewelry on the hook? Would tosses the ball to another
the fish really want to bite it? How about a bottle of wine, do you think they to repeat the process until
would go for that? (of course not!) But what if, instead of you going fishing, the verse is completed.
Repeat several times.
it was the devil looking to “Catch” someone, and that someone was not a
fish, but a person? What kind of “bait” would the devil use? Not a worm, for
sure! He would choose something that would tempt the person, like expen-
sive jewelry, or alcohol, or fame, or something else. From the beginning of
time, when he tempted Adam and Eve in the garden, he has been a deceiver,
and even at the end of time, he hasn’t changed his ways. Let’s see what that
old serpent is up to at the end of time…..

Coloring Book
Artwork at the end of the lesson can be used for coloring, either by the teach-
er or by the student. Say, “This picture shows Satan experiencing eternal
punishment in the Lake of Fire. What part of Scripture did we first learn
about Satan or Lucifer?” Let the children color the picture and discuss this
question with you.

Lesson Number 38 Adventures in the Story of Hope

Page 326 Teacher Guide
 My Story of Hope
(1) Lucifer wanted to be like God. (2) He lied to the woman and convinced her to eat from the Tree of the
Knowledge of Good and Evil. (3) Jesus resisted the temptations by Satan. (4) Jesus set all mankind free
from Satan’s power when He died on the cross. (5) Satan will be bound for one thousand years. (6) After
the millennium Satan will gather the largest army ever and lay siege to Jerusalem. (6) But he will be de-
feated and cast into the Lake of Fire forever.

3 Review and Close

Questions

1. At the beginning of time God created a beautiful, very smart creature to serve and worship Him. What
the creature’s name? (Lucifer)

Adventures in the Story of Hope Lesson Number 38

Teacher Guide Page 327
2. Why did God cast Lucifer from heaven? (He became proud and wanted to Teacher Notes
be like God)

3. Lucifer (now Satan) tempted Adam and Eve in the Garden of Eden. God
cursed him and declared war between him and the woman. What would her
Descendant do to Satan? (crush him)

4. Many years later Eve’s Descendant crushed Satan when He gave His life on
the cross to free all mankind from Satan’s power. What was His name? (Jesus)

5. What will God do to Satan during the millennium? (he will be bound ... un-
able to tempt anyone to sin)

6. God will release Satan at the end of the millennium. What will Satan con-
vince God’s enemies to do? (go to war against God)

7. God will burn His enemies up with fire. What will happen to Satan? (he
will be cast into the lake of fire forever)

THEME: Satan will be cast into the Lake of Fire forever.

Apply the Lesson

Near the end of Jesus’ rule on earth, Satan will make a final attempt to lead a
rebellion against God. Of course, Satan is trying to get you to rebel against
God now also. Name three specific ways that you can not fall to Satan’s efforts
to lead you away from God.

Eight essential truths emerge from the Bible’s Story of Hope. From this story
in the Bible, we learn that Jesus is the great Satan Crusher.

Lesson Number 38 Adventures in the Story of Hope

Page 328 Teacher Guide
39 Eternal Punishment
for Unbelievers
Revelation 20:11-15

THEME: Unbelievers will be cast into

the Lake of Fire forever.
Teacher Notes
Study the Lesson (before class) A beautiful full color pic-
ture of the artwork above
is available for purchase
• The events of the Great White Throne judgment clearly follow the as a set through www.
1000 year reign of Christ; Revelation 20:1-6. [Link]/resources.
Look for the “40 Events”
• The Great White Throne is different than the throne mentioned 30
version. This picture can
times in Revelation. The purpose of the Great White Throne is to
be used as you tell the
judge the dead. All people will stand before God at this throne.
story. You may also want
• From other Scriptures, we know that dead believers have been judged to post these pictures
at the Bema Seat and are now with the Lord. around your classroom
to visually remind your
• Old Testament saints have been raised and will not be judged. There-
class of previous lessons
fore, we must conclude that the Great White Throne is to judge the
as you teach Adventures
wicked dead.
in The Story of Hope.
• Their works will be the basis for their judgment. Their works will not
save them, but will demonstrate their lost state, deserving of punish- ATSOH Bible Visual #39
ment.
• According to verse 5, the wicked dead will not be raised until after the
1000 years. They will have no part in the first resurrection.
• The teaching of eternal punishment is clear in Scripture. Unbelievers
will be cast into the Lake of Fire forever where Satan and his angels
already are.
• The teaching of Scripture shows two possibilities: spending eternity
in heaven with the Lord Jesus Christ or suffering in the Lake of Fire
with Satan. There is no other option.
• Satan’s power will not last forever. He will be doomed eternally.
Those who are not believers will also suffer eternal punishment.

Lesson Number 39 Adventures in the Story of Hope

Page 330 ©Copyright 2012 Sow and Harvest International Teacher Guide
 Teacher Notes

1 Begin the Lesson Review and Game:

Bible A,B,C’s
Review Questions from Lesson 19: Reign of King David First student says ‘A’ and
names a Bible person,
From which tribe was David? (Judah) place, or thing that
begins with A, and tells
What did God mean when he said he would establish David’s ‘house’ for- one fact about it. The
ever? (one of David’s descendants would reign forever) next student says ’B’ and
names something that
Review Questions from Lesson 34: The Ascension of Jesus begins with ‘B’ and tells
one fact about it. Con-
Once the Holy Spirit had come upon the followers, what did Jesus say His tinue until all students
followers would have the ability to do? (be witnesses of what Jesus did and have had a turn.
would continue to do –they would be God’s message-carriers throughout the
world) Examples:
On the day Jesus left the earth what was His new ministry? (High Priest – ‘A’ – Adam: He was the
mediator between God and man) first man
Review Question from Lesson 35: Peter Proclaims the Good News ‘B’ – Bronze Snake:
Moses lifted it up in the
How many people were saved and baptized on the day of Pentecost after wilderness and when the
Peter’s message? (about three thousand) people looked at it, they
were healed.
Review Questions from Lesson 36: The Return of Jesus for Believers

Has Jesus forgotten His promise to return for all believers? (No, a thousand
years is as one day to Jesus and He will return, just as He fulfilled all His
other promises, in His perfect time)

How does Paul describe Jesus’ return for believers?) We will hear a shout
along with the trumpet of God and the dead in Christ will rise first followed
by those who are alive)

Review Questions from Lesson 37: The Return of Jesus as King

In what two ways will Jesus return before the millennium? (with power and
glory)

When Jesus returns, He will be called by what two names? (Faithful and
True)

Adventures in the Story of Hope Lesson Number 39

Teacher Guide Page 331
Review Questions from Lesson 38: The Final Doom of Satan Teacher Notes
At the beginning of time God created a beautiful, very smart creature to serve
and worship Him. What the creature’s name? (Lucifer)

Why did God cast Lucifer from heaven? (He became proud and wanted to be
like God)

2 Te a c h t h e L e s s o n
Introduction to Lesson 39: Eternal Punishment for Unbelievers

Where a robe and hold a gavel. Ask: “Have you ever been in a courtroom?
Have you seen a TV show with courtroom scenes? The judge sits behind a big
desk. It is a little scarry -- especially when you realize he has the authority to
put someone in prison or free the. Our Bible story today tells of a very scary
courtroom scene where Jesus is the judge.

Te l l T h e S t o r y

One of Jesus’ followers, John, lived a long time and told lots of people about
Jesus in many places. When he was old (about 95 years old!), people that
didn’t believe his message put him in prison on an island called Patmos.
While he was a prisoner, God gave John a peek into the future through a
fascinating vision; it was as if he was taken to heaven. He could see what was
going to happen there and what was going to happen on earth—as if he was
watching it happen right in front of his eyes! He wrote it all down in a book.
Part of his vision included what would happen after Satan was thrown in
Fire and Brimstone Lake. His book says this:

“I was in God’s throne room and saw a great big white throne and the risen
Jesus—to Whom God had given all authority to judge—seated on it. Earth
and sky ran from His presence but could find no place to hide.

Then I saw Sea giving up all who had died there. Death and Hell turned their
dead over, also. I saw all who had died, important people and not-so-im-
portant people, stand before that throne! Books were opened, including the
most important one: the Book of Life. The dead were judged by what they
had done as recorded in the books.

Lesson Number 39 Adventures in the Story of Hope

Page 332 Teacher Guide
Then Death and Hell were thrown into Fire Lake. This is the second death Teacher Notes
(Fire Lake). Anyone whose name was not found written in the Book of Life
was thrown into Fire Lake.”

All those who refuse to know God (by not believing the Good News of Jesus
and trusting Him) will suffer for what they’ve done. Their punishment will
be eternal separation from Jesus and His awesome power. If they refuse Him
when they have the opportunity, they will forever be separated from Him.

Listen carefully; this is so important: anyone who believes Jesus and believes
the Father who actually put Him in charge, has real, lasting life and will not
be condemned to the second death. These believers have passed from the
world of the dead to the world of the living. In our final story we will learn
about their future.

Music
Use the song time to review several of the kids’ favorites they have learned on
their Adventure through the Story of Hope.

Bible Memory Activity

M e m o r y Ve r s e Have the students look
up the verse in their
Revelation 20:15 - And anyone not found written in the Book of Life was cast Bibles, then practice say-
into the lake of fire. ing it several times. Have
them close their Bible
and answer who, what,
why and when.
Bible Activity
Find out what is the average lifespan for a person in the country in which
you live. Let’s say, for example that it is 60 years. Bring in 60 small stones, or
other object that will each represent one year. Ask: “How many years do you
expect to live?” (Allow children to answer) Explain: “These stones repre-
sent the average # of years a person in _________(Name your country) lives.”
Each of these years is like money, which can be spent. How will you spend
your years? Your years are divided into months, weeks, days, hours and min-
utes. How are you spending your minutes? Once you spend a minute, you
can never get it back to spend again. If this whole room was filled with bags
of stones, and all those years were added together, it would not even be one
inch on the line of eternity that goes on forever and forever. Where will you
be for all those years? In heaven with God, which is the most awesome place

Adventures in the Story of Hope Lesson Number 39

Teacher Guide Page 333
you could imagine? Or in hell, with the devil and his angels, tormented in the flames forever? Is your
name written in God’s book? If not, you will not be in heaven! (Give the gospel here and invite children
to respond)

My Story of Hope
(1) When John (bottom left corner) was exiled to the island of Patmos (can write Patmos by John), God
showed him a vision of the future. (2) In God’s throne room (top), John saw Jesus seated on a great white
throne. The sea, death and hell gave up all their dead to be judged. Books were opened including the
Book of Life and all were judged for what they had done according to what was written in the books.
(3) Anyone whose name was not found written in the Book of Life was thrown into the Lake of Fire. All
believers have passed from the world of the dead to the world of the living.

Coloring Book
Artwork at the end of the lesson can be used for coloring, either by the teacher or by the student. Say,
“This picture shows one person before the Great White Throne. What would you say to God if you
were to stand before Him?” Let the children color the picture and discuss this question with you.

Lesson Number 39 Adventures in the Story of Hope

Page 334 Teacher Guide
 Teacher Notes

3 Review and Close

Questions

1. Who was John? (one of Jesus’ followers)

2. When John was about 95 years old, people that didn’t believe his message
put him in prison on what island? (Patmos)

3. While he was on the island, what vision did God give to him? (a vision
from heaven)

4. What did John first see in his vision? (he saw Jesus—to whom God had
given all authority to judge—seated on a great white throne)

5. Who did Jesus judge first? (those who had already died)

6. What happened to those people whose names had not been written in the
Book of Life? (they were thrown into the Lake of Fire)

7. What will God give to anyone who believes in Him? (eternal life)

THEME: Unbelievers will be cast into the Lake of Fire forever.

Apply the Lesson

Near the end of earthly time, unbelievers will stand in front of God to be sen-
tenced to eternal punishment for their sins. What sins, do yo think, will God
have to punish the most? How can you escape this punishment?

Eight essential truths emerge from the Bible’s Story of Hope. From this story
in the Bible, we learn that Jesus will punish unbelievers for their sin.

Adventures in the Story of Hope Lesson Number 39

Teacher Guide Page 335
40 Eternal Happiness
for Believers
Revelation 21:1-
22:5
THEME: Believers will live happily
forever with God in heaven.
Teacher Notes
Study the Lesson (before class) A beautiful full color pic-
ture of the artwork above
is available for purchase
• After God’s great judgment, He will create a new heaven and a new as a set through www.
earth. (Romans 8:18-21; 2 Peter 3:7-13) [Link]/resources.
• The new Jerusalem is where God will live among His people. As Jesus Look for the “40 Events”
Christ once lived on earth, God Himself will choose to make the new version. This picture can
Jerusalem His royal dwelling place. be used as you tell the
story. You may also want
• God has planned that those who live eternally with Him will not to post these pictures
know any kind of sickness, pain, or sorrow. Only joy and happiness around your classroom
will be present in the eternal glories of His presence. to visually remind your
• Those who have been faithful through trials and testing will be re- class of previous lessons
warded by God. as you teach Adventures
in The Story of Hope.
• The new Jerusalem is as tall as it wide and long. With its design and
with its Designer, it will be a perfect place to live forever. The special ATSOH Bible Visual #40
walls and the special gates will be magnificent to look at and glorious
in their appearance.
• God’s glory will illuminate the city making it a place of holiness and
righteousness. The city will be complete without sin and evil.
• Only those whose names are written in the Lamb’s Book of Life will
live in the new Jerusalem. That is, only those who have put their faith
in the Lord Jesus Christ will live there.
• There is no need for a temple or a church for the Lord Himself will be
present there.
• There is no need for the sun or the moon for the Lord Himself will
provide the light.

Adventures in the Story of Hope Lesson Number 40

Teacher Guide ©Copyright 2012 Sow and Harvest International Page 337
 Teacher Notes

1 Begin the Lesson

Review and Games:
Review Questions from Lesson 20: Prophecies of a Coming Messiah Chronological Order

What would be the main purpose of the Messiah’s coming? (to solve our sin Give the students the
problem once and for all) Story of Hope pictures
and have them arrange
Why did the Messiah choose to suffer and die? (for our sins) them chronologically
or write the names of
Review Questions from Lesson 35: Peter Proclaims the Good News key characters on pieces
of paper and have the
What two things did Jesus become through His death and resurrection? (Mas- students put them in the
ter and Messiah) order that they lived on
this earth.
How did Peter respond when the people asked, “What should we do? (turn
from your old ways to God and be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ)

Review Question from Lesson 36: The Return of Jesus for Believers

On that glorious day when Jesus returns for believers, how will our bodies be
changed? (from fragile, sin cursed bodies to pure, immortal bodies)

Review Questions from Lesson 37: The Return of Jesus as King

When Jesus returns to the earth, He will protect the people living in what city?
(Jerusalem)

In the great battle against Satan, where will the beast and the false prophet be
thrown? (the lake of fire)

Review Questions from Lesson 38: The Final Doom of Satan

Lucifer (now Satan) tempted Adam and Eve in the Garden of Eden. God
cursed him and declared war between him and the woman. What would her
Descendant do to Satan? (crush him)

Many years later Eve’s Descendant crushed Satan when He gave His life on the
cross to free all mankind from Satan’s power. What was His name? (Jesus)

Review Questions from Lesson 39: Eternal Punishment for Unbelievers

Who was John? (one of Jesus’ followers)

Lesson Number 40 Adventures in the Story of Hope

Page 338 Teacher Guide
When John was about 95 years, old people that didn’t believe his message put Teacher Notes
him in prison on what island? (Patmos)

2 Te a c h t h e L e s s o n
Introduction to Lesson 40: Eternal Happiness for Believers

This story, The Story of Hope, can have a very happy ending for you. Do you
want to know how to have that happy ending?

Te l l T h e S t o r y

Down through the ages people have been waiting, longing to be free from
their sinful bodies and live forever with God. They have eagerly anticipated
this ever since sin first entered the world.

It was literally paradise for Adam and Eve to live in the Garden. But sin
contaminated God’s perfect world. Over the years God made it clearer and
clearer to fallen people that He had a plan and would not give up on having
righteous men and women live on a perfect earth. Many along the way came
to understand this and submitted to God’s plan, trusting in His Word alone,
and not in anything they could try on their own.

Abraham was one of those. In all his travels he kept his eye on an unseen city
designed and built by God Himself. Abraham’s wife, Sarah, and then Isaac
and Jacob had the same goal. All of them kept believing and didn’t turn back
when the road got difficult. They continued to look for a better country than
anything they had seen on earth; a heavenly country. God will honor them;
He has a City waiting for them. Many more were pioneers, blazing the way,
looking forward to the day God would reveal His City.

Where is this City? It’s not on Mount Sinai, in fact, it’s not even in Israel. This
is the City where the living God lives and judges. It’s the City which we enter
only through Jesus’ sacrifice. Where is it?

After Satan is thrown into Fire and Brimstone Lake, God’s special City, the
New Jerusalem, will come down from Heaven, brand new, and glorious,
prepared for God as a bride for her husband. A loud voice will come from the
Throne:

Adventures in the Story of Hope Lesson Number 40

Teacher Guide Page 339
“Look! Look! God is moving in, making His home with men and women! Teacher Notes
He will wipe away the tears of His people. Death, tears and pain are finished;
Show ATSOH #40.
gone for good. All the old is gone. I’m making everything new. And this New
City is what My Children, the faithful, will inherit. But murderers, idol-wor-
shippers, liars—all who are not trusting Jesus—are destined for Lake Fire and
Brimstone; second death!”

What is the City like? It will shimmer like a precious gem, filled with light.
The foundation will be decorated with every precious gem imaginable. The
high, majestic walls of jasper will have twelve gates each made from a single
pearl, an angel positioned at each. (By the way, the gates will never be shut.)
The City will be as tall as it is wide and long—2200 kilometers long, wide
and high.

Main Street will be of pure gold, clear as glass. There will be no Temple, for
the Lord God and the Lamb are its Temple. God’s Glory serves as the sun
for the City; the Lamb for its street lights! There will never be night! All the
nations will walk in its light. Earth’s kings will bring the splendor, glory, and
honor of the nations into the City.

At the center of the City is God’s Throne (and the Lamb’s). God’s glory will
provide all the light anyone will ever need. Flowing crystal bright from the
Throne right down the middle of Main Street will be the Water-of-Life River.
The Tree of Life will be planted on each side of the River, producing twelve
kinds of fruit, a ripe fruit each month. Its leaves will heal the nations.

Who will enter the City? Nothing dirty, sinful, or deceiving will get into the
City. Only those whose names are written in the Lamb’s Book of Life will get
in. These servants of God will look on His face and worship Him, ruling with
Him forever.

Music
What the Future Holds

Go and Tell the Story

Start with the first verse of “What the Future Holds” and then teach the
second verse. Then, sing “Go and Tell the Story, adding the final verse about
faith.

Lesson Number 40 Adventures in the Story of Hope

Page 340 Teacher Guide
 Teacher Notes
M e m o r y Ve r s e Bible Memory Activity
Review the verse in
Revelation 22:5 - There shall be no night there: They need no lamp nor light phrases, including the
of the sun, for the Lord God gives them light. And they shall reign forever reference. Have the
and ever. students sit in a circle,
and call out one name.
That student will say the
reference (Rev 22:5). The
Bible Activity student to the left must
say the first phrase of
Have a child look up and read I Corinthians 2:9, if possible. If your children the verse (There shall be
are too young, the teacher should read this verse out loud. Then ask the fol- no night there), and the
lowing questions: (After each question, allow 3-4 children to give an answer, student to their left must
then say together: “Heaven will be better than that!”) say the next (They need
no lamp). Continue until
1. What is the most beautiful city in the world? the verse is complete.
Do this several times so
2. What is the best tasting food you have ever had? everyone has a chance to
say part of the verse.
3. What is the most beautiful music you have ever heard?
4. What is the best weather to enjoy?
5. What is the happiest thing on earth that you most enjoy doing?
The Bible teaches that we can’t even imagine how wonderful heaven will be!
It sure is fun to imagine it, though!
Let’s make a list of things that the Bible says will NOT be in heaven….
Sin, sadness, tears, death, pain (all the bad stuff)

Adventures in the Story of Hope Lesson Number 40

Teacher Guide Page 341
 Teacher Notes
Craft

Heaven’s Gate Collage Craft

This is a simple color, cut and paste craft that is fun and easy for children of See template on page
all ages to complete. 396.

Students can use all three template pieces or they can skip the third template
and draw their own vision of heaven behind the pearly gates. They can also
write a poem about heaven or write a short prayer for a loved one in heaven.

Materials:

printer
paper
scissors
glue
something to color with (B&W version)

Instructions:

On a piece of blue construction paper or regular white paper, arrange the

pieces from template 3 to create your vision of heaven.

Cut out the gate from templates 1 and 2 fold each gate on the dotted line to
create a hinged tab

Glue the tab for each gate onto your picture of heaven so the gate can be
opened to peek inside.

Coloring Book
Artwork at the end of the lesson can be used for coloring, either by the teach-
er or by the student. Say, “This picture shows people who are enjoying
the special place called heaven. What are two or three things that seem
special to you about heaven?” Let the children color the picture and discuss
this question with you.

Lesson Number 40 Adventures in the Story of Hope

Page 342 Teacher Guide
 My Story of Hope
(1) While he lived on the earth Abraham (bottom) lived in tents because he was looking for a heavenly city
whose designer and builder is God. (2) The New Jerusalem (top) will be filled with the light of God’s glory.
Its gates will never be shut and the Water-of-Life River will flow right down the middle of the main street.

Adventures in the Story of Hope Lesson Number 40

Teacher Guide Page 343
 Teacher Notes

3 Review and Close

1. What two things has mankind been longing for ever since the first man
and woman were cast from the perfect Garden of Eden? (to be free from
the body of sin and live forever with God)

2. Will God achieve His plan for righteous men and women to live on a
perfect earth? (yes)

3. Where is the perfect city that God is preparing for all those who believe?
(the perfect city, New Jerusalem, will come down from heaven and God will
make His home among mankind)

4. From what will the streets of New Jerusalem be made? (gold)

5. Why will there be no temple in New Jerusalem? (God and the Lamb,
Jesus, are its temple)

6. Why will there be no sun? (the glory of God will be the sun and the
Lamb will be the street lights)

7. Who will be able to enter New Jerusalem? (those whose names are writ-
ten in the Lamb’s book of life)

THEME: Believers will live happily with God forever in heaven.

Apply the Lesson

There is a very beautiful place for believers who have trusted Christ. There will
be no sin and they will live there with God forever. Tell us three things you
know to be true about this happy place for believers in Jesus.

Eight essential truths emerge from the Bible’s Story of Hope. From this story
in the Bible, we learn that believers will live forever with Jesus in a happy place.

Lesson Number 40 Adventures in the Story of Hope

Page 344 Teacher Guide
41 Eight Summary Truths from the Bible
Truth Number 1: God

Teacher Notes
Study the Lesson (before class)
Beautiful full color teaching vi-
suals are available for purchase
• Our study has given us eight basic summary truths that are found as a set through [Link].
throughout the entire Bible. Lessons 41-48 will focus on these com/resources. Look for the
summary truths. “40 Events” version. These pic-
ture can be used as you tell the
• At least one truth of these eight basic summary truths has been story. You may also want to
contained in every lesson. Many times, more than one truth is con- post the pictures around your
tained in each of the 20 Old Testament stories and 20 New Testa- classroom to visually remind
ment stories. your class of previous lessons
as you teach ATSOH.
• These eight truths will give us a basic overview of the metanarrative
of the Bible. That metanarrative is this: Read Genesis 1.
• 1. God always existed and is very powerful.

• 2. God created man and woman to be His special friends.

• 3. God’s special friends disobeyed God. They sinned.

• 4. God punished that sin and punishes all sin with eternal death.

• 5. God sent His one and only Son, Jesus Christ.

• 6. Jesus Christ died on the cross to pay for our sins.

• 7. God expects us to put our faith in who Jesus is and what He did. Truth Number 1: God

• 8. If we put our faith in Christ, He will give us eternal life. Lessons 1, 2, 11, 12, and 15.

Lesson Number 41 Adventures in the Story of Hope

Page 346 Teacher Guide
 Teacher Notes

1 Begin the Lesson These cross references

are other verses that talk
about the eternal God.
Over the last 40 lessons, have you learned who God is and what He is like?
Psalm 19:1-4 - The heav-
How would you describe who He is and what He is like?
ens tell of the glory of
God. The skies display his
The first sentence in the Bible indicates that there is a God and that He has
marvelous craftsmanship.
always existed. Does this verse say there is one God or more than one god?
Day after day they con-
tinue to speak; night after
Which statement is true? A. The Bible begins by trying to prove that God
night they make Him
exists. or B. The Bible begins by saying that before anything at all was cre-
known. They speak with-
ated, God already existed.
out a sound or a word;
their voice is silent in the
Read Psalm 90:2. Everlasting or eternal means no beginning and no end-
skies; yet their message
ing. What does this verse tell us about God?
has gone out to all the
earth, and their words to
all the world.

2 Te a c h t h e L e s s o n Romans 1:20 - From the

time the world was cre-
ated, people have seen
the earth and sky and all
that God made. They can
clearly see His invisible
Te l l T h e S t o r y qualities -- His eternal
power and divine nature.
So they have no excuse
In the beginning, before anything existed there was God. He has no begin- whatsoever for not know-
ning and He has no end. He is a very powerful God. He has tremendous ing God.
abilities that no one else posseses. He always existed. That is hard for us to
understand but there was never a time that He was not there and there never Show teaching visual #1.
will be a time that He is not present. There was never a time that He was
weak, He has always been powerful. He has always been loving. There was
never a time that he was hateful. He has always been holy. There was never
a time that he was sinful and there never will be. He has always been full
of knowledge. There was never a time that He lacked knowledge and there
never will be.

God chose to create the universe. He made everything on our earth as well as Show teaching visual #2.
the sun, moon, stars, and skies. He spoke light into existence on the first day
of creation. He separated the light from the day and that was the first day of
creation. On the second day, He spoke space into existence and gave a name

Adventures in the Story of Hope Lesson Number 41

Teacher Guide Page 347
to the space; He called it sky. On the third day, He told the waters to come to Teacher Notes
gether and the dry land to appear. On the fourth day, He spoke the sun, moon,
and stars into existence. On the fifth day, He filled the ocean with all kinds of
fish and He filled the air with all kinds of birds. On the sixth day, He created
man and woman as well as all kinds of animals. God then rested.

As time went on, God demonstrated His power in various ways. For instance, Show teaching visual #11.
God called Abraham to be a great nation and to be a blessing to all people.
Abraham did what God told him to do and God blesses all those who were a Show teaching visual #12.
blessing to Abraham’s descendants. God told Abraham to sacrifice his only
son, Isaac. But, God really wanted Abraham to sacrifice a ram and was testing
Abraham’s faith in Him.
Show teaching visual #15.
A long time after that, when the Israelites lived in Egypt, God told Moses and
the Israelites to leave Egypt and go to Israel. He even made a special opening
for them to cross the Red Sea on dry ground. As with Abraham and Moses,
God provided for His people in very special ways. He proved to them that He
loved them and would take care of them. They knew that He loved them and
would give them everything that they needed.

As God had a very special plan for the beginning of the earth, He also has a
very special plan for the future of the earth. Because He is the Creator of the
earth, He can make those choices.

Music

Teach kids the “Chrono Bridge Song”. Chrono stand for chronological and
means that we can understand the chronology of this very important story.
The Chrono Bridge Song is located on page 446.
Hand gestures will help
children remember these
Bible Activity true statements.
1. Hold left hand and right
Discuss the following statements with your class. These are all true statements hand as far apart as pos-
that are made about God in the Bible. sible.
2. Lift both hands up to
1. God is eternal. This means He has always existed and will exist forever. the sky or heavens.
3. Use right index finger
2. He is holy. He is without sin at all. pointing to your lips;
God spoke the world into
3. He is the creator who created the world and everything in it. existence.
4. Hold both arms out as
4. He is all powerful. if in a muscle man pose.

Lesson Number 41 Adventures in the Story of Hope

Page 348 Teacher Guide
5. He gave people commands to obey. Teacher Notes
5. Hold both palms out
6. He is a fair Judge and must punish disobedience. as if to read from your
palms.
6. Hold both hands out,
M e m o r y Ve r s e palms up, and balance
your hands as if you were
making a scale for weight.
The following are verses that we have memorized about God. Review them
with the children. Bean Bag Toss Memory
Genesis 1:1 - In the beginning God created the heavens and the earth. Verse Activity

Genesis 2:2 – And on the seventh day God ended His work which He had With masking tape, mark
off a large square on the
done and He rested on the seventh day from all His work which He had done.
floor, about 36 inches.
Genesis 12:3 - I will bless those who bless you, and I will curse him who Connect the opposite
curses you; And in you all the families of the earth shall be blessed.” corners inside the square
with tape to form an “X.” If
Genesis 22:14 - And Abraham called the name of the place, The-Lord-Will- you have space and many
Provide; as it is said to this day, “In the Mount of The Lord it shall be pro- students, make a second
vided.” square. Give each section
Exodus 14:29 - But the children of Israel had walked on dry land in the midst a number value (1,2,3,4).
of the sea, and the waters were a wall to them on their right hand and on their A bit of a distance away,
left. put a line of tape to mark
where the student will
throw from. Divide into
two teams. Each student
takes a turn throwing a
bean bag into one of the
sections. (You may make a
bean bag by putting beans
in a sock and closing it
tight with a rubber band.
Take the long part of the
sock and fold it over the
bean section.)If they can
say the verse correctly,
their team scores the
amount of the section
where the bean bag was
thrown.

Adventures in the Story of Hope Lesson Number 41

Teacher Guide Page 349
 Teacher Notes

3 Review and Close

Questions

1. Before time began, before there was anything, there was ________. (God)

2. Does God have a birthday? (No, God has always existed)

3. Can we see God? (No, God does not have a body. He is spirit.)

4. Where does God live? (God is everywhere; omnipresent)

5. What does God know? (God knows everything; omniscient)

6. Is anyone stronger than God? (No, God is the most powerful; omnipotent)

7. What is the name used for God at the very beginning of the Bible? (Elo-
him – Hebrew word which means powerful one)

THEME: God is very strong.

Apply the Lesson

Tell children to go home and tell a friend or family member about the most
powerful person that they know. It could be somebody who lifts weights,
it could be somebody who exercises a lot, or it could be somebody who is
very big. Why did they choose that person? Now, have children tell a family
member that God is the most powerful Person in the world. He created the
whole universe; He has to be very powerful.

Tell children to draw a picture of God. What does He look like? Have them
explain their picture to you.

Eight essential truths emerge from the Bible’s Story of Hope. From this les-
son in the Bible, we learn that God is all-powerful and He always existed.

Lesson Number 41 Adventures in the Story of Hope

Page 350 Teacher Guide
42 Eight Summary Truths from the Bible
Truth Number 2: Man
Teacher Notes

Study the Lesson (before class)

Beautiful full color teach-
• Our study has given us eight basic summary truths that are found ing viusals are available
throughout the entire Bible. Lessons 41-48 will focus on these sum- for purchase as a set
mary truths. through [Link].
com/resources. Look for
• At least one truth of these eight basic summary truths has been con- the “40 Events” version.
tained in every lesson. Many times, more than one truth is contained This picture can be used
in each of the 20 Old Testament stories and 20 New Testament stories. as you tell the story. You
may also want to post
• These eight truths will give us a basic overview of the metanarrative of this picture around your
the Bible. That metanarrative is this: classroom to visually re-
mind your class of previ-
• 1. God always existed and is very powerful. ous lessons as you teach
The Story of Hope.
• 2. God created man and woman to be His special friends.
ATSOH Bible Visuals #3
• 3. God’s special friends disobeyed God. They sinned. and 13

• 4. God punished that sin and punishes all sin with eternal death.

• 5. God sent His one and only Son, Jesus Christ.

Truth Number 2: Man
• 6. Jesus Christ died on the cross to pay for our sins.
Lessons 3 and 13
• 7. God expects us to put our faith in who Jesus is and what He did.

• 8. If we put our faith in Christ, He will give us eternal life.

Adventures in the Story of Hope Lesson Number 42

Teacher Guide ©Copyright 2012 Sow and Harvest International Page 351
 Teacher Notes

1 Begin the Lesson

Over the last 40 lessons, have you learned who man and woman are and what
they are like? How would you describe who people from God’s perspective?
How would you describe people from your perspective?

The first chapter in the Bible indicates that there is a God and that He created
man and woman to be His special friends. What do you think it means to be
a special friend of God?

2 Te a c h t h e L e s s o n

Te l l T h e S t o r y

On the sixth day of creation, God made the man and woman. He first made
man and saw that the man had no helper to be his friend. So, God caused a
deep sleep to come upon the man and he formed the first woman from a rib
that came from the man. These two people were supposed to be God’s spe-
cial friends. They were supposed to obey God and do what God said to do.
They were in the Garden of Eden and they were not afraid or ashamed. God
wanted them to have children and be prosperous. God was not their enemy,
He was their friend. The people were not friends with God like He was an
ordinary friend. The people had a very special relationship with God because
He was their creator. The people knew God was powerful and they enjoyed a
very special relationship with God. They lived in a perfect world. Their was
no disease, no evil, and nothing to be afraid of that would hurt them.

God’s image was given only to people. No other part of creation received the
image of God. Because they were created in the image of God, they could ex-
perience things that are who God is; things like: love, holiness, justice, truth,
and wisdom. That is why people became the special friends of God. These
people had a special relationship with God that the animals did not have.
They were able to have fellowship with God, know God personally, and serve
God. No other part of creation was able to do this.

After creation, the man and woman chose to disobey God by eating from the
Tree of the Knowledge of Good and Evil. We will talk about that more in the

Lesson Number 42 Adventures in the Story of Hope

Page 352 Teacher Guide
next lesson. After the people disobeyed God, men and women began to call Teacher Notes
on the name of the Lord. They talked to Him personally and God talked to
them; sometimes in dreams and sometimes with His actual voice. He spoke
to people in different ways throughout the years.

He called men and women to do special things for Him. God told Abraham
to leave his country and go to a place where he did not know and that is ex-
actly what Abraham did. God told Abraham to sacrifice His son but God was
only testing the faith of Abraham. Abraham was willing to obey.

God told Moses to lead His people out of Egypt. So, that is exactly what Mo-
ses did. The leader of Egypt was very difficult to work with so God did special
miracles so that Moses could lead the people out of Egypt. It wasn’t easy for
Moses to lead all those people. They grumbled and complained even after
God did great and mighty things.

Many years after Moses, God called David to lead the people of God. David
was a teenager who was just a shepherd boy. As a teenager, David was fearless
and do many brave things. One of those brave things that he did was to kill a
giant who was 9 feet tall. David also wrote a lot about God, much of his writ-
ings are found in the book of Psalms.

After David, many prophets lived. Men like Isaiah, Ezekiel, Jeremiah, and Jo-
nah were prophets who told the people what God wanted them to hear. These
men also wrote out their prophecies and they are still in the Bible.

Even though people disobeyed God, He did not give up on them. He still
continued to love them, provide for them, and talk to them. God still wanted
to be their friends just like in the beginning of creation.

Music

Teach kids the “Chrono Bridge Song”. Chrono stand for chronological and
means that we can understand the chronology of this very important story.
The Chrono Bridge Song is located on page 446.

Bible Activity

Discuss the following statements with your class. These are all true statements
that are made about God in the Bible.

1. We are made by God.

Adventures in the Story of Hope Lesson Number 42

Teacher Guide Page 353
2. God loves us and wants us to enjoy Him. Teacher Notes
3. God gives us the responsibility to obey Him.

4. God made us so that we can choose to disobey.

5. God deserves that we obey Him completely.

6. God loves us even when we disobey Him.

M e m o r y Ve r s e

The following are verses that we have memorized. Review them with the
children.
Genesis 1:1 - In the beginning God created the heavens and the earth.

Genesis 2:2 – And on the seventh day God ended His work which He had
done and He rested on the seventh day from all His work which He had done.
Genesis 12:3 - I will bless those who bless you, and I will curse him who
curses you; And in you all the families of the earth shall be blessed.”
Genesis 22:14 - And Abraham called the name of the place, The-Lord-Will-
Provide; as it is said to this day, “In the Mount of The Lord it shall be pro-
vided.”
Exodus 14:29 - But the children of Israel had walked on dry land in the midst
of the sea, and the waters were a wall to them on their right hand and on their
left.
Genesis 1:27 - So God created man in His own image; in the image of God He
created him; male and female He created them.
Exodus 3:14 - And God said to Moses, “I AM WHO I AM.” And He said,
“Thus you shall say to the children of Israel, ‘I AM has sent me to you.’”

Lesson Number 42 Adventures in the Story of Hope

Page 354 Teacher Guide
 Teacher Notes

3 Review and Close

Questions

1. How did God create the man? (He formed him from the dust of the earth)

2. Man was created in the image of ________ (God) and He breathed into
him the breath of _______. (life)

3. What was the name of the garden where the man and the woman lived?
(The Garden of Eden)

4. What two special trees did God put in the middle of the garden? (the Tree
of Life and the Tree of the Knowledge of Good and Evil)

5. What did God tell Adam he could not do? (eat from the Tree of the Knowl-
edge of Good and Evil)

6. God told Adam to name all the _________. (animals)

7. How did God create the woman? (He put Adam to sleep and took one of
his ribs to make Eve)

THEME: God made man and woman to be His special friends.

Apply the Lesson

God created Adam and Eve to worship and serve Him. What are some
specific ways that you can worship and serve God? How are you trying to be
“His special friends”?

Eight essential truths emerge from the Bible’s Story of Hope. From this story
in the Bible, we learn that God made man and woman to be His special
friends.

Adventures in the Story of Hope Lesson Number 42

Teacher Guide Page 355
43 Eight Summary Truths from the Bible
Truth Number 3: Sin
Teacher Notes
Beautiful full color teach-
Study the Lesson (before class) ing viusals are available
for purchase as a set
through [Link].
• Our study has given us eight basic summary truths that are found com/resources. Look for
throughout the entire Bible. Lessons 41-48 will focus on these sum- the “40 Events” version.
mary truths. This picture can be used
as you tell the story. You
• At least one truth of these eight basic summary truths has been may also want to post
contained in every lesson. Many times, more than one truth is con- this picture around your
tained in each of the 20 Old Testament stories and 20 New Testa- classroom to visually re-
ment stories. mind your class of previ-
ous lessons as you teach
• These eight truths will give us a basic overview of the metanarrative The Story of Hope.
of the Bible. That metanarrative is this:
ATSOH Bible Visual #4,
• 1. God always existed and is very powerful. 5, 9, 10, 16, 22, and 29

• 2. God created man and woman to be His special friends.

• 3. God’s special friends disobeyed God. They sinned.

• 4. God punished that sin and punishes all sin with eternal death.

• 5. God sent His one and only Son, Jesus Christ.

• 6. Jesus Christ died on the cross to pay for our sins. Truth Number 3: Sin

• 7. God expects us to put our faith in who Jesus is and what He did. Lessons 4, 5, 9, 10, 16, 22, and
29
• 8. If we put our faith in Christ, He will give us eternal life.

Lesson Number 43 Adventures in the Story of Hope

Page 356 ©Copyright 2012 Sow and Harvest International Teacher Guide
 Teacher Notes

1 Begin the Lesson

Over the last 42 lessons, have you learned who man and woman are and
what they are like? Have you also learned what God is like?

Today, we are going to learn about how God’s creation turned against Him.
God is a perfect, loving, righteous, holy, and just God. It is hard to imagine
but there was someone who thought he could be like God. Do you know
who that is? (Satan)

You have probably watched a movie or read a book about a government be-
ing overthrown. Tell us about such an incident, if you can recall one.

This is similar, Satan rebelled against God and led a lot of angels to rebel
with him. It was like they were trying to overthrow God which is not pos-
sible.

Satan’s basic strategy was to try to imitate God. He became proud and fell
from heaven. He will be cast into the lake of fire.

Satan began what the Bible calls sin. Sin is disobeying God. In this lesson,
we will learn about how some of God’s creation rebelled against Him.

2 Te a c h t h e L e s s o n

Te l l T h e S t o r y

Satan rebelled, wanting to be like God, and he was judged. Remember that
God had created man and woman in His own image and placed them in His
garden. They were getting special attention. I’m sure Satan was not happy
about this.

Do you remember that God had told man that he could eat from any and all
trees of the garden except for one? Satan developed a plan to use that com-
mand to his advantage. First, he would misquote God just enough to make Him
seem unloving. Then he would deny that God would—or even could—punish
disobedience as He had promised. Then he would suggest that God only gave
this warning because He is selfish and jealous. He probably thought, “This is

Adventures in the Story of Hope Lesson Number 43

Teacher Guide Page 357
going to be good.” He was ready to put his plan into action. Teacher Notes
Satan appeared to Eve in the form of a serpent and said, “Is it true that God
told you not to eat from any of the trees in the garden?”

The woman replied, “Of course not! God told us we could eat from all but
one of the trees; and that one we can’t even touch or we will die!”

“You won’t die,” the serpent said. “God knows that when you eat from this
tree, you will be able to understand all that is happening just like He does,
and you’ll know everything—like the difference between good and evil.”

The woman listened to the serpent. She looked at the fruit. The fruit looked
tasty. And oh so beautiful! She thought about what the serpent had said. If
she ate the fruit, could she really know more? Would it make her wise? Could
she know as much as God knew? It made sense to her, so she took a piece and
ate it. Then she turned and gave some to her husband, and he ate it, too.

Satan’s plan succeeded. He was able to get the man and the woman to disobey
God. I imagine he was pretty happy and was eager to see what God would do
about it.

Disobedience—any act of not doing what God commands—is called sin. This
first disobedience of man and woman which resulted in some really bad con-
sequences is generally called the “Fall of Man” or simply “The Fall.”

Music
The Slithery Snake
Start by reviewing verse one of “That Slithery Snake.” Then teach verse two.
Explain concepts the kids may not understand such as the following:
• “Shun” (to keep away from, take pains to avoid) God told them not to eat
from that tree. They should have shunned it.
• “Make her like the ‘One.’” Satan had told the woman that she would be
like God if she ate of the tree.
• “Adam also did the deed.” Adam disobeyed, also.
Sing both verses again. Sing “Go and Tell the Story” if time permits.

Lesson Number 43 Adventures in the Story of Hope

Page 358 Teacher Guide
 Teacher Notes
Bible Memory Activity
M e m o r y Ve r s e
Make a small fishing pole
by using small a pole or
Genesis 3:6b - She took of its fruit and ate. She also gave to her husband with stick, about 24 inches long.
her, and he ate. Tie a line or cord on the
end and secure a magnet
at the end. Bring a bucket
to fill with water. Have
a towel close for spills.
Divide the verse into
phrases, (Example: She
took/of its fruit/and ate/
She also gave ... ) this gives
8 things to fish for. Have
8 magnets and number
them with a permanent
marker. You will put the
numbered magnets in
the bucket of water. As
the students fish and pull
out a numbered magnet,
give them a portion of the
verse. After all the verse
phrases are given out, have
them assemble the verse.
They may look up the verse
in the Bible since they have
not reviewed the verse
Bible Activity ahead of time. Say it a few
times all together. If you
Narrator: Adam and Eve had been given a beautiful garden to live in, with have a larger group, make
lovely trees and flowers, animals of all kinds, and lots of good food to eat. up a duplicate fishing pole,
These were all good gifts from their loving creator, God. God had told them bucket and verse pieces.
they could eat from every tree of the garden except for one. If they ate from
the forbidden tree, God said they would surely die. Bible Activity
To review the lesson,
The scene begins with Adam and Eve walking around in the garden, talking children will “act out” the
about all the lovely things God has created, especially the wonderful fruit story in dramatic fashion.
trees. (Encourage the children to be creative as they notice things on their The teacher needs to coach
walk, they love to use their imagination!) the children all through
the process, and practice
Narrator: One day, as they were walking through the garden, a beautiful several times. The narra-
serpent appeared and began to talk to them. What they didn’t know was that tor can read his/her part
Satan, God’s evil enemy, was actually speaking THROUGH the serpent. He if he/she is old enough, or
was going to try to trick them into disobeying God. the narrator can be played
by an adult.

Adventures in the Story of Hope Lesson Number 43

Teacher Guide Page 359
The serpent, followed closely by Satan, enters the scene. Satan leans over the Teacher Notes
serpent (to show it is really Satan who is talking through the serpent) and
says: “Did God really say you couldn’t eat any fruit in the garden?”

Eve (innocently): “Oh no, we can eat from any tree in the garden, except the
one in the middle. God said don’t eat from it or even touch it or we will die.”

Satan (in a very convincing voice): “You won’t die! God knows that the day
you eat from it your eyes will be opened and you’ll be like Him, knowing
good and evil.”

Narrator: Eve looked at the fruit and smiled. She thought about what Satan
had said. Of course she didn’t know it was Satan, she thought the serpent
was her friend. She believed the lies and doubted the words of God. Then
she reaches out her hand and picks the fruit. (If possible, bring a real piece of
fruit to use as a prop. The Bible doesn’t say what the fruit was, so use what-
ever is readily available to you) After taking a bite, she hands it to Adam.
He smiles and takes a bite. Suddenly they look very afraid. (as the narrator
describes the scenario, the characters should do the actions described)

Eve: Oh Adam, what have we done?! I feel so ashamed!

Adam: I feel the same way, Eve! How could we have doubted what God told
us? We can’t let God see us like this! (Adam & Eve run off the stage, looking
scared)

Coloring Book

Artwork at the end of the lesson can be used for coloring, either by the
teacher or by the student. Say, “Satan, that old serpent, the devil, is shown
in this picture tempting Eve to take the forbidden fruit and she does that.
She sins and disobeys God, even though He clearly and lovingly warned
Adam and Eve not to eat of the forbidden fruit. As you color this picture,
what do you think Eve is thinking?”

Lesson Number 43 Adventures in the Story of Hope

Page 360 Teacher Guide
 Teacher Notes
Craft
Fingerprint Tree

The picture to the right is a

photograph of the finished craft.

Materials:

Use construction paper or plain white

paper. All you need are 3 colors of paint:
brown, green and red. Your hand and
fingers make the tree. You can add verses
to it also.

Directions:

Stamp the side of your hand in brown paint and stamp it on the paper as
the trunk

Stamp your index finger in green paint and stamp it many times on the
paper for the leaves (re-dipping in the paint as necessary)

Stamp your pinkie finger in red paint and stamp it lightly on the paper for
the apples (light stamps make rounder prints)

Adventures in the Story of Hope Lesson Number 43

Teacher Guide Page 361
 My Story of Hope
We don’t know what Satan looked liked when he first talked to Eve, but because the serpent was cursed to
crawl on his belly, it is possible that he originally had legs. (1) Satan talked to Eve (can write the words,
“you won’t die”). (2) Eve picks the fruit and takes a bite and then (3) gives some to Adam.

Lesson Number 43 Adventures in the Story of Hope

Page 362 Teacher Guide
 Teacher Notes

3 Review and Close

Questions

1. What animal did Satan use to talk to Eve? (serpent)

2. What question did Satan ask Eve to begin the conversation and make God
seem unloving? (Did God really say you couldn’t eat from any tree in the
garden?)

3. What lie did Satan tell Eve? (you won’t die)

4. Satan wanted Eve to think that God said this because He was _________
(selfish) and ___________. (jealous, again questioning the character of God)

5. T or F Satan wanted Eve to doubt that God is good, true to His promises
and holy.

6. What three things made Eve decide to eat the fruit? (good for food, beau-
tiful, hoped it would make her wise like God)

7. How is humankind’s sin in the garden like Satan’s sin in heaven? (They
both wanted to be like the Most High God)

THEME: Satan tempted Adam and Eve. Adam and Eve disobeyed God.

Apply the Lesson

Satan tempts boys and girls to do wrong and sin against God. What are
some ways that Satan tempts you? What can you do to resist the tempta-
tions of Satan?

Eight essential truths emerge from the Bible’s Story of Hope. From this story
in the Bible, we learn that God made man and woman to be His special
friends but they chose to disobey (sin against) God.

Adventures in the Story of Hope Lesson Number 43

Teacher Guide Page 363
44 Eight Summary
Truths from the
Bible
Truth Number 4:
Death
Genesis 3:7-13; 5:5
Study the Lesson (before class) Teacher Notes
A beautiful full color pic-
• Our study has given us eight basic summary truths that are found ture of the artwork above
throughout the entire Bible. Lessons 41-48 will focus on these sum- is available for purchase
mary truths. as a set through www.
[Link]/resources.
• At least one truth of these eight basic summary truths has been Look for the “40 Events”
contained in every lesson. Many times, more than one truth is con- version. This picture can
tained in each of the 20 Old Testament stories and 20 New Testa- be used as you tell the
ment stories. story. You may also want
to post these pictures
• These eight truths will give us a basic overview of the metanarrative around your classroom
of the Bible. That metanarrative is this: to visually remind your
class of previous lessons
• 1. God always existed and is very powerful. as you teach Adventures
in The Story of Hope.
• 2. God created man and woman to be His special friends.
ATSOH Bible Visual #6
• 3. God’s special friends disobeyed God. They sinned.

• 4. God punished that sin and punishes all sin with eternal death.

• 5. God sent His one and only Son, Jesus Christ.

• 6. Jesus Christ died on the cross to pay for our sins.

Truth Number 4: Death
• 7. God expects us to put our faith in who Jesus is and what He did.
Lessons 6, 27, 38, 39
• 8. If we put our faith in Christ, He will give us eternal life.

Adventures in the Story of Hope Lesson Number 44

Teacher Guide ©Copyright 2012 Sow and Harvest International Page 365
 Teacher Notes

1 Begin the Lesson Review and Game

Suggestion:
Cooperative Story
What did Adam and Eve do when they heard God coming into the garden?
(they hid) One student begins tell-
ing a story. When the
Why did Adam and Eve hide when they heard God walking in the garden? teacher says ‘next’ the
(they were afraid because they knew they had disobeyed God) next person must pick
up where the first per-
What kind of death did Adam and Eve experience immediately after disobey- son left off. Change the
ing God? (spiritual death) time intervals between
students to keep them
Read Luke 16:19-31. Where did Lazarus go when he died? (to Abraham’s guessing!
side) the rich man? (to Hades)

What did the rich man ask Abraham to do to help him after he had died and
gone to hell? (let Lazarus dip the tip of his finger in water and come cool his
tongue because he was in agony in the flames- hell is a place of conscious suf-
fering)

Why did Abraham say that it would be impossible for Lazarus to go to him?
(a huge gap separated them- no one can escape hell)

Name at least two of the words or phrases Jesus used to describe hell. (dark-
ness, weeping, gnashing of teeth, fire that never dies, where the worm does
not die)

Read Revelation 20:7-10. God will burn His enemies up with fire and Satan
will be thrown in the _____________________ (lake of fire) forever.

Read Revelation 20:11-15. What happened to those people whose names had
not been written in the Book of Life? (they were thrown into the Lake of Fire)

2 Te a c h t h e L e s s o n
Introduction to Lesson 6: Origin of Death

Ask, “How could Adam and Eve be so silly as to think they could hide from
an all-knowing God?” Yet we kind of do the same thing when we sin.

Lesson Number 44 Adventures in the Story of Hope

Page 366 Teacher Guide
Describe how you, the teacher, tried to hide from God when you sinned or Teacher Notes
maybe you assumed that He would not see you.

Te l l T h e S t o r y

Last time we learned about the Fall—when man and woman disobeyed God
and ate of the Tree of Knowledge of Good and Evil. All of a sudden the man
and woman did see something they hadn’t noticed before: they were naked!
And they knew something they hadn’t known before: they were embarrassed
to be walking around like that. They didn’t know what to do, but they tried
plucking fig leaves from a tree and tying them together to make some kind
of clothes for themselves. What they didn’t realize is that big, beautiful, soft,
green leaves shrivel up and die soon after they are no longer attached to the
tree. But for now, it seemed to work.

Then the first man and his wife heard God moving about in the garden in the
cool evening breeze. They quickly hid among the trees of the garden. Show ATSOH #6
“Where are you?” God called out to the man.

“I…uh…I heard You in the garden, and I was afraid because I was naked; so I
hid.”

“Who told you that you were naked? Did you eat the fruit from the tree of
which I told you not to eat?”

“Well, that woman you gave me as a companion—she gave me the fruit, and I
ate it.”

So God asked the woman, “What have you done?”

The woman said, “Serpent tricked me; that’s why I ate it.”

When Adam and his wife disobeyed (sinned) that day, the gradual process
of physical death began to work in their bodies. The Bible tells us later that
Adam lived a total 930 years, and then he died. He did eventually experience
the penalty of physical death. But on the very day they sinned, Adam and his
wife died spiritually; they were separated from God. Their right relationship
with Him was ruined.

And on that very day when Adam first disobeyed God, sin and death entered
the world and came to all mankind. We all sin and we all die as payment for
our sin.

Adventures in the Story of Hope Lesson Number 44

Teacher Guide Page 367
 Teacher Notes
We get very close to “front
Music loading” with “…if no
one came.” Don’t deal
The Slithery Snake with this unless children
ask. (Most will not.)
Sing the first two verses of “That Slithery Snake,” then teach verse three. Once the fourth verse
Comment, “Not only were their eyes opened and did they realize they had is included, it all makes
disobeyed God: they also died that day; not physically, but spiritually.” Ask sense. Since the very next
students to point out words in this verse that refer to the spiritual death they week, they will learn of
experienced (guilty, fearful, full of shame). Help them see that physical death the promise of a Satan
would come as well as eternal death. Explain that you will learn about these in Conqueror, and since we
later lessons. are not giving away any
more of the story, we feel
comfortable allowing this
small glimpse into what’s
coming. If you like, you
could teach only the next
line of the song: “But
the story does not end
there…” and leave the
kids hanging. Tell them
they will learn the rest of
Bible Activity the story next week along
with the rest of this song.
Discuss these True or False statements with the children. Let them
answer each question and tell you whether it is True or False. If they
answer False, have the children tell you why it is False.

The tempter, Satan, will cast doubt on the character of God. He will
suggest that God is withholding something good from us. T or F

The tempter, Satan, will not tell us about the consequences of our
disobedience. T or F

The tempter, Satan, will try to minimize who God is and what He
expects from us. T or F

The tempter, Satan, will deceive us into thinking we can become like
God. T or F

Satan’s promises never come true. T or F

God will always punish sin or disobedience. T or F

Satan wants us to doubt God’s Word and His goodness. T or F

Lesson Number 44 Adventures in the Story of Hope

Page 368 Teacher Guide
 Teacher Notes
M e m o r y Ve r s e
Bible Memory Activity
Write words of the verse
Romans 5:12 - Therefore, just as through one man sin entered the world, and
on a piece of paper using
death through sin, and thus death spread to all men, because all sinned. large letters. Cut the verse
into individual phrases
or words. Hide the strips
around the room, out of
view. Review the verse
Bible Activity a few times. Let the
children find the pieces.
Bring in a cut flower, tree branch, or grass. Plan ahead and cut one a week As they find them, let
before the lesson so it will be totally dead looking, cut another of the same them gather in front
thing 2-3 days before class, and cut the last one the day before class and of the room and place
keep it fresh in water until class time. Ask the question: “Which one of themselves in the proper
these is the most dead?” (Answer: They are all dead, because they are all order. Read the verse
aloud
cut off from their source of life) The flower (branch, etc.) that looks fresh
is still doomed to look like the dried up one, it’s only a matter of time. The
same thing was true when God said to Adam and Eve, “You shall surely die.”
They had been separated from God (their source of life) by sin, so they were
doomed to die, not only physically, but also spiritually. Just like this branch
(or flower), they were “as good as dead” already.

Set up blocks or pieces of wood that can stand up on one end. Set them up
about 2 inches apart, at least 10 blocks, or as many as 30 if you have them (the
effect will be more dramatic with more blocks). Push the first one over, and
see how all the others quickly fall also. Have a child (or teacher) read Romans
5:12. Say: “This first block is like Adam, who sinned at the very beginning of
time. Because of his sin, we are all born as sinners.”

Coloring Book

Artwork at the end of the lesson can be used for coloring, either by the teach-
er or by the student. Adam and Eve are pictured here after they sinned or
disobeyed God. Color the picture and ask the kids to think about this while
they are coloring: Say, “What do you think Adam and Eve were thinking
and feeling after they sinned against God?” Let the kids color the picture
and discuss this question with you.

Adventures in the Story of Hope Lesson Number 44

Teacher Guide Page 369
 My Story of Hope
(1) Right away after eating the fruit, Adam and Eve noticed that they were naked. (2) Adam and Eve made
clothes for themselves from fig leaves. (3) When God came to the garden that evening He asked, “Where
are you?” but Adam and Eve were afraid (can write “afraid” above their heads) so they hid. (4) (bottom)
God asks them, “Have you eaten from the forbidden tree?” (can write these words). (5) Adam blamed Eve
and Eve blamed the serpent (each one points to the other).

Lesson Number 44 Adventures in the Story of Hope

Page 370 Teacher Guide
 Teacher Notes

3 Review and Close

Questions

1. What did Adam and Eve notice after they disobeyed God? (they were
naked)

2. What did Adam and Eve use to cover themselves? (fig leaves)

3. What did Adam and Eve do when they heard God coming into the garden?
(they hid)

4. Why did Adam and Eve hide when they heard God walking in the garden?
(they were afraid because they knew they had disobeyed God)

5. What was Adam’s excuse for disobeying God? (the woman you gave me
gave the fruit)

6. What was Eve’s excuse? (the serpent tricked me)

7. What kind of death did Adam and Eve experience immediately after dis-
obeying God? (spiritual death)

THEME: Sin separated Adam and Eve from God.

Apply the Lesson

When faced with temptation, the best thing to do is to admit to God that
you are being tempted. When Jesus was tempted, He used the Word of God
to help Him face Satan’s temptations. Think of a Bible verse that will help
you face temptation. If you give in to temptation, confess your sin to God
and He will forgive you; I John 1:9.

Eight essential truths emerge from the Bible’s Story of Hope. From this story
in the Bible, we learn that God made man and woman chose to disobey (sin
against) God when Satan tempted them.

Adventures in the Story of Hope Lesson Number 44

Teacher Guide Page 371
45 Eight Summary
Truths from the
Bible
Truth Number 5:
Christ
John 5:16-18; 8:48-59; and
10:22-33 Teacher Notes
Study the Lesson (before class) A beautiful full color pic-
ture of the artwork above
is available for purchase
• Our study has given us eight basic summary truths that are found as a set through www.
throughout the entire Bible. Lessons 41-48 will focus on these sum- [Link]/resources.
mary truths. Look for the “40 Events”
version. This picture can
• At least one truth of these eight basic summary truths has been con- be used as you tell the
tained in every lesson. Many times, more than one truth is contained story. You may also want
in each of the 20 Old Testament stories and 20 New Testament stories. to post these pictures
around your classroom
• These eight truths will give us a basic overview of the metanarrative of to visually remind your
the Bible. That metanarrative is this: class of previous lessons
as you teach Adventures
• 1. God always existed and is very powerful. in The Story of Hope.

• 2. God created man and woman to be His special friends. ATSOH Bible Visual #26

• 3. God’s special friends disobeyed God. They sinned.

• 4. God punished that sin and punishes all sin with eternal death.

• 5. God sent His one and only Son, Jesus Christ.

• 6. Jesus Christ died on the cross to pay for our sins. Truth Number 5: Christ

• 7. God expects us to put our faith in who Jesus is and what He did. Lessons 7, 19, 20, 21, 26, 28,
30, and 37
• 8. If we put our faith in Christ, He will give us eternal life.

Adventures in the Story of Hope Lesson Number 45

Teacher Guide ©Copyright 2012 Sow and Harvest International Page 373
 Teacher Notes

1 Begin the Lesson

Review and Games:
Move to the Head of the
Review Questions from Lesson 6: Origin of Death Class
Why did Adam and Eve hide when they heard God walking in the garden? Students sit in chairs or
(they were afraid because they knew they had disobeyed God) on the floor all facing the
same direction. If the
What kind of death did Adam and Eve experience immediately after disobey- student answers a ques-
ing God? (spiritual death) tion correctly he moves
up one position. If he
Review Questions from Lesson 21: The Birth of Jesus Christ answers wrong he goes to
back of the row.
What did God want Joseph and Mary to name the baby and why? (Jesus;
because He would save His people from their sins)

Why did Joseph and Mary go all the way to Bethlehem when Mary was preg-
nant? (the ruler of that day, Caesar Augustus, said everyone must register in
his/her hometown…and this was the fulfillment of prophecy; Micah 5:2)

Review Question from Lesson 22: Temptations by Satan

What did Satan do when he realized he could not get Jesus to sin –do wrong?
(he left him to wait for another opportunity)

Review Questions from Lesson 23: Announcement by John the Baptist

Why was the sign of the dove resting on Jesus important to John? (Up until
then he had not recognized who Jesus really was)

When John saw Jesus approaching him at the river one day after he had
baptized Jesus, what amazing words did he say about Jesus? (“Look! Here is
the Lamb of God who takes away the sin of the world.” Remember what we
studied about sacrificial lambs taking away sins?)

Review Questions from Lesson 24: Jesus Meets a Religious Leader

Why did Nicodemus come to talk to Jesus at night? (he was afraid the other
Jewish rules might not like it)

What did Jesus mean when He told Nicodemus he needed to be born again?
(Jesus was talking about a spiritual birth - giving man a new heart and a new
spirit)

Lesson Number 45 Adventures in the Story of Hope

Page 374 Teacher Guide
Review Questions from Lesson 25: Jesus Meets an Unreligious Woman Teacher Notes

Why did the Jews hate the Samaritans? (They were descendents of Babylonians
who had married Israelites and did not follow the entire Old Testament, nor
did they worship at the temple in Jerusalem)

Why was Jesus willing to talk to this hated Samaritan woman? (Jesus loved all
people and He didn’t let prejudice affect His actions)

2 Te a c h t h e L e s s o n
Introduction to Lesson 26: Jesus Claims To Be One with God

Bible activity on page 223 should be used before you tell the story.

Te l l T h e S t o r y

Some people, like John the Baptist, noticed things about Jesus that made Him
very special. Some believed He was Messiah, specially sent from God. Others
didn’t.

One Sabbath Jesus visited the beautiful Bethesda Pool near the Sheep Gate in
Jerusalem. Many blind, lame, and paralyzed people lay in the shelter around
the pool. One of them had been unable to walk for 38 years.

Jesus spoke to the man. “Get up, roll up your mat, and walk.”

Immediately the man was healed. He rolled up his mat and walked around.

Jewish leaders saw the man carrying his mat on the Sabbath. They told him,
“It is against the law for you to carry your mat on the Sabbath.”

Now it wasn’t really against the Law that Moses had received from God. It was
against what they taught (that went far beyond the original law), but the man
who was healed didn’t know the difference. He answered the Jews. “I’m just
carrying my mat because the man who healed me told me to roll it up and
walk.”

Adventures in the Story of Hope Lesson Number 45

Teacher Guide Page 375
“Who told you that?” they asked. Teacher Notes
The man didn’t know. A crowd had gathered and Jesus had slipped away. Later
Jesus found him in the temple. “Look how you can walk now! Live right so
nothing worse happens to you.”

Then the man went and told the Jewish leaders Jesus was the one who had
healed him. That’s why they were persecuting Him—for healing people on the
Sabbath. Jesus told them, “Listen. My Father works every day and so do I.” Af-
ter that, the Jewish leaders wanted to kill Him even more; not only for break-
ing the Sabbath, but because He called God His own Father and made Himself
equal with God.

Another time the Jewish leaders were insulting Jesus. He answered them. “If
anyone keeps My word, he will never see death.”

“Now we know you are crazy!” Abraham died along with all the prophets, but
You say anyone who keeps Your word will not die. Are you greater than Abra-
ham, who died? And the prophets, who died? Who do You think You are?”

“Abraham rejoiced that he would see My day. He saw my coming and was
glad.”

“What? You are not even fifty years old, and You have seen Abraham?”

“Listen to me: before Abraham was, I am.”

The Jews considered this a blasphemous claim to be God. Their law said He
should be stoned! So they picked up stones to throw at Jesus, but Jesus hid
himself and left the temple.

Later, during Hanukkah, Jesus was walking in the temple. The Jewish leaders
Show ATSOH #26
gathered around and asked, “How long will You keep us in suspense? If You
are the Christ, tell us in plain language.”

“I told you, but you don’t believe…I and the Father are one.” Twice more that
day they picked up stones to kill Him. They tried to grab Him, but He escaped.

Lesson Number 45 Adventures in the Story of Hope

Page 376 Teacher Guide
 Teacher Notes
Music
Look

Sing all of “Look!” teaching the fourth verse. Here again, the “Look!” is turned
around, this time to the crowd who are picking up stones to stone Jesus. It
is a ‘look’ of horror as we realize they have rejected Jesus and, angry at Him
for declaring He is God, they try to kill Him. The original chorus (“Look, the
Lamb of God”) is repeated at the end to bring continuity and remind us that
Jesus who is One with the Father is also the Lamb who takes away the sin of
the world.

Bible Memory Activity

M e m o r y Ve r s e After reviewing the verse
several times, have the
John 10:28 - And I give them eternal life, and they shall never perish; neither students form a circle and
shall anyone snatch them out of My hand. choose one person to be
in the center. Give the
center person a simple
object to guard from
Bible Activity the others. The outer
circle students will try to
Say, “Have you ever met a famous person?” (Allow children to answer) capture the object without
There is a TV show in America called “Undercover Boss.” This is how being touched by the
center person. Several
it works: The president or owner of a very large company decides to see
students trying at the
what it is like to work an ordinary job in his company instead of sitting in
same time should allow
his expensive office in the big city. For example, it might be the owner of one to capture the object
McDonalds that would “get hired” as a person that makes the hamburgers without being touched.
at a local McDonald’s restaurant. Of course, none of the people who work Whoever captures
there even know the name of the owner of the company; they just got a job the object will say the
flipping burgers to make some money. He works alongside these ordi- verse and then have the
nary people, pretending to be an ordinary worker himself. He talks to the opportunity to be guard.
other workers, asks them what they think of working here, etc. Imagine Repeat as desired.
their surprise when at the end of this “experiment” they find out who was
working with them! Did they have any idea who this person was? Maybe
they saw clues along the way, if they were paying attention, but maybe they
were totally unaware! Now……bring that same idea all the way up to the
very highest level: What if you found out that God Himself was living and
walking with you?!! Let’s see what happened in that very situation, as we
read God’s Word today.

Adventures in the Story of Hope Lesson Number 45

Teacher Guide Page 377
 My Story of Hope
(1) Jesus told a lame man to pick up his mat and walk. (2) Some Jewish leaders saw him carrying the mat
and were shocked because it was against their law to carry things on the Sabbath. (3) Jesus told some Jew-
ish leaders, “Before Abraham was, I am!” They picked up stones to stone him. (4) Jesus told some Jewish
leaders, “My Father and I are one.”

Lesson Number 45 Adventures in the Story of Hope

Page 378 Teacher Guide
 Teacher Notes

Apply the Lesson

Anyone who reads the Bible will sometime have to ask the question, “Is Jesus
really God?” He claimed to be God and to have faith in Jesus Christ, we must
believe that He is God. If you don’t believe He is God, why don’t you believe
what Jesus said about Himself? If you do believe, what is the strongest reason
for you to believe that Jesus is God?

Eight essential truths emerge from the Bible’s Story of Hope. From this story
in the Bible, we learn that Jesus Christ is God.

Adventures in the Story of Hope Lesson Number 45

Teacher Guide Page 379
46 Eight Summary
Truths from the
Bible
Truth Number 6:
Cross
Luke 23:26-38 and 1 Corinthians 5:7
Teacher Notes
Study the Lesson (before class)
A beautiful full color pic-
ture of the artwork above
• Our study has given us eight basic summary truths that are found is available for purchase
throughout the entire Bible. Lessons 41-48 will focus on these sum- as a set through www.
mary truths. [Link]/resources.
Look for the “40 Events”
• At least one truth of these eight basic summary truths has been con- version. This picture can
tained in every lesson. Many times, more than one truth is contained be used as you tell the
in each of the 20 Old Testament stories and 20 New Testament sto- story. You may also want
ries. to post these pictures
around your classroom
• These eight truths will give us a basic overview of the metanarrative to visually remind your
of the Bible. That metanarrative is this: class of previous lessons
as you teach Adventures
• 1. God always existed and is very powerful. in The Story of Hope.

• 2. God created man and woman to be His special friends. ATSOH Bible Visual #31

• 3. God’s special friends disobeyed God. They sinned.

• 4. God punished that sin and punishes all sin with eternal death.

• 5. God sent His one and only Son, Jesus Christ. Truth Number 6: Cross

• 6. Jesus Christ died on the cross to pay for our sins. Lessons 8 14, 25, 33, and 26

• 7. God expects us to put our faith in who Jesus is and what He did.

• 8. If we put our faith in Christ, He will give us eternal life.

Adventures in the Story of Hope Lesson Number 46

Teacher Guide ©Copyright 2012 Sow and Harvest International Page 381
 Teacher Notes

1 Begin the Lesson

Review Questions from Lesson 11: Promises to Abraham Review and Games:
Bible Charades
Did God tell Abraham the location of the land where He wanted him to go?
(no, Abraham went out in faith not knowing where he was going) Ask one student to
choose a Bible story (or
Name at least two of the seven promises God gave to Abraham. (I will make
you a great nation, I will bless you, I will make your name great, you will be a part of a story) and act
blessing, I will bless those who bless you and curse those who curse you) it out while the other
students try to guess
Review Questions from Lesson 26: Jesus Claims To Be One with God which story it is.

What was the Jewish leaders’ response when Jesus called God His Father,
making Him equal with God? (they wanted to kill Him because they thought
a man was claiming to be equal with God)

Jesus said, “I and the Father are __________. (one)

Review Question from Lesson 27: Teaching About Hell

Name at least two of the words or phrases Jesus used to describe hell. (dark-
ness, weeping, gnashing of teeth, fire that never dies, where the worm does
not die)

Review Questions from Lesson 28: Miracles of Jesus

When the stone had been removed from the tomb, what did Jesus say? (Laza-
rus, come out here)

When they saw that Jesus had raised Lazarus from the dead, many Jews be-
lieved, but others went and told whom? (Pharisees)

Review Questions from Lesson 29: Betrayal of Jesus

What did Jesus mean when he held up the cup and said, “This is My blood
of the covenant, which is poured out for many for the forgiveness of sins?”
(Jesus was predicting that His body would be broken and His blood would be
shed…just as John the Baptist had said that Jesus was the Lamb of God who
takes away the sin of the world.)

Where did Jesus and His followers (except Judas) go after the Passover meal?
(they went to Olive Press Garden to pray)

Lesson Number 46 Adventures in the Story of Hope

Page 382 Teacher Guide
 Teacher Notes
Review Questions from Lesson 30: Jesus Appears Before Unfair Judges

After Jesus was arrested, the Sanhedrin got two witnesses to __________ (lie)
about Jesus.

When Caiaphas asked Jesus if He was the King of the Jews, what did Jesus say?
(yes, it is as you say - as a descendant of Judah and David, Jesus was qualified
to be the King of the Jewish people)

2 Te a c h t h e L e s s o n
Introduction to Lesson 31: The Crucifixion of Jesus

People use the cross for different reasons. Some people use the cross for jew-
elry. Some people use the cross for religious reasons. Other people use the
cross for a variety of reasons. What does the Christian cross mean to you?

Te l l T h e S t o r y

After five trials, Pilate’s soldiers took Jesus into the governor’s palace and
called the leaders together. Stripping Jesus of His clothing, they dressed Him
in bright red. They made a crown from thorns and put it on His head. They
put a hollow stick in His hand to serve as a scepter. Then bowing down to
Jesus, they said to Him, “Honor to You, King of the Jews!” Then they spit on
Him and hit Him on the head with the ‘scepter.’ When it was no longer fun,
they removed the red toga, replacing it with His own clothes, and took Him
out to be crucified.

When a person was going to be crucified, they had to carry their own cross.
Jesus began to carry the heavy cross beam to the crucifixion site. He was so
weak from the beatings that He fell under the heavy load. They found a man
named Simon and made Him carry the cross. When they arrived at ‘Skull
Hill,’ they offered Jesus a mixture of wine and perfume as a pain killer. When
He had tasted what it was, Jesus refused it.

The soldiers nailed Jesus to the cross along with two criminals, one on His
right, the other on His left. While waiting for them to die, the soldiers passed
the time gambling for Jesus’ clothes.

Adventures in the Story of Hope Lesson Number 46

Teacher Guide Page 383
They wrote the ‘criminal charge’ against Him and posted it on the cross above Teacher Notes
His head: This is Jesus, the King of the Jews. People passing by shook their
heads and made fun: “Oh, You can tear down the Temple and rebuild it in
three days? Let’s see some of that power! Son of God, are You? Then come on
down from the cross!”

The leading priests and religious men joined in the mockery: “He saved oth-
ers, but He can’t save Himself! The King of Israel could get Himself off the
cross. We would believe in Him if He did that! He trusted in God. Let’s see if
God will rescue him now; if He even wants Him! After all, He claimed he was
God’s Son, didn’t He?”

Crowds of people, religious leaders, soldiers all made fun of him. If that wasn’t
enough, the two criminals being crucified with Him joined in, too.
Show ATSOH #31 while
Mocked. going through this poem.
Rejected.
Lifted up.
Beaten.
Heads shaking.
People amazed.
Pierced hands and feet.
Dying with criminals.
Forsaken, despised, naked.
Rejected by God.
“He trusts God, let Him deliver!”
These are descriptions of Jesus at His death, right? Well yes, but these are
prophecies David and Isaiah wrote in Psalm 22 and Isaiah 52 and 53 about the
Messiah that was to come. Jesus fulfilled them in His horrible, painful, humili-
ating death that day on the cross.

Music
Something to Proclaim

Teach verse one of “Something to Proclaim.” Notice that the crucifixion is de-
clared to be the act of crushing the serpent’s head. Be sure to help the students
catch that. Notice also, that the first verse proclaims the resurrection already—
a little bit of front loading. Teach the song, but don’t emphasize that part until
lesson thirty-three.

Lesson Number 46 Adventures in the Story of Hope

Page 384 Teacher Guide
 Teacher Notes
M e m o r y Ve r s e Bible Memory Activity

Print a verse on the chalk

1 Peter 3:18 - For Christ also suffered once for sins, the just for the unjust,
or white board, in reach
that He might bring us to God, being put to death in the flesh but made alive
of the students. Under the
by the Spirit.
verse, print all the letters
of the alphabet about 1
Bible Activity inch apart. Children take
turns coming to the board
and circling their letter
“Show and Know.” Bring in as many objects as you can to “show” the chil-
in the verse in consecu-
dren, so they will “know” what really happened on the day of Jesus’ cruci-
tive order, 1st letter all A’s,
fixion. Example – 6” long nails, a crown of thorns made from a thorny bush
2nd all letter B’s…until
such as a rose bush, dirty rags, a leather whip if you can find or make one, a
the end of the alphabet.
hollow stick that could be used to beat a criminal. Talk about each item and
For each turn the student
help the children understand the horrible punishment that Jesus willingly
will receive points for the
took in our place.
number of letters circled
in the verse. Have a way
Optional Activity: Make a “Punishment Substitution” chart. Explain to the
to keep track of the stu-
class that they will sign this chart and take it home. At home they will explain
dent’s individual points.
it to their parents, and if it is acceptable with them, they will take turns bear-
The student with the most
ing the punishment for anything that anyone else in their family does wrong.
points wins. If you’re
For example, if Johnny signs up for the first week, and his brother leaves a toy
running out of time, stop
out in the rain and is grounded from TV for a week, Johnny has to take that
when the students have
punishment instead of his brother, even though he didn’t do anything wrong.
had an equal number of
Make a chart for each child, and put enough spaces on it for each person in
chances.
the family to be the “sin substitute” for one week. Talk about the unfairness
of the system, but that Jesus was not concerned about standing up for His
own rights, He was concerned about making us right with God! He wanted
us to be in heaven with Him one day! Encourage your students to sign up for
the first week of this exercise themselves. Their family members can learn
from them how it should be done……

Week 1 - ____________________________________

Week 2 - _____________________________________

Week 3 - _____________________________________

Week 4 - _____________________________________

Week 5 - _____________________________________

Week 6 - _____________________________________

Adventures in the Story of Hope Lesson Number 46

Teacher Guide Page 385
 My Story of Hope
(1) The Roman soldiers dressed Jesus in a bright red robe and placed a crown of thorns on his head. They
pretended to worship Jesus and beat Him with rods. (2) Simon of Cyrene (can write his name) was forced
to carry the heavy cross beam of Jesus’ cross up the hill. (3) Jesus was hung on a cross between two crimi-
nals. A sign was placed above His head that read ‘This is the King of the Jews’. The soldiers gambled for
Jesus’ clothes and Jews mocked Him as He hung on the cross (can write ‘He saved others, but He can’t save
Himself ’).

Coloring Book
Artwork at the end of the lesson can be used for coloring, either by the teacher or by the student. Say,
“This picture shows Jesus on the cross. Why did Jesus have to die?” Let the children color the picture
and discuss this question with you.

Lesson Number 46 Adventures in the Story of Hope

Page 386 Teacher Guide
 Teacher Notes

3 Review and Close

Questions

1. Who was made to carry Jesus’ cross? (Simon of Cyrene)

2. When Jesus was crucified, what did they offer Jesus to relieve the pain? (a
mixture of wine and perfume). Did Jesus accept it? (no)

3. Who else was crucified with Jesus? (two criminals)

4. While waiting for the three men on the cross to die, how did the soldiers pass
their time? (they gambled for Jesus’ clothes)

5. What prayer did Jesus pray for those who took part in His crucifixion? (Fa-
ther, forgive them, for they do not know what they are doing)

6. What did Jesus’ enemies do as they watched him dying on the cross? (they
mocked Him; “He saved others, why can’t He save Himself?”)

THEME: Jesus was nailed to the cross for our sins.

Apply the Lesson

Jesus died for our sins on the cross. He paid for every evil deed or thought
that all of us have done. Anyone can enter a personal relationship with Jesus
Christ when they admit to Him that they trust Him for dying for their own
personal sins. They can invited Him into their own life by prayer when they
confess Him as Lord and admit their sin to Him. Have you put your faith in
Jesus Christ for dying on the cross for you?

Eight essential truths emerge from the Bible’s Story of Hope. From this story
in the Bible, we learn that Jesus is the only One who can carry our sins from
us to God.

Adventures in the Story of Hope Lesson Number 46

Teacher Guide Page 387
47 Eight Summary
Truths from the
Bible
Truth Number 7:
Faith
Luke 24:1-12 and 36-43
Teacher Notes
Study the Lesson (before class) A beautiful full color pic-
ture of the artwork above
• Our study has given us eight basic summary truths that are found is available for purchase
throughout the entire Bible. Lessons 41-48 will focus on these sum- as a set through www.
mary truths. [Link]/resources.
Look for the “40 Events”
• At least one truth of these eight basic summary truths has been version. This picture can
contained in every lesson. Many times, more than one truth is con- be used as you tell the
tained in each of the 20 Old Testament stories and 20 New Testament story. You may also want
stories. to post these pictures
around your classroom
• These eight truths will give us a basic overview of the metanarrative to visually remind your
of the Bible. That metanarrative is this: class of previous lessons
as you teach Adventures
• 1. God always existed and is very powerful. in The Story of Hope.

• 2. God created man and woman to be His special friends. ATSOH Bible Visual #33

• 3. God’s special friends disobeyed God. They sinned.

• 4. God punished that sin and punishes all sin with eternal death.

• 5. God sent His one and only Son, Jesus Christ.

Truth Number 7: Faith
• 6. Jesus Christ died on the cross to pay for our sins.
Lessons 18, 24, 25, 33, and 36
• 7. God expects us to put our faith in who Jesus is and what He did.

• 8. If we put our faith in Christ, He will give us eternal life.

Adventures in the Story of Hope Lesson Number 47

Teacher Guide ©Copyright 2012 Sow and Harvest International Page 389
 Teacher Notes

1 Begin the Lesson

Review and Game:
Twenty Questions
Review Questions from Lesson 13: Moses Leads His People
Using the names, objects
What did God ask Moses to do through the burning bush at Mt. Horeb? (Go and places from a previ-
to Pharaoh and tell him to let God’s people go) ous game (place them
all in the basket) ask one
How did God respond when Moses was afraid to go back to Egypt and talk to student to draw a piece of
Pharaoh? (I will be with you) paper. He will then tell
the class he has drawn a
Review Questions from Lesson 28: Miracles of Jesus person, place or thing.
Children will then take
Jesus knew when He left for Bethany (Lazarus’ home town) that Lazarus was turns asking yes or no
already dead. Why did He tell His disciples that He was glad He hadn’t been questions to try to iden-
there when He died? (so that they would believe) tify the answer. If after
20 questions no one has
Jesus told Martha that He was the resurrection and the _____________. (life) guessed the correct an-
swer, the student tells the
Review Question from Lesson 29: Betrayal of Jesus answer.
Why did Jesus go willingly with the soldiers? (He willingly submitted Him- Suggestions –People:
self to God’s will) Joseph, Mary, Jesus, John
the Baptist, Nicodemus,
Review Questions from Lesson 30: Jesus Appears Before Unfair Judges the Samaritan woman,
the rich man, Lazarus,
What did Herod and his soldiers do when Jesus was brought before them? Judas, Peter. Places:
(they mocked Him and dressed Him in royal clothes) Bethlehem, stable, shep-
herd’s field, Jordan River,
What did the crowd say when Pilate told them he wanted to let Jesus go? the temple, Nazareth,
(they shouted crucify Him, crucify Him) Jerusalem, Samaria,
tomb. Things: well,
Review Questions from Lesson 31: The Crucifixion of Jesus cross, manger (feeding
trough)
Who else was crucified with Jesus? (two criminals)

While waiting for the three men on the cross to die, how did the soldiers pass
their time? (they gambled for Jesus’ clothes)

Review Questions from Lesson 32: A Repentant Dying Thief

One of the criminals crucified with Jesus ___________________ (mocked)

Him.

Lesson Number 47 Adventures in the Story of Hope

Page 390 Teacher Guide
The other criminal ______________ (scolded) the first criminal because he Teacher Notes
knew they were guilty, but believed that Jesus was innocent

2 Te a c h t h e L e s s o n
Introduction to Lesson 33: The Resurrection of Jesus

You cannot explain away the resurrection of Jesus Christ but some have
tried. How would you explain that Jesus Christ conquered death and rose
from the grave?

Te l l T h e S t o r y

Early Sunday morning, Mary Magdalene, Joanna (James’ mother), and some
other women brought the spices they had prepared to the tomb. They knew
that there was a huge stone in front of the tomb, too big for several strong
men to move. How would they be able to get in and put the spices on Jesus’
body? When they got to the tomb, the stone had been rolled away! They
walked right in! But when they didn’t find their Master’s body inside, they
were confused.

All of a sudden, two men in brilliant white clothing appeared. The women
were so afraid, they fell down in front of the angels.

“Why look for the Living One in a tomb? You won’t find Him here. He is alive,
risen from the dead! Don’t you remember? He told you back in Galilee that
He had to be killed on a cross by evil men and in three days rise.” They did
remember, so they left and told the disciples and everyone else the news. The
women kept trying to convince the apostles, but they didn’t believe a word.
They thought the women were crazy! Finally, John and Peter jumped up and
ran to the tomb. They crouched down and looked in. They saw grave clothes,
nothing else. They left confused, not sure of what had happened.

Mary went back to the tomb, too. Eyes filled with tears, she saw someone she
thought to be the gardener, but when the man said, “Mary,” she knew it was
Jesus. “Teacher!” she cried.

“Now don’t hold on to me. Soon I will be going up to the Father. Go tell My show ATSOH #33
disciples this: ‘I am going up to My Father who is your Father, My God who is
your God.’”

Adventures in the Story of Hope Lesson Number 47

Teacher Guide Page 391
So Mary told the disciples, “I saw the Lord!” and told them everything He said Teacher Notes
to her.

That same day two of the disciples were walking the seven-mile trip to Em-
maus village. As they walked, they were talking about all the recent tragic
events. Jesus came up in the middle of their conversation and walked beside
them, but He kept them from recognizing Him.

“What are you talking about so intently as you walk?”

They stopped and just stood there, looking like they had lost their best friend.
Then one of the two, Cleopas, said, “Are you the only one who hasn’t heard
what’s been going on around here lately?”

“What has happened?”

“Jesus the Nazarene was a prophet from God. He did and said amazing things
because God blessed Him. All the people loved Him! But our high priests and
leaders betrayed Him, sentenced Him to death, and crucified Him. We had
hoped he was the Messiah and would deliver Israel. This is the third day since
they killed Him and now we are really confused! Some of our women went to
the tomb this morning and couldn’t find His body. They returned with a story
about angels who said Jesus was alive. Others went to see if it was true and
found the tomb empty as the women said, but—no Jesus.”

Jesus responded: “Can’t you see? Can’t you understand? Can’t you believe the
prophets? Didn’t the Messiah have to suffer and be glorified?” Then he ex-
plained everything the Scriptures taught about his life and ministry, starting
with Moses’ books (At the beginning!) and going through the Prophets’ books
(the end of God’s revealed word at that time).

Arriving at the entrance to Emmaus, Jesus acted as if He was going on to the

next town. The friends objected.

“Stay, eat with us. It’s late; daylight is gone.” So He went in and sat down at the
table with them. He took the bread; blessed, broke, and gave it to them. That’s
when they recognized Him! But as soon as they knew it was Him, they saw
Him no more—He disappeared.

Then the two of them couldn’t stop talking. “Wasn’t that amazing?” “My heart
was burning when He revealed the meaning of the Scriptures.” “Mine, too…”

Lesson Number 47 Adventures in the Story of Hope

Page 392 Teacher Guide
 Teacher Notes
Music
Final Days

Something to Proclaim

Sing “Final Days” and then sing the first two verses and choruses of
“Something to Proclaim” as was done in the last session. Do not move on to
the third verse. Instead, sing the first three verses of “Go and Tell the Story”
and teach verse four which ties Jesus’ birth and resurrection back to the ‘hope
lost’ in Genesis. This time, teach the bridge with a different lyric: “Hope lost,
such cost, what can be done? Hope found, grace abounds through God’s
Son!” This lyric is set apart until this lesson.

Bible Memory Activity

Write the memory verse
M e m o r y Ve r s e on the board and have
the students read it aloud
together. Next, erase one
Luke 24:6 - He is not here, but is risen! Remember how He spoke to you when or two words from the
He was still in Galilee. text and have the children
repeat the verse, filling in
the blank word as they go
along. Keep erasing one
or two words each time,
until all the words are
gone.

Bible Activity
Supplies needed: a stick
As Christians we celebrate one day of the year more than any other. Do you or pen or pencil, and a
know what day that is? Easter! Easter is the day when Jesus rose from the band-aid or stiff cloth to
dead. A rich man named Joseph asked to bury the body of Jesus. Friends wrap around the stick
brought spices to take care of the burial customs. The Jewish custom at that
time was to take strips of linen and wrap them around the body of a dead
person, and then the burial spices were poured over the strips of linen and
hardened in place like a plaster cast would on a broken arm today. Hold up
the stick (or pencil) and say, let’s pretend this stick is an arm or leg. If you
have a band-aid, wrap it around the stick with the sticky side OUT so that it
doesn’t stick to the stick. Tell the rest of the story, and when you get to the
part where the disciples found the grave clothes empty, slip the bandage off
the stick and hold it up so they can see the hollow area where the stick used
to be. The clothes were there, but Jesus was gone, He had risen!!

Adventures in the Story of Hope Lesson Number 47

Teacher Guide Page 393
 Teacher Notes
Craft

The Angel Rolled the Stone Away Craft

Materials:

Large paper plate

Black tempera paint
Brown or grey tempera paint
Brown paper lunch bag (or maybe two)
Scissors
White glue or a stapler
Paper plate

Instructions:

Take a paper plate and have the children paint or color the “bottom”
(underside) of the plate brown or gray, and the “top” black.

Put the two plates together and staple or glue the round edges with the black
side in.

It should be able to stand up with a space in the middle.

Cut a “doorway” and stick a picture of an angel at the back. You can use
pictures from old greeting cards or if your children are old enough you may
want to let them draw their own angel.

Then we make a stone by crumpling up a paper lunch bag and binding it with
masking tape. You can use two bags or a larger bag if you would like a larger
stone.
Then the children can roll the stone away from the door of the cave where
Jesus body was laid to find he is not there, but there is an angel to say he has
risen!

Lesson Number 47 Adventures in the Story of Hope

Page 394 Teacher Guide
 My Story of Hope
(1) The women bowed before the two men in white at Jesus’ open tomb. (2) The women ran back to tell Je-
sus’ followers the news (can write, ‘He’s alive’). (3) Peter ran to the tomb to see for himself. (4) Mary
went back to the garden and met Jesus (can write, ‘Mary’). (5) Mary told the disciples, “I saw the Master!”
(can write these words). (6) Jesus talks to two people on the road to Emmaus.

Adventures in the Story of Hope Lesson Number 47

Teacher Guide Page 395
 Teacher Notes
Coloring Book
Artwork at the end of the lesson can be used for coloring, either by the teacher
or by the student. Say, “This picture shows Jesus after He rose from the
dead. How did the large stone by the grave get rolled away?” Let the chil-
dren color the picture and discuss this question with you.

3 Review and Close

Questions

1. What did the women find when they went to the tomb early Sunday morn-
ing? (the tomb was empty)

2. What did they do when they realized Jesus was alive? (they went and told
the eleven disciples and everyone else)

3. Which of Jesus’ followers went to the tomb to see if it was really empty?
(Peter and John)

4. What did Jesus say to Mary when she saw him later at the tomb? (I am go-
ing up to my Father who is your Father, my God who is your God)

5. Why didn’t the two men on the road to Emmaus recognize Jesus? (He kept
them from recognizing Him)

6. How did Jesus explain to the men on the road to Emmaus why the Messiah
had to suffer and be glorified? (He started at the beginning with the books of
Moses and the prophets and used them to explain His life and ministry)

7. What happened right after the two people on the road to Emmaus recog-
nized Jesus? (He disappeared)

THEME: Jesus rose again. Jesus has power over death.

Lesson Number 47 Adventures in the Story of Hope

Page 396 Teacher Guide
 Teacher Notes

Apply the Lesson

If it were not for the resurrection, the Christian faith would be meaningless.
The truth of the resurrection is God’s guarantee that Jesus Christ has con-
quered death. Those who saw Him after He rose from the dead turned the
world upside down. Because of their belief that Jesus had conquered death and
rose from the dead, the followers of Jesus were able to do amazing and spec-
tacular things. Because of your faith that Jesus has risen from the dead, what
are some things that you think God wants you to do?

Eight essential truths emerge from the Bible’s Story of Hope. From this story
in the Bible, we learn that Jesus Christ rose from the dead and that we should
put our faith in Him because of that.

Adventures in the Story of Hope Lesson Number 47

Teacher Guide Page 397
48 Eight Summary
Truths from the
Bible
Truth Number 8:
Life
Revelation 21:1-22:5
Teacher Notes
Study the Lesson (before class) A beautiful full color pic-
ture of the artwork above
is available for purchase
• Our study has given us eight basic summary truths that are found as a set through www.
throughout the entire Bible. Lessons 41-48 will focus on these sum- [Link]/resources.
mary truths. Look for the “40 Events”
version. This picture can
• At least one truth of these eight basic summary truths has been con- be used as you tell the
tained in every lesson. Many times, more than one truth is contained story. You may also want
in each of the 20 Old Testament stories and 20 New Testament stories. to post these pictures
around your classroom
• These eight truths will give us a basic overview of the metanarrative of to visually remind your
the Bible. That metanarrative is this: class of previous lessons
as you teach Adventures
• 1. God always existed and is very powerful. in The Story of Hope.

• 2. God created man and woman to be His special friends. ATSOH Bible Visual #40

• 3. God’s special friends disobeyed God. They sinned.

• 4. God punished that sin and punishes all sin with eternal death.

• 5. God sent His one and only Son, Jesus Christ.

• 6. Jesus Christ died on the cross to pay for our sins. Truth Number 8: Life

• 7. God expects us to put our faith in who Jesus is and what He did. Lessons 23, 34, 35, and 40

• 8. If we put our faith in Christ, He will give us eternal life.

Adventures in the Story of Hope Lesson Number 48

Teacher Guide ©Copyright 2012 Sow and Harvest International Page 399
 Teacher Notes

1 Begin the Lesson

Review and Games:
RReview Questions from Lesson 20: Prophecies of a Coming Messiah Chronological Order

What would be the main purpose of the Messiah’s coming? (to solve our sin Give the students the
problem once and for all) Story of Hope pictures
and have them arrange
Why did the Messiah choose to suffer and die? (for our sins) them chronologically
or write the names of
Review Questions from Lesson 35: Peter Proclaims the Good News key characters on pieces
of paper and have the
What two things did Jesus become through His death and resurrection? (Mas- students put them in the
ter and Messiah) order that they lived on
this earth.
How did Peter respond when the people asked, “What should we do? (turn
from your old ways to God and be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ)

Review Question from Lesson 36: The Return of Jesus for Believers

On that glorious day when Jesus returns for believers, how will our bodies be
changed? (from fragile, sin cursed bodies to pure, immortal bodies)

Review Questions from Lesson 37: The Return of Jesus as King

When Jesus returns to the earth, He will protect the people living in what city?
(Jerusalem)

In the great battle against Satan, where will the beast and the false prophet be
thrown? (the lake of fire)

Review Questions from Lesson 38: The Final Doom of Satan

Lucifer (now Satan) tempted Adam and Eve in the Garden of Eden. God
cursed him and declared war between him and the woman. What would her
Descendant do to Satan? (crush him)

Many years later Eve’s Descendant crushed Satan when He gave His life on the
cross to free all mankind from Satan’s power. What was His name? (Jesus)

Review Questions from Lesson 39: Eternal Punishment for Unbelievers

Who was John? (one of Jesus’ followers)

Lesson Number 48 Adventures in the Story of Hope

Page 400 Teacher Guide
When John was about 95 years, old people that didn’t believe his message put Teacher Notes
him in prison on what island? (Patmos)

2 Te a c h t h e L e s s o n
Introduction to Lesson 40: Eternal Happiness for Believers

This story, The Story of Hope, can have a very happy ending for you. Do you
want to know how to have that happy ending?

Te l l T h e S t o r y

Down through the ages people have been waiting, longing to be free from
their sinful bodies and live forever with God. They have eagerly anticipated
this ever since sin first entered the world.

It was literally paradise for Adam and Eve to live in the Garden. But sin
contaminated God’s perfect world. Over the years God made it clearer and
clearer to fallen people that He had a plan and would not give up on having
righteous men and women live on a perfect earth. Many along the way came
to understand this and submitted to God’s plan, trusting in His Word alone,
and not in anything they could try on their own.

Abraham was one of those. In all his travels he kept his eye on an unseen city
designed and built by God Himself. Abraham’s wife, Sarah, and then Isaac
and Jacob had the same goal. All of them kept believing and didn’t turn back
when the road got difficult. They continued to look for a better country than
anything they had seen on earth; a heavenly country. God will honor them;
He has a City waiting for them. Many more were pioneers, blazing the way,
looking forward to the day God would reveal His City.

Where is this City? It’s not on Mount Sinai, in fact, it’s not even in Israel. This
is the City where the living God lives and judges. It’s the City which we enter
only through Jesus’ sacrifice. Where is it?

After Satan is thrown into Fire and Brimstone Lake, God’s special City, the
New Jerusalem, will come down from Heaven, brand new, and glorious,
prepared for God as a bride for her husband. A loud voice will come from the
Throne:

Adventures in the Story of Hope Lesson Number 48

Teacher Guide Page 401
“Look! Look! God is moving in, making His home with men and women! Teacher Notes
He will wipe away the tears of His people. Death, tears and pain are finished;
Show ATSOH #40.
gone for good. All the old is gone. I’m making everything new. And this New
City is what My Children, the faithful, will inherit. But murderers, idol-wor-
shippers, liars—all who are not trusting Jesus—are destined for Lake Fire and
Brimstone; second death!”

What is the City like? It will shimmer like a precious gem, filled with light.
The foundation will be decorated with every precious gem imaginable. The
high, majestic walls of jasper will have twelve gates each made from a single
pearl, an angel positioned at each. (By the way, the gates will never be shut.)
The City will be as tall as it is wide and long—2200 kilometers long, wide
and high.

Main Street will be of pure gold, clear as glass. There will be no Temple, for
the Lord God and the Lamb are its Temple. God’s Glory serves as the sun
for the City; the Lamb for its street lights! There will never be night! All the
nations will walk in its light. Earth’s kings will bring the splendor, glory, and
honor of the nations into the City.

At the center of the City is God’s Throne (and the Lamb’s). God’s glory will
provide all the light anyone will ever need. Flowing crystal bright from the
Throne right down the middle of Main Street will be the Water-of-Life River.
The Tree of Life will be planted on each side of the River, producing twelve
kinds of fruit, a ripe fruit each month. Its leaves will heal the nations.

Who will enter the City? Nothing dirty, sinful, or deceiving will get into the
City. Only those whose names are written in the Lamb’s Book of Life will get
in. These servants of God will look on His face and worship Him, ruling with
Him forever.

Music
What the Future Holds

Go and Tell the Story

Start with the first verse of “What the Future Holds” and then teach the
second verse. Then, sing “Go and Tell the Story, adding the final verse about
faith.

Lesson Number 48 Adventures in the Story of Hope

Page 402 Teacher Guide
 Teacher Notes
M e m o r y Ve r s e Bible Memory Activity
Review the verse in
Revelation 22:5 - There shall be no night there: They need no lamp nor light phrases, including the
of the sun, for the Lord God gives them light. And they shall reign forever reference. Have the
and ever. students sit in a circle,
and call out one name.
That student will say the
reference (Rev 22:5). The
Bible Activity student to the left must
say the first phrase of
Have a child look up and read I Corinthians 2:9, if possible. If your children the verse (There shall be
are too young, the teacher should read this verse out loud. Then ask the fol- no night there), and the
lowing questions: (After each question, allow 3-4 children to give an answer, student to their left must
then say together: “Heaven will be better than that!”) say the next (They need
no lamp). Continue until
1. What is the most beautiful city in the world? the verse is complete.
Do this several times so
2. What is the best tasting food you have ever had? everyone has a chance to
say part of the verse.
3. What is the most beautiful music you have ever heard?
4. What is the best weather to enjoy?
5. What is the happiest thing on earth that you most enjoy doing?
The Bible teaches that we can’t even imagine how wonderful heaven will be!
It sure is fun to imagine it, though!
Let’s make a list of things that the Bible says will NOT be in heaven….
Sin, sadness, tears, death, pain (all the bad stuff)

Adventures in the Story of Hope Lesson Number 48

Teacher Guide Page 403
 Teacher Notes
Craft

Heaven’s Gate Collage Craft

This is a simple color, cut and paste craft that is fun and easy for children of
all ages to complete.

Students can use all three template pieces or they can skip the third template
and draw their own vision of heaven behind the pearly gates. They can also
write a poem about heaven or write a short prayer for a loved one in heaven.

Materials:

printer
paper
scissors
glue
something to color with (B&W version)

Instructions:

On a piece of blue construction paper or regular white paper, arrange the

pieces from template 3 to create your vision of heaven.

Cut out the gate from templates 1 and 2 fold each gate on the dotted line to
create a hinged tab

Glue the tab for each gate onto your picture of heaven so the gate can be
opened to peek inside.

Coloring Book
Artwork at the end of the lesson can be used for coloring, either by the teach-
er or by the student. Say, “This picture shows people who are enjoying
the special place called heaven. What are two or three things that seem
special to you about heaven?” Let the children color the picture and discuss
this question with you.

Lesson Number 48 Adventures in the Story of Hope

Page 404 Teacher Guide
 My Story of Hope
(1) While he lived on the earth Abraham (bottom) lived in tents because he was looking for a heavenly city
whose designer and builder is God. (2) The New Jerusalem (top) will be filled with the light of God’s glory.
Its gates will never be shut and the Water-of-Life River will flow right down the middle of the main street.

Adventures in the Story of Hope Lesson Number 48

Teacher Guide Page 405
 Teacher Notes

3 Review and Close

1. What two things has mankind been longing for ever since the first man
and woman were cast from the perfect Garden of Eden? (to be free from
the body of sin and live forever with God)

2. God had a plan to live with men and women. Where? (on a perfect
earth)

3. Where is the perfect city that God is preparing for all those who believe?
(the perfect city, New Jerusalem, will come down from heaven and God will
make His home among mankind)

4. The streets of New Jerusalem will be made of what? (pure gold). The
foundation will be made of what? (precious stones) The twelve gates will
each be made of what? (each, a single pearl)

5. Why will there be no temple in New Jerusalem? (God and the Lamb,
Jesus, are its temple)

6. Why will there be no sun? (the glory of God will be the sun and the
Lamb will be the street lights)

7. Who will be able to enter New Jerusalem? (those whose names are writ-
ten in the Lamb’s book of life)

THEME: Believers will live happily with God forever in heaven.

Apply the Lesson

There is a very beautiful place for believers who have trusted Christ. There will
be no sin and they will live there with God forever. Tell us three things you
know to be true about this happy place for believers in Jesus.

Eight essential truths emerge from the Bible’s Story of Hope. From this story
in the Bible, we learn that believers will live forever with Jesus in a happy place.

Lesson Number 48 Adventures in the Story of Hope

Page 406 Teacher Guide
 Music

Music Adventures in the Story of Hope

Page 408 Teacher Guide
Adventures in the Story of Hope Music
Music
Teacher Guide Page 409
Music Adventures in the Story of Hope
Page 410 Teacher Guide
Adventures in the Story of Hope Music
Music
Teacher Guide Page 411
Music Adventures in the Story of Hope
Page 412 Teacher Guide
Adventures in the Story of Hope Music
Music
Teacher Guide Page 413
Music Adventures in the Story of Hope
Page 414 Teacher Guide
Adventures in the Story of Hope Music
Music
Teacher Guide Page 415
Music Adventures in the Story of Hope
Page 416 Teacher Guide
Adventures in the Story of Hope Music
Teacher Guide Page 417
Music Adventures in the Story of Hope
Page 418 Teacher Guide
Adventures in the Story of Hope Music
Teacher Guide Page 419
Music Adventures in the Story of Hope
Page 420 Teacher Guide
Adventures in the Story of Hope Music
Teacher Guide Page 421
Music Adventures in the Story of Hope
Page 422 Teacher Guide
Adventures in the Story of Hope Music
Teacher Guide Page 423
Music Adventures in the Story of Hope
Page 424 Teacher Guide
Adventures in the Story of Hope Music
Music
Teacher Guide Page 425
Music Adventures in the Story of Hope
Page 426 Teacher Guide
Adventures in the Story of Hope Music
Music
Teacher Guide Page 427
Music Adventures in the Story of Hope
Page 428 Teacher Guide
Adventures in the Story of Hope Music
Music
Teacher Guide Page 429
Music Adventures in the Story of Hope
Page 430 Teacher Guide
Adventures in the Story of Hope Music
Music
Teacher Guide Page 431
Music Adventures in the Story of Hope
Page 432 Teacher Guide
Adventures in the Story of Hope Music
Music
Teacher Guide Page 433
Music Adventures in the Story of Hope
Page 434 Teacher Guide
Adventures in the Story of Hope Music
Teacher Guide Page 435
Music Adventures in the Story of Hope
Page 436 Teacher Guide
Adventures in the Story of Hope Music
Teacher Guide Page 437
Music Adventures in the Story of Hope
Page 438 Teacher Guide
Adventures in the Story of Hope Music
Teacher Guide Page 439
Music Adventures in the Story of Hope
Page 440 Teacher Guide
Adventures in the Story of Hope Music
Teacher Guide Page 441
Music Adventures in the Story of Hope
Page 442 Teacher Guide
Adventures in the Story of Hope Music
Teacher Guide Page 443
Music Adventures in the Story of Hope
Page 444 Teacher Guide
Adventures in the Story of Hope Music
Teacher Guide Page 445
Music Adventures in the Story of Hope
Page 446 Teacher Guide
Adventures in the Story of Hope Music
Teacher Guide Page 447
Music Adventures in the Story of Hope
Page 448 Teacher Guide
Adventures in the Story of Hope Music
Teacher Guide Page 449
Music Adventures in the Story of Hope
Page 450 Teacher Guide
Adventures in the Story of Hope Music
Teacher Guide Page 451
Music Adventures in the Story of Hope
Page 452 Teacher Guide
Adventures in the Story of Hope Music
Teacher Guide Page 453
Music Adventures in the Story of Hope
Page 454 Teacher Guide
Adventures in the Story of Hope Music
Teacher Guide Page 455
 M e m o r y Ve r s e s

Lesson Memory Verse

Lesson 1: The Eternal God Genesis 1:1 - In the beginning God created the
heavens and the earth.

Lesson 2: Creation of the Earth Genesis 2:2 – And on the seventh day God ended His
work which He had done and He rested on the sev-
enth day from all His work which He had done.

Lesson 3: Creation of People Genesis 1:27 - So God created man in His own image;
in the image of God He created him; male and female
He created them.

Lesson 4: Fall of Satan Isaiah 14:12 - “How you are fallen from heaven, O
Lucifer, son of the morning! How you are cut down to
the ground, you who weakened the nations!”

Lesson 5: Beginning of Human Sin Genesis 3:6b - She took of its fruit and ate. She also
gave to her husband with her, and he ate.

Lesson 6: Origin of Death Romans 5:12 - Therefore, just as through one man sin
entered the world, and death through sin, and thus
death spread to all men, because all sinned.

Lesson 7: Promise of a Victor Over Satan Genesis 3:15 - And I will put enmity between you and
the woman, and between your seed and her Seed; He
shall bruise your head, and you shall bruise His heel.”

Lesson 8: Provision of Clothes Genesis 3:21 – Also for Adam and his wife the Lord
God made tunics of skin, and clothed them.

Adventures in the Story of Hope Memory Verses

Teacher Guide Page 456
Lesson 9: Expelled from the Garden of Eden Leviticus 19:2b – You shall be holy, for I the Lord your
God am holy.

Lesson 10: The Great Flood Genesis 6:8 – But Noah found grace in the eyes of the
Lord.

Lesson 11: Promises to Abraham Genesis 12:3 - I will bless those who bless you, And
I will curse him who curses you; And in you all the
families of the earth shall be blessed.”

Lesson 12: The Lord Provides Genesis 22:14 - And Abraham called the name of the
place, The-Lord-Will-Provide; as it is said to this day,
“In the Mount of The Lord it shall be provided.”

Lesson 13: Moses Leads His People Exodus 3:14 - And God said to Moses, “I AM WHO I
AM.” And He said, “Thus you shall say to the children
of Israel, ‘I AM has sent me to you.’”

Lesson 14: The Plagues and the Passover Exodus 12:13 – Now the blood shall be a sign for you
on the houses where you are. And when I see the
blood, I will pass over you.

Lesson 15: The Israelites Leave Egypt Exodus 14:29 - But the children of Israel had walked
on dry land in the midst of the sea, and the waters
were a wall to them on their right hand and on their
left.

Lesson 16: The Ten Commandments Exodus 20:3 - You shall have no other gods before Me.

Lesson 17: Worship in the Wilderness Exodus 40:34 – Then the cloud covered the tabernacle
of meeting, and the glory of the Lord filled the taber-
nacle.

Memory Verses Adventures in the Story of Hope

Page 457 Teacher Guide
Lesson 18: Bronze Snake John 3:14-15 – And as Moses lifted up the serpent in
the wilderness, even so must the Son of Man be lifted
up, that whoever believes in Him should not perish
but have eternal life.

Lesson 19: Reign of King David 2 Samuel 7:16 - And your house and your kingdom
shall be established forever before you. Your throne
shall be established forever.

Lesson 20: Prophecies of a Coming Messiah Isaiah 53:6 - All we like sheep have gone astray; we
have turned, every one, to his own way; and the Lord
has laid on Him the iniquity of us all.

Lesson 21: The Birth of Jesus Christ Luke 2:11 - For there is born to you this day in the city
of David a Savior, who is Christ the Lord.

Lesson 22: Temptations by Satan Matthew 4:4 - But He answered and said, “It is written,
‘Man shall not live by bread alone, but by every word
that proceeds from the mouth of God.’”

Lesson 23: Announcement by John the Baptist John 1:29 - The next day John saw Jesus coming to-
ward him, and said, “Behold! The Lamb of God who
takes away the sin of the world!”

Lesson 24: Jesus Meets a Religious Leader John 3:16 - For God so loved the world that He gave
His only begotten Son, that whoever believes in Him
should not perish but have everlasting life.

Lesson 25: Jesus Meets an Unreligious Woman John 4:14 - But whoever drinks of the water that I
shall give him will never thirst. But the water that I
shall give him will become in him a fountain of water
springing up into everlasting life.

Adventures in the Story of Hope Memory Verses

Teacher Guide Page 458
Lesson 26: Jesus Claims To Be One With God John 10:28 - And I give them eternal life, and they
shall never perish; neither shall anyone snatch them
out of My hand.

Lesson 27: Teachings about Hell Matthew 25:41b – Depart from Me you cursed, into
the everlasting fire prepared for the devil and his
angels.

Lesson 28: Miracles of Jesus John 11:25 - Jesus said to her, “I am the resurrection
and the life. He who believes in Me, though he may
die, he shall live.”

Lesson 29: Betrayal of Jesus Matthew 26:56 - “But all this was done that the Scrip-
tures of the prophets might be fulfilled.” Then all the
disciples forsook Him and fled.

Lesson 30: Jesus Appears Before Unfair Judges 1 Corinthians 5:7b - For indeed Christ, our Passover,
was sacrificed for us.

Lesson 31: The Crucifixion of Jesus 1 Peter 3:18 - For Christ also suffered once for sins,
the just for the unjust, that He might bring us to God,
being put to death in the flesh but made alive by the
Spirit.

Lesson 32: A Repentant Dying Thief Luke 23:42 - Then he said to Jesus, “Lord, remember
me when You come into Your kingdom.”

Lesson 33: The Resurrection of Jesus Matthew 28:6 – He is not here; for He is risen, as He
said. Come see the place where the Lord lay.

Memory Verses Adventures in the Story of Hope

Page 459 Teacher Guide
Lesson 34: The Ascension of Jesus 1 Corinthians 15:3 - For I delivered to you first of all
that which I also received: that Christ died for our sins
according to the Scriptures.

Lesson 35: Peter Proclaims the Good News Acts 2:36 - “Therefore let all the house of Israel know
assuredly that God has made this Jesus, whom you
crucified, both Lord and Christ.”

Lesson 36: The Return of Jesus for Believers 1 Thessalonians 4:13 - But I do not want you to be
ignorant, brethren, concerning those who have fallen
asleep, lest you sorrow as others who have no hope.

Lesson 37: The Return of Jesus as King Revelation 20:6 - Blessed and holy is he who has part
in the first resurrection. Over such the second death
has no power, but they shall be priests of God and of
Christ, and shall reign with Him a thousand years.

Lesson 38: The Final Doom of Satan Revelation 20:10 - The devil, who deceived them, was
cast into the lake of fire and brimstone where the beast
and the false prophet are. And they will be tormented
day and night forever and ever.

Lesson 39: Eternal Punishment for Unbelievers Revelation 20:15 - And anyone not found written in
the Book of Life was cast into the lake of fire.

Lesson 40: Eternal Happiness for Believers Revelation 22:5 - There shall be no night there: They
need no lamp nor light of the sun, for the Lord God
gives them light. And they shall reign forever and ever.

Adventures in the Story of Hope Memory Verses

Teacher Guide Page 460
 Themes
Lesson Theme
Lesson 1: The Eternal God God is very strong.
Lesson 2: Creation of the Earth God made everything.
Lesson 3: Creation of People God made man and woman to be His special friends.
Lesson 4: Fall of Satan Satan is God’s enemy. Satan was proud. God kicked
Satan out of heaven.

Lesson 5: Beginning of Human Sin Satan tempted Adam and Eve. Adam and Eve
disobeyed God.
Lesson 6: Origin of Death Sin separated Adam and Eve from God.
Lesson 7: Promise of a Victor Over Satan God promised to send a special person who would
crush Satan.
Lesson 8: Provision of Clothes God killed an innocent animal to give Adam and Eve
clothes.
Lesson 9: Expelled from the Garden of Eden God hates sin. God kicked Adam and Eve out of the
Garden of Eden because of their sin.

Lesson 10: The Great Flood The people were evil. God sent a flood. Noah trusted
and obeyed God. God protected Noah.
Lesson 11: Promises to Abraham God called Abraham to be a great nation and to be a
blessing to all people.
Lesson 12: The Lord Provides God asked Abraham to sacrifice his only son. God
provided a ram instead.
Lesson 13: Moses Leads His People
God called Moses in a special way. Moses obeyed
God.

Lesson 14: The Plagues and the Passover

God protected people who put their faith in Him.
Lesson 15: The Israelites Leave Egypt
God is mighty to save. God parted the Red Sea. God
drowned His enemies.

Lesson 16: The Ten Commandments God is holy. God gave Ten Commandments. Disobe-
dience to His commands is a sin.

Themes Adventures in the Story of Hope

Page 461 Teacher Guide
Lesson Theme

Lesson 17: Worship in the Wilderness God told them to build a tent and make sacrifices.
The people needed to be forgiven.
Lesson 18: Bronze Snake People were healed if they believed God and looked at
the bronze snake.

Lesson 19: Reign of King David God chose David to be a king. God will one day send
a Special Man to be King forever.

Lesson 20: Prophecies of a Coming Messiah Prophets told about Messiah 700 years before Jesus
came to the earth.

Lesson 21: The Birth of Jesus Christ God’s Son was born. His name was Jesus.

Lesson 22: Temptations by Satan Satan tempted Jesus. Jesus did NOT sin.

Lesson 23: Announcement by John the Baptist Jesus is the Lamb of God who takes away the sins of
the world.

Lesson 24: Jesus Meets a Religious Leader The religious man needs to be forgiven of his sin to go
to heaven.

Lesson 25: Jesus Meets an Unreligious Woman The sinful woman can also be forgiven of her sin and
go to heaven.

Lesson 26: Jesus Claims To Be One With God Jesus taught that He was One with God.

Lesson 27: Teachings about Hell Worms and fire FOREVER - repent!

Lesson 28: Miracles of Jesus Jesus is powerful. Jesus can do miracles.

Lesson 29: Betrayal of Jesus Judas betrayed Jesus.

Lesson 30: Jesus Appears Before Unfair Judges Jesus was innocent, but the people shouted, “Crucify
Him!”

Lesson 31: The Crucifixion of Jesus Jesus was nailed to the cross for our sins.

Lesson 32: A Repentant Dying Thief Jesus forgave the thief on the cross.

Lesson 33: The Resurrection of Jesus Jesus rose again. Jesus has power over death.

Adventures in the Story of Hope Themes

Teacher Guide Page 462
Lesson Theme

Lesson 34: The Ascension of Jesus Jesus returned to heaven to prepare a place for believ-
ers.

Lesson 35: Peter Proclaims the Good News The disciples of Jesus told other people why they
should trust Jesus.

Lesson 36: The Return of Jesus for Believers Jesus will return to take those who have believed in
Him.

Lesson 37: The Return of Jesus as King Jesus will return to rule the earth with those who have
believed on Him.

Lesson 38: The Final Doom of Satan Satan will be cast into the Lake of Fire forever.

Lesson 39: Eternal Punishment for Unbelievers Unbelievers will be cast into the Lake of Fire forever.

Lesson 40: Eternal Happiness for Believers Believers will live happily forever with God in heaven.

Adventures in the Story of Hope Themes

Teacher Guide Page 463
 Templates for Crafts

Lesson #2

Craft Templates Adventures in the Story of Hope

Page 464 Teacher Guide
Lesson #3

Adventures in the Story of Hope Craft Templates

Teacher Guide Page 465
Lesson #5

Lesson #7

Craft Templates Adventures in the Story of Hope

Page 466 Teacher Guide
Lesson #8

Adventures in the Story of Hope Craft Templates

Teacher Guide Page 467
Lesson #10

Craft Templates Adventures in the Story of Hope

Page 468 Teacher Guide
Lesson #11

Adventures in the Story of Hope Craft Templates

Teacher Guide Page 469
Lesson #32

Craft Templates Adventures in the Story of Hope

Page 470 Teacher Guide
Lesson #32

Adventures in the Story of Hope Craft Templates

Teacher Guide Page 471
Lesson #32

Craft Templates Adventures in the Story of Hope

Page 472 Teacher Guide
Adventures in the Story of Hope Craft Templates
Teacher Guide Page 473